Ere blot thee from my memory.
Ismene
Oedipus at Colonus. Sophocles. Thomas Francklin (Translator). London. 1758–1759.
Oedipus at Colonus. Sophocles. Thomas Francklin (Translator). London. 1758–1759.
English (Thomas Francklin, 1758–1759) (OCR draft) (English) (English (Thomas Francklin, 1758–1759))
Provisional text from uncorrected OCR; expect errors.
mvp-comment-276-1 τὸν πρόσθε 1
mvp-comment-277-1 ἀποστερίσκει 2
mvp-comment-278-1 πληθύων 3
mvp-comment-279-1 Ἄργος 4
mvp-comment-280-1 κῆδος 7
mvp-comment-280-2 καινόν 8
mvp-comment-281-1 ὡς 9
mvp-comment-281-2 ὡς … Ἄργος … καθέξον ἢ … βιβῶν 10
mvp-comment-282-1 τιμῇ 11
mvp-comment-282-2 καθέξον 12
mvp-comment-282-3 πρὸς οὐρ. βιβῶν 13
mvp-comment-283-1 ἀριθμός 14
mvp-comment-284-1
If the MS.
ὅποι (Vat.
ὅπη ) is right, the phrase is harsh beyond example.
ποῖ, ὅποι , instead of
ποῦ, ὅπου , are often boldly used, when the verb implies either (
a )
motion , as
227
mvp-comment-285-1 ὡς … ἕξειν 15
mvp-comment-285-2 ὡς … θεοὺς ἕξειν 16
mvp-comment-286-1
Since
ἔγωγε is virtually one word, this v. cannot be regarded as an instance of
γε used twice in the same sentence. Such repetition is allowable when more than one word is to be emphasised, as
Eur.
Phoen. 554
mvp-comment-287-1
The purport of this new oracle seems to have been: — "The welfare of Thebes depends on Oed., alive or dead." Ismene paraphrases it: — "It shows that
you will be in request with the Thebans
some day (
mvp-comment-288-1 εὐσοίας 17
mvp-comment-289-1
A and other MSS. have
mvp-comment-290-1 ἐν σοὶ 19
mvp-comment-290-2 γίγνεσθαι 20
mvp-comment-290-3 φασί 21
mvp-comment-290-4 κράτη 22
mvp-comment-291-1 ἀνήρ 23
mvp-comment-292-1 ὤλλυσαν 24
mvp-comment-293-1 see on 1 .
mvp-comment-293-2 δ\ς πέσῃ 25
mvp-comment-294-1 καὶ μὴν 26
mvp-comment-294-2 γε 27
mvp-comment-295-1 βαιοῦ … χρόνου 28
mvp-comment-295-2 κοὐχὶ μ. 29
mvp-comment-296-1 στήσωσι 30
mvp-comment-297-1 ὅρων 31
mvp-comment-298-1 The tenor of this fine passage should be observed.
mvp-comment-298-2
Oedipus took
mvp-comment-298-3 θύρασι 32
mvp-comment-298-4 κειμένου 33
mvp-comment-299-1 κείνοις 34 βαρύς 35
mvp-comment-299-2 δυστυχῶν 36
mvp-comment-300-1
Cp.
O. T. 398
mvp-comment-301-1 σε προσθέσθαι 37
mvp-comment-301-2 ἂν … κρατοῖς 38
mvp-comment-302-1 καὶ 39
mvp-comment-303-1 τοὔμφυλον αἷμα 40
mvp-comment-304-1 συναλλαγῆς 41
mvp-comment-305-1 σοῖς … τάφοις 42
mvp-comment-306-1 θεωρῶν 43
mvp-comment-306-2 ἑστίας 44
mvp-comment-307-1 ἐφ’ ἡμῖν 45
mvp-comment-308-1 οἱ μολόντες 46
mvp-comment-309-1 παίδων τις 47
mvp-comment-310-1 καὶ εἶτα 48
mvp-comment-310-2 τῶνδ’ 49
mvp-comment-310-3 πάρος … προὔθεντο 50
mvp-comment-311-1 τοὐμοῦ πόθου 51
mvp-comment-312-1 φέρω δ’ ὅμως 52
mvp-comment-313-1 ἀλλ’ 53
mvp-comment-313-2 σφιν 54
mvp-comment-313-3 τὴν πεπρωμένην 55
mvp-comment-314-1 ἐν δ’ 56
mvp-comment-314-2 ἐν ἐμοί 57
mvp-comment-315-1 κἀπαναίρονται 58
mvp-comment-315-2 ἐπαναιροῦνται δόρυ 59
mvp-comment-316-1 ὡς 60
mvp-comment-317-1 οἵ γε 61
mvp-comment-318-1 ἀτίμως 62
mvp-comment-319-1 οὐκ ἔσχον 63
mvp-comment-319-2 ἤμυναν 64
mvp-comment-319-3 ἀνάστατος 65
mvp-comment-320-1 αὐτοῖν 66
mvp-comment-320-2 ἐξεκηρύχθην 67
mvp-comment-321-1 εἴποις ἂν 68
mvp-comment-321-2 θέλοντι 69
mvp-comment-321-3 τότε 70
mvp-comment-322-1
The
ι in L's
κατηίνυσεν speaks for
κατῄνεσεν ,— clearly much fitter here than
κατήνυσεν . Cp.
1633
mvp-comment-323-1 ἡμέραν 71
mvp-comment-323-2 τὴν αὐτίχ’ 72
mvp-comment-324-1 λευσθῆναι πέτροις 73
mvp-comment-325-1 ἔρωτ’ ἐς τόνδ’ 75
mvp-comment-326-1 πέπων 76
mvp-comment-327-1 ἐκδραμόντα 78
mvp-comment-328-1
The gen. might be taken with
μείζω , "a chastiser
greater than the sins,"
i.e. "severer than they merited" (
mvp-comment-329-1 τὸ τηνίκ’ ἤδη 79
mvp-comment-329-2 τοῦτο μέν 81
mvp-comment-330-1 χρόνιον 82
mvp-comment-330-2 ἐπωφελεῖν 83
mvp-comment-331-1 οἱ τοῦ πατρὸς τῷ πατρί 84
mvp-comment-331-2 τὸ δρᾶν 85
mvp-comment-332-1 ἔπους σμικροῦ χάριν 86
mvp-comment-333-1 σφιν 87
mvp-comment-334-1 τοῖνδε 88
mvp-comment-335-1 τροφάς 89
mvp-comment-336-1 γῆς ἄδειαν 90
mvp-comment-336-2
Nauck's
mvp-comment-336-3 γένους 91
mvp-comment-337-1 The constr. is, εἱλέσθην θρόνους, καὶ κραίνειν σκῆπτρα , etc.
mvp-comment-337-2 κραίνειν 92
mvp-comment-337-3 σκῆπτρα 93
mvp-comment-338-1 As most editors since Elmsley have allowed, the MS. οὔ τι ... οὔτε cannot be right. And οὔ τι ... οὐδέ is clearly more forcible than οὔτε ... οὔτε .
mvp-comment-338-2 λάχωσι 94
mvp-comment-338-3 τοῦδε 95
mvp-comment-338-4 συμμάχου 96
mvp-comment-339-1
The oracle newly brought by Ismene is distinguished from the oracle given to Oedipus himself at Delphi in former years (see on
87
). He calls the former
her oracle, because she brings it. Both oracles alike
concern him. We must not, then, change
τἀξ to
τἀπ’ (
mvp-comment-339-2 τὰ ἐξ ἐμοῦ παλαίφατα 97
mvp-comment-339-3 ἐξ 98
mvp-comment-340-1 ἤνυσεν 99
mvp-comment-341-1 ὁμοῦ | προστάτισι 100
mvp-comment-341-2
In the reading
mvp-comment-341-3
For Dindorf's
mvp-comment-342-1 δημούχοις 101
mvp-comment-343-1 ἀλκὴν ποεῖσθαι 102
mvp-comment-344-1 ἀρεῖσθε 103
mvp-comment-344-2
The
ἐμῆς in L (where
mvp-comment-345-1 ἐπάξιος 104
mvp-comment-345-2 κατοικτίσαι 105
mvp-comment-346-1 αὐτός τε παῖδές θ’ 106
mvp-comment-347-1 ἐπεμβάλλεις 107
mvp-comment-347-2 τῷδε λόγῳ 108
mvp-comment-348-1
Editors usu. give either
mvp-comment-348-2 προξένει 109
mvp-comment-348-3 ὡς … τελοῦντι 110
mvp-comment-349-1 καθαρμὸν τῶνδε δαιμόνων 111
mvp-comment-350-1
The libation is due (1) as a greeting to the
mvp-comment-350-2 κατέστειψας 112
mvp-comment-351-1 ἀειρύτου 113
mvp-comment-352-1 δῑ ὁσίων χειρῶν 114
mvp-comment-353-1 τοῦτο 115
mvp-comment-353-2 ἀκήρατον 116
mvp-comment-354-1 κρατῆρές εἰσιν 117
mvp-comment-354-2 εὔχειρος 119
mvp-comment-354-3 τέχνη 120
mvp-comment-355-1
The crater had various forms, some of them local (thus
Her. 4.61
speaks of a
mvp-comment-355-2 κρᾶτ’ 121
mvp-comment-355-3 λαβὰς ἀμφιστόμους 122
mvp-comment-356-1 θαλλοῖσιν 123
mvp-comment-357-1
The MS.
νεαρᾶς seems the right word: with Bellermann, I insert
σὺ , though Wecklein's
τε is also possible. For the iterated
mvp-comment-357-2 λαβών 124
mvp-comment-358-1 τὸ δ’ ἔνθεν 125
mvp-comment-358-2 ποῖ τελ. 126
mvp-comment-359-1 χοὰς χέασθαι 127
mvp-comment-359-2 πρὸς πρώτην ἕω 128
mvp-comment-359-3
The schol. here says that persons performing expiatory rites (
mvp-comment-359-4
Statues of gods were oft. set to face the East (
Paus. 5.23.1
, etc.): also, victims about to be sacrificed (
Sen.
Oed. 338
). Cp. the precept of Zoroaster
mvp-comment-360-1 κρωσσοῖς 129
mvp-comment-360-2 οἷς 130
mvp-comment-360-3 χέω 131
mvp-comment-361-1 πηγάς 132
mvp-comment-361-2 τρισσάς 133
mvp-comment-361-3 τὸν τελευτ 134
mvp-comment-362-1 θῶ 135
mvp-comment-363-1 μελίσσης 136
mvp-comment-363-2 προσφέρειν 137
mvp-comment-364-1 μελάμφυλλος 138
mvp-comment-365-1 αὐτῇ 139
mvp-comment-365-2 ἐξ ἀμφοῖν χεροῖν 140
mvp-comment-366-1 ἐπεύχεσθαι 141
mvp-comment-367-1 τούτων 142
mvp-comment-367-2 μέγιστα 143
mvp-comment-368-1 Εὐμενίδας 144
mvp-comment-368-2 ἐξ 145
mvp-comment-369-1 τὸν ἱκέτην 146
mvp-comment-369-2 σωτήριον 147
mvp-comment-370-1 σύ τ’ 148
mvp-comment-371-1 ἄπυστα 149
mvp-comment-371-2 μηκύνων 151
mvp-comment-372-1 ἀφέρπειν 152
mvp-comment-372-2 ἄστροφος 153
mvp-comment-373-1 παρασταίην 154
mvp-comment-374-1 προσχώρων 155
mvp-comment-375-1 ὁδωτά 156
mvp-comment-375-2 λείπομαι 157
mvp-comment-375-3 ἐν 158
mvp-comment-376-1 δύνασθαι 159
mvp-comment-377-1 ἀρκεῖν … παρῇ 160
mvp-comment-378-1 ἀλλ’ ἐν τάχει τι 161
mvp-comment-379-1 δίχα 162
mvp-comment-380-1 τελοῦσα 163
mvp-comment-380-2 τὸν τόπον 164
mvp-comment-381-1 χρῆσται 165
mvp-comment-381-2 τοῦτο 166
mvp-comment-382-1 ἄλσους 167
mvp-comment-383-1 ἔποικος 168
mvp-comment-384-1 Ἀντιγόνη, σὺ δ’ 169
mvp-comment-385-1 οὐδ’ 170
mvp-comment-387-1 κείμενον … ἐπεγείρειν 171
mvp-comment-388-1 Mekler's ὥρα με (for ἔραμαι ) would give a closer correspondence between strophe and antistrophe: see on 523 .
mvp-comment-389-1 τί τοῦτο 172
mvp-comment-390-1 τᾶς 173
mvp-comment-390-2 ἀπόρου φανείσας 174
mvp-comment-391-1 ᾇ ξυνέστας 175
mvp-comment-392-1 τᾶς σᾶς ἃ πέπονθ’ 176
mvp-comment-392-2 ἔργ’ 177
mvp-comment-393-1 τὸ πολὺ καὶ μηδαμὰ λῆγον ἄκουσμα χρῄξω ἀκοῦσαι ὀρθόν 178
mvp-comment-393-2 πολὺ 179
mvp-comment-393-3 μηδαμὰ 180
mvp-comment-393-4 λῆγον 181
mvp-comment-393-5 ἄκουσμα 182
mvp-comment-394-1 στέρξον 183
mvp-comment-395-1 κἀγὼ 184
mvp-comment-396-1
I read
mvp-comment-396-2 ἤνεγκ’ 185
mvp-comment-396-3 κακότατ’ 186
mvp-comment-396-4
In the MS. reading,
mvp-comment-396-5 θεὸς ἴστω 187
mvp-comment-396-6
It would be a subtlety foreign to Sophocles to make Oedipus say that he had acted
mvp-comment-397-1 αὐθαίρετον 188
mvp-comment-398-1 κακᾷ εὐνᾷ 189
mvp-comment-399-1 ἦ ματρόθεν … ἐπλήσω 190
mvp-comment-399-2 ματρόθεν 191
mvp-comment-400-1 ἀκούειν 192
mvp-comment-401-1
The constr. is
mvp-comment-401-2 ἐξ ἐμοῦ 193
mvp-comment-401-3 αὗται … παῖδε 194
mvp-comment-402-1
Poetical Greek idiom would join
κοινᾶς with
ὠδῖνος rather than with
ματρός . Cp.
Aesch.
Eum. 325
mvp-comment-402-2 κοινᾶς 195
mvp-comment-403-1 σαί τ’ εἴσ’ ἄῤ 196
mvp-comment-403-2 κοιναί 197
mvp-comment-403-3 πατρὸς 198
mvp-comment-404-1 ἰώ — ἰὼ δῆτα 199
mvp-comment-404-2 γε 200
mvp-comment-404-3 ἐπιστροφαί 201
mvp-comment-405-1 ἄλαστ’ ἔχειν 202
mvp-comment-406-1 οὐκ ἔρεξα 203
mvp-comment-406-2 τί γάρ 204
mvp-comment-407-1 δῶρον 205
mvp-comment-407-2
The MS.
ἐπωφέλησα ,
mvp-comment-407-3
I would read the partic.
ἐπωφελήσας (which the iambic metre allows), and take
ἐξελέσθαι as the absol. infin. expressing a wish:—
mvp-comment-407-4 ἐξελέσθαι 206
mvp-comment-408-1 τί γάρ 207
mvp-comment-409-1 δευτέραν 208
mvp-comment-410-1 ἔχει δέ μοι … πρὸς δίκας τι 209
mvp-comment-410-2 τί γάρ 210
mvp-comment-411-1
The MSS. give
mvp-comment-411-2
And all these corrections, confined to
ἄλλους , leave a blot. After
ἐφόνευσα, καὶ ὤλεσα is intolerably weak. Mekler's
καὶ γὰρ ἄν, οὓς ἐφόνευς), ἔμ’ ἀπώλεσαν brings out the point on which Oed. insists, and to which the words
mvp-comment-412-1 νόμῳ … καθαρός 211
mvp-comment-412-2 ἐς τόδ’ ἦλθον 212
mvp-comment-414-1 ὀμφήν 213
mvp-comment-414-2 ἐφ’ ἁστάλη 214
mvp-comment-415-1
The
mvp-comment-415-2 ἔν τε 215
mvp-comment-416-1 ἔγνωκά ς’ 216
mvp-comment-416-2 ἔγνωκα 217
mvp-comment-417-1 ἀκούων 218
mvp-comment-417-2
For
mvp-comment-418-1 σκευή 219
mvp-comment-418-2 δύστηνον 220
mvp-comment-419-1 ὄνθ’ ὃς εἶ 221
mvp-comment-420-1 )περέσθαι 222
mvp-comment-421-1 ἐπέστης 223
mvp-comment-421-2 πόλεως … ἐμοῦ τ; 224
mvp-comment-422-1 ἂν … τύχοις … ἐξαφισταίμην 225
mvp-comment-422-2 πρᾶξιν 226
mvp-comment-423-1 ξένος 227
mvp-comment-424-1 καὶ ὡς ἤθλησα πλεῖστα εἷς ἀνήρ 228
mvp-comment-424-2 ἐπὶ ξένης 229
mvp-comment-425-1 κινδυνεύματ’ 230
mvp-comment-425-2 ἐν τὠμῷ κάρᾳ 231 κάρᾳ 232
mvp-comment-426-1 ξένον 233
mvp-comment-426-2 συνεκσῴζειν 234
mvp-comment-427-1 ἀνὴρ 235
mvp-comment-428-1 δοῦ 236
mvp-comment-429-1 τὸ σὸν γενναῖον 237
mvp-comment-430-1 παρῆκεν 238
mvp-comment-430-2 ὥστε ἐμοὶ δεῖσθαι 239
mvp-comment-430-3 δεῖσθαι 240
mvp-comment-430-4
For the dat.
ἐμοί with
mvp-comment-431-1
Theseus has named Oed. (557) and Laïus (553), but not Thebes. A knowledge of the stranger's country was implied by the rest. Cp. on
205
.
γῆς could stand with
mvp-comment-432-1 χὡ λόγος διοίχεται 241
mvp-comment-432-2 διέρχεται 243
mvp-comment-433-1 τοῦτ’ αὐτὸ 244
mvp-comment-434-1 τὰ δὲ | κέρδη 245
mvp-comment-435-1 που 246
mvp-comment-436-1 ποίῳ 247
mvp-comment-436-2 προσφορὰ 248
mvp-comment-436-3 δηλώσεται 249
mvp-comment-437-1
i.e.
mvp-comment-437-2 τὰ δ’ ἐν μέσῳ 250
mvp-comment-437-3 δῑ οὐδενὸς ποεῖ 251
mvp-comment-438-1 ἐνταῦθα γάρ 252
mvp-comment-439-1 ἐν βραχεῖ 253
mvp-comment-440-1 γε μήν 254
mvp-comment-441-1 πότερα 255
mvp-comment-441-2 ἐγγενῶν 256
mvp-comment-441-3 κἀμοῦ 257
mvp-comment-442-1
Kayser's
ἄναξ, χρῄζουσι (for
ἀναγκάζουσι ) is exactly what the sense requires, and is fairly near to the MS. reading, while the latter is (I think) certainly corrupt. The verse must not be considered alone, but in close connection with 590, and with the whole context. It has been rendered:—(1)
mvp-comment-443-1 οὐδὲ σοὶ 258
mvp-comment-443-2 οὐδέ 259
mvp-comment-443-3 φεύγειν 260
mvp-comment-444-1 ἀλλ’ οὐδ’ 261
mvp-comment-444-2 παρίεσαν 262
mvp-comment-445-1 θυμὸς δ’ 263
mvp-comment-445-2 ξύμφορον 264
mvp-comment-446-1 μάθῃς μου 265
mvp-comment-447-1 ξυμφορὰν 266
mvp-comment-447-2 ἐρεῖς 267
mvp-comment-448-1 μεῖζον ἢ κατ’ ἄνθρ. 268
mvp-comment-448-2 νοσεῖς 269
mvp-comment-449-1
Instead of
mvp-comment-450-1 πεμψαίαθ’ 270
mvp-comment-450-2 ὥστ’ οἰκεῖν δίχα 271
mvp-comment-450-3 ὥστε 272
mvp-comment-451-1 ἐξαναγκάσει 273
mvp-comment-452-1 ὅτι 274
mvp-comment-452-2 τῇδε … χθονί 275
mvp-comment-453-1 τἀμὰ κἀκείνων 276
mvp-comment-454-1 γῆρας … κατθανεῖν 277
mvp-comment-455-1 συγχεῖ 278
mvp-comment-455-2 παγκρατὴς 279
mvp-comment-456-1 φθίνει μὲν … φθίνει δὲ 280
mvp-comment-456-2 γῆς 281
mvp-comment-457-1 βλαστάνει 282
mvp-comment-458-1 πνεῦμα 283
mvp-comment-459-1 βέβηκεν 286
mvp-comment-459-2 πόλει 287
mvp-comment-460-1 τοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἤδη 288
mvp-comment-460-2 ἤδη 289
mvp-comment-460-3 καὖθις φίλα 290
mvp-comment-461-1 Θήβαις 291
mvp-comment-462-1 καλῶς 292
mvp-comment-462-2 τὰ 293
mvp-comment-462-3 τὸ πρὸς σέ 294
mvp-comment-462-4 ὁ μυρίος 295
mvp-comment-463-1 τεκνοῦται 296
mvp-comment-463-2 ἰών 297
mvp-comment-464-1 ἐν αἷς 298
mvp-comment-464-2 δεξιώματα 299
mvp-comment-465-1 δόρει διασκεδῶσιν 300
mvp-comment-465-2 δόρει 301
mvp-comment-466-1 ἵν’ 302
mvp-comment-466-2 εὕδων 303
mvp-comment-467-1 ψυχρὸς … θερμὸν 304
mvp-comment-468-1 σαφής 305
mvp-comment-469-1 τἀκίνητα 306
mvp-comment-470-1 ἔα με 307
mvp-comment-470-2 τὸ σὸν … πιστὸν φυλάσσων 308
mvp-comment-471-1 εἴπερ μὴ ψεύσουσι 309
mvp-comment-471-2 εἴπερ 310
mvp-comment-472-1 πάλαι 312
mvp-comment-473-1 ἐφαίνετο τελῶν 313
mvp-comment-474-1 δῆτ’ 314
mvp-comment-474-2 ἐκβάλοι 315
mvp-comment-475-1 ὅτῳ 316
mvp-comment-475-2 κοινή 317
mvp-comment-475-3 αἰέν 318
mvp-comment-475-4 δορύξενος 319
mvp-comment-475-5
Wecklein brackets the whole passage from 632
mvp-comment-476-1 ἀφιγμένος 320
mvp-comment-476-2 δασμός 321
mvp-comment-477-1
The aor.
σεβισθεὶς only here:
mvp-comment-477-2 ἐκβαλῶ 323
mvp-comment-478-1 ἔμπολιν 324
mvp-comment-478-2 ἔμπαλιν 325
mvp-comment-478-3 δέ 326
mvp-comment-479-1 σέ 327
mvp-comment-480-1 εἰ δὲ τόδε — στείχειν μετ’ ἐμοῦ, — ἡδύ ἐστι — δίδωμί σοι, τούτων κρίναντι ( ὁπότερον βούλει ), χρῆσθαι ( αὐτᾦ 328
mvp-comment-480-2 τούτων 329
mvp-comment-480-3 δίδωμι … χρῆσθαι 330
mvp-comment-480-4
With
mvp-comment-480-5 τῇδε 332
mvp-comment-480-6 ξυνοίσομαι 333
mvp-comment-481-1 διδοίης … εὖ 334
mvp-comment-482-1 δόμους στείχειν 335
mvp-comment-483-1 εἰ … ἦν 336
mvp-comment-484-1 ἐν ᾧ τί πράξεις 337
mvp-comment-485-1 κρατήσω 338
mvp-comment-486-1 μέγ’ ἂν λέγοις δώρημα 339
mvp-comment-486-2 τῆς συνουσίας 340
mvp-comment-486-3 τῆς ς. 341
mvp-comment-487-1 εἰ σοί γ’ | ἅπερ φὴς ἐμμενεῖ 342
mvp-comment-488-1 τὸ τοῦδέ γ’ ἀνδρ 343
mvp-comment-489-1 ὡς κακὸν 344
mvp-comment-490-1 ἢ λόγῳ 345
mvp-comment-491-1 τοῦ μάλιστ’ ὄκνος σ’ ἔχει 347
mvp-comment-492-1 ὅρα με λείπων 348
mvp-comment-493-1 ὀκνοῦντ’ ἀνάγκη 349
mvp-comment-494-1 οὐκ οἶσθ’ 350
mvp-comment-494-2 μή 351
mvp-comment-495-1
—
660 Many emendations of 658 f. have been proposed, and Wecklein would reject the three verses altogether. To me they seem not only authentic but textually sound. They picture a tumult of passions in the soul, presently quelled by reason. The angry threats and the sobering reason are alike personified. The genuineness of the nominative
πολλαὶ δ’ ἀπειλαὶ is confirmed by the imagery of the second clause,
ἀλλ’ ὁ νοῦς ὅταν . For this animated personification of speech or passion, cp.
Aesch.
Cho. 845
mvp-comment-495-2 θυμῷ 352
mvp-comment-496-1 αὑτοῦ 353
mvp-comment-496-2 φροῦδα 354
mvp-comment-497-1 κείνοις 355
mvp-comment-497-2 καὶ εἰ ἐπερρώσθη 356
mvp-comment-497-3 λέγειν 357
mvp-comment-497-4
We cannot read
mvp-comment-497-5 ἴσως 358
mvp-comment-497-6 κεἰ 359
mvp-comment-498-1 τὸ δεῦρο 360
mvp-comment-499-1 θαρσεῖν μὲν οὖν 361
mvp-comment-499-2 κἄνευ τῆς ἐμῆς γνώμης 362
mvp-comment-499-3 ἐπαινῶ 363
mvp-comment-499-4 Φοῖβος 364
mvp-comment-500-1 ὅμως 365
mvp-comment-502-1
The first word
εὐίππου strikes a note which connects Colonus
ἵππιος with the fame of Attica. Take
mvp-comment-503-1 γᾶς 366
mvp-comment-503-2 ἔπαυλα 367
mvp-comment-504-1 τὸν 368
mvp-comment-504-2 ἀργῆτα 369
mvp-comment-505-1 μινύρεται θαμίζουσα 370
mvp-comment-506-1 χλω. ὑπὸ βάσσαις 371
mvp-comment-507-1
The reading
ἀνέχουσα is usually justified by
Ai. 212
mvp-comment-508-1
The ivy and the vine
(17)
being sacred to Dionysus (
θεοῦ ), the foliage of the place generally is called his.
mvp-comment-508-2 μυριόκαρπον 372
mvp-comment-509-1 ἀνήνεμον … χειμώνων 373
mvp-comment-510-1 βακχιώτας 374
mvp-comment-511-1 ἐμβατεύει 375
mvp-comment-511-2 ἀμφιπολῶν 376
mvp-comment-511-3 tiqh/nais 377
mvp-comment-512-1 θάλλει δ’ 379
mvp-comment-513-1 νάρκισσος 380
mvp-comment-513-2 μεγάλαιν θεαῖν 381
mvp-comment-514-1 ἀρχαῖον στεφάνωμ’ 382
mvp-comment-515-1 χρυσαυγὴς κρόκος 383
mvp-comment-516-1 κρῆναι 385
mvp-comment-516-2 μινύθουσιν 386
mvp-comment-517-1 Κηφισοῦ 387
mvp-comment-517-2 νομάδες 388
mvp-comment-518-1 ἐπ’ ἤματι 389
mvp-comment-519-1 ὠκυτόκος 392
mvp-comment-519-2 πεδίων ἐπινίσσεται 393
mvp-comment-520-1 ὄμβρῳ 394
mvp-comment-521-1 στ. χθονός 395
mvp-comment-521-2 στερνούχου 396
mvp-comment-521-3 Μουσᾶν 397
mvp-comment-522-1 νιν 398
mvp-comment-522-2 οὐδ’ ἁ 399
mvp-comment-522-3 Ἀφροδίτη 400
mvp-comment-522-4 χρυσάνιος 401
mvp-comment-523-1
Thus far the theme has been Colonus and the adjacent region. Now the praises take a larger range. Athena's gift of the olive, Poseidon's gift of the horse, are here celebrated as common to Attica (
mvp-comment-523-2 γᾶς Ἀσίας 402
mvp-comment-524-1 Δωρίδι 403
mvp-comment-524-2 νάσῳ 404
mvp-comment-524-3 Πέλοπος 405
mvp-comment-525-1 φύτευμ’ 407
mvp-comment-525-2 ἀχείρωτον 408
mvp-comment-526-1 φόβημα 409
mvp-comment-527-1 τᾷδε … χώρᾳ 410
mvp-comment-527-2 μέγιστα 411
mvp-comment-528-1 παιδοτρόφου 412
mvp-comment-529-1 τὸ μέν τις 413
mvp-comment-529-2 σημαίνων 414
mvp-comment-529-3
Now comes this question:—Was the antithesis here between
youth and
age , or between some other notions? Hartung writes
mvp-comment-530-1 κύκλος 415
mvp-comment-531-1 Μορίου Διός 416
mvp-comment-531-2 Μορίου 417
mvp-comment-532-1 γλαυκῶπις 418
mvp-comment-533-1 This antistrophe is devoted to Poseidon, as the strophe to Athena.
mvp-comment-533-2 ματρόπολει 419
mvp-comment-534-1
If vv. 696 f. are sound as they stand, the problem here is to supply
uu , and Porson's
χθονὸς seems best.
mvp-comment-535-1 εὔιππον, εὔπωλον 420
mvp-comment-535-2 εὔιππον 421
mvp-comment-535-3 εὐθάλασσον 422
mvp-comment-535-4 εὔιππον, εὐθάλασσον 423
mvp-comment-536-1 σὺ γάρ 424
mvp-comment-537-1 εἷσας 425
mvp-comment-538-1 ἵπποισιν 426
mvp-comment-538-2 ἀκεστῆρα 427
mvp-comment-539-1 πρώταισι ταῖσδε … ἀγυιαῖς 428
mvp-comment-539-2 κτίσας 429
mvp-comment-540-1
Poseidon has taught men to row as well as to ride. He fits the oars to their hands. But, instead of
mvp-comment-540-2 εὐήρετμος 430
mvp-comment-540-3 ἔκπαγλα 431
mvp-comment-540-4 ἁλία 432
mvp-comment-541-1 τῶν ἑκατομπόδων Νηρῄδων 433
mvp-comment-543-1 σὸν … δὴ 434
mvp-comment-543-2 φαίνειν τὰ λαμπρὰ ἔπη 435
mvp-comment-544-1
The
mvp-comment-545-1 ἡμῖν 436
mvp-comment-546-1 φαίνοιτ’ ἄν 437
mvp-comment-546-2 τέρμα τῆς σωτηρίας 438
mvp-comment-547-1 παρέσται 439
mvp-comment-547-2 ἐγώ 440
mvp-comment-548-1 ὀμμάτων 441
mvp-comment-548-2 εἰληφότας 442
mvp-comment-548-3 νεώρη 443
mvp-comment-549-1 ὃν 444
mvp-comment-550-1 ὡς 445
mvp-comment-550-2 δρᾶν τι 446
mvp-comment-551-1 εἴ τιν’ 447
mvp-comment-552-1 τηλικόσδ’ 448
mvp-comment-553-1 οὐκ ἐξ ἑνὸς στείλαντος 449
mvp-comment-553-2 ἀστῶν 450
mvp-comment-554-1 ἧκέ μοι γένει 451
mvp-comment-554-2 γένει 452
mvp-comment-555-1 εἰς πλεῖστον πόλεως 453
mvp-comment-555-2 εἰς 454
mvp-comment-556-1 ἀλλ’ 455
mvp-comment-557-1 δικαίως 456
mvp-comment-557-2 ἐκ δὲ τῶν 457
mvp-comment-558-1 ὅσῳπερ 458
mvp-comment-558-2 πλειστον … κάκιστος 459
mvp-comment-559-1 ξένον 460
mvp-comment-559-2 ἐπὶ μιᾶς πρ 461
mvp-comment-560-1 τὴν 462
mvp-comment-560-2 τάλας 463
mvp-comment-561-1 οὐκ ἔδοξα πεσεῖν ἄν 464
mvp-comment-561-2 ἐς τοσοῦτον αἰκίας 465
mvp-comment-561-3 ὅσον 466
mvp-comment-561-4 ἥδε δύσμορος 467
mvp-comment-562-1 τὸ σὸν κάρα 468
mvp-comment-563-1 πτωχῷ 469
mvp-comment-563-2 τηλικοῦτος 470
mvp-comment-564-1 τοὐπιόντος 471
mvp-comment-565-1 ἆῤ 472
mvp-comment-565-2 ὦ τάλας 473
mvp-comment-566-1
mvp-comment-567-1 πρὸς θεῶν πατρῴων 474
mvp-comment-568-1 θελήσας 476
mvp-comment-568-2 ἄστυ 477
mvp-comment-569-1 εἰπών 478
mvp-comment-569-2 ἡ δ’ οἴκοι 479
mvp-comment-570-1 παντὸς 480
mvp-comment-570-2 ἂν φέρων 481
mvp-comment-571-1
In L's
πείρᾶι (sic) we trace the wish of Didymus (schol.) to read
πείρᾳ ,
i.e.
mvp-comment-571-2 πειρᾷ 482
mvp-comment-571-3 δεύτερον … ἑλεῖν 483
mvp-comment-571-4 ἐν οἷς 484
mvp-comment-571-5 μάλιστ’ ἂν ἀλγοίην 485
mvp-comment-572-1 πρόσθεν τε 486
mvp-comment-572-2 οἰκείοις 487
mvp-comment-573-1 νοσοῦνθ’ 488
mvp-comment-574-1 οὐκ ἤθελες θέλοντι 489
mvp-comment-574-2 προσθέσθαι 490
mvp-comment-575-1 ἦ 491
mvp-comment-575-2 μεστὸς 492
mvp-comment-576-1 ἐξεώθεις κἀξέβ 494
mvp-comment-577-1 τοῦτ’ 495
mvp-comment-578-1 πόλιν 496 γένος 497
mvp-comment-579-1 μετασπᾶν 498
mvp-comment-579-2 σκληρὰ μαλθακῶς λέγων 499
mvp-comment-580-1 αὕτη 501
mvp-comment-580-2 τίς τέρψις 502
mvp-comment-580-3 φιλεῖν 503
mvp-comment-580-4 τοσαύτη 504
mvp-comment-581-1 ὥσπερ 505
mvp-comment-581-2 τις 506
mvp-comment-581-3 τυχεῖν 507
mvp-comment-582-1 ὧν χρῄζοις 508
mvp-comment-583-1 ἡ χάρις 509
mvp-comment-584-1 ἆῤ 510
mvp-comment-585-1 καὶ σὺ 511
mvp-comment-586-1 λόγῳ … τοῖσι δ’ ἔργοισιν 512
mvp-comment-587-1 καὶ τοῖσδ’ 513
mvp-comment-588-1 πάραυλον 514
mvp-comment-589-1 κακῶν ἄνατος 515
mvp-comment-589-2 τῆσδ’ 516
mvp-comment-589-3 ἀπαλλαχθῇ 517
mvp-comment-590-1 ταῦτα … τάδ’ 518
mvp-comment-590-2 χώρας 519
mvp-comment-591-1 τοσοῦτον, ἐνθανεῖν μόνον 520
mvp-comment-591-2 ἐνθανεῖν 522
mvp-comment-592-1 σαφεστέρων 523
mvp-comment-592-2 κλύω 524
mvp-comment-593-1 τὸ σὸν … στόμα 525
mvp-comment-593-2 ὑπόβλητον 526
mvp-comment-594-1 πολλὴν ἔχον στόμωσιν 527
mvp-comment-595-1 κακά 528 σωτήρια 529
mvp-comment-596-1
If
οἶδα is right (as it seems to be),
μή can hardly be explained otherwise than by emphasis,
i.e. by the
strong assurance which the speaker expresses. But what form should the partic. have? (1) With the MS.
πείθων , the sense is:
mvp-comment-596-2
With
mvp-comment-596-3
In later Greek
mvp-comment-597-1 εἰ τερποίμεθα 530
mvp-comment-598-1 Which of us do you consider the greater sufferer by your present attitude? Me, because I am not to bring you back? Or yourself, when you reject your friends and country?
mvp-comment-598-2 δυστυχεῖν 531
mvp-comment-598-3 ἐς τὰ σά 532
mvp-comment-598-4 ἐν τῷ νῦν λόγῳ 533
mvp-comment-599-1
Creon had said, in effect,
mvp-comment-600-1 φύσας 534
mvp-comment-601-1 λῦμα 535
mvp-comment-601-2 τρέφει 536
mvp-comment-602-1
Cp.
O. T. 545
mvp-comment-603-1 ἐξ ἅπαντος 537
mvp-comment-603-2 εὖ λέγει 538
mvp-comment-604-1 τὸ καίρια 539
mvp-comment-605-1 ὡς δὴ 540
mvp-comment-606-1 ὅτῳ 541
mvp-comment-607-1 πρὸ τῶνδε 542
mvp-comment-608-1 ἐφορμῶν 543
mvp-comment-608-2
For
με followed by
ἐμέ , cp.
El. 1359
mvp-comment-609-1
This passage, which has been variously altered, appears to me to be sound as it stands in the MSS. Oedipus has undertaken to speak for the men of Attica (
mvp-comment-609-2 μαρτύρομαι 544
mvp-comment-610-1 ἀνταμείβει 545
mvp-comment-610-2 πρὸς 546
mvp-comment-610-3 οἷα 547
mvp-comment-611-1 τῶνδε συμμ 548
mvp-comment-612-1 ἦ μὴν 549
mvp-comment-612-2 κἄνευ τοῦδε 550
mvp-comment-612-3 λυπηθεὶς ἔσει 551
mvp-comment-613-1 ποίῳ σὺν ἔργῳ 552
mvp-comment-613-2 σὺν 553
mvp-comment-613-3 ἀπειλήσας ἔχεις 554
mvp-comment-614-1 τὴν μὲν 555
mvp-comment-615-1 τάδε 556
mvp-comment-616-1 The τήνδε γ’ of the MSS. could be retained only if μου were changed to καὶ and given to Creon.
mvp-comment-616-2 οὐ μακρ. χρόνου 557
mvp-comment-617-1 τὸν ἀσεβῆ 558
mvp-comment-618-1 θᾶσσον 559
mvp-comment-618-2 εἴργασαι 560
mvp-comment-619-1 ὑμῖν 561
mvp-comment-619-2 ἂν εἴη 562
mvp-comment-620-1 ποῖ φύγω 563
mvp-comment-620-2 θεῶν … ἢ βροτῶν; 564
mvp-comment-621-1 οὐχ ἅψομαι 565
mvp-comment-621-2 τῆς ἐμῆς 566
mvp-comment-622-1 τοὺς ἐμοὺς 567
mvp-comment-623-1
—
886 The phrase
mvp-comment-624-1 ἀφήσεις 568
mvp-comment-625-1 εἰς βάσανον εἶ χερῶν 569
mvp-comment-625-2 εἶ 570
mvp-comment-626-1 εἴργου 571
mvp-comment-626-2 μωμένου 572
mvp-comment-627-1 πόλει 573
mvp-comment-628-1 οὐκ ἠγόρευον 574
mvp-comment-629-1 μὴ )πίτασσ’ ἃ μὴ κρατεῖς 575
mvp-comment-630-1 At Creon's words, when he laid his hand on Antigone (832), one of his guards stepped up, and placed himself at her side.
mvp-comment-630-2 χαλᾶν λέγω σοι 576
mvp-comment-631-1 πρόβαθ’ … βᾶτε 577
mvp-comment-631-2 ὧδε 578
mvp-comment-631-3 ἔντοποι 579
mvp-comment-632-1 πόλις … σθένει 580
mvp-comment-632-2 σθένει 581
mvp-comment-633-1 μοι 582
mvp-comment-634-1 ὦ τάλας 583
mvp-comment-635-1 ἐκ τούτοιν … σκήπτροιν 584
mvp-comment-635-2 ἐκ 585
mvp-comment-635-3 σκήπτροιν 586
mvp-comment-636-1 οδοιπορήσῃς 587
mvp-comment-636-2 νικᾶν 588
mvp-comment-637-1 τύραννος 589
mvp-comment-638-1 γνώσει τάδε 590
mvp-comment-638-2 αὑτὸν 591
mvp-comment-639-1
For
δρᾷς followed by
εἰργάσω , instead of
mvp-comment-639-2 βίᾳ φίλων 592
mvp-comment-640-1 ὀργῇ χάριν δούς 593
mvp-comment-641-1
The guards, carrying off Antigone, have already left the scene (847); cp. 875
mvp-comment-642-1 τῶνδε 594
mvp-comment-643-1 ῥύσιον 595
mvp-comment-643-2 πόλει 596
mvp-comment-643-3 πόλει 599
mvp-comment-643-4 θήσεις πόλει 600
mvp-comment-643-5 ἐφάψομαι 601
mvp-comment-644-1
After
δεινὸν λέγοις (L), or
λέγεις , a syllable has to be supplied conjecturally. Triclinius added
ὡς ("be sure that,"
45
) before
τοῦτο : but this mars the rhythm: and the
simple fut. (as in
860
) is more forcible. The optat.
λέγοις of L, which is not likely to be a mere error for
λέγεις , strongly favours Hermann's simple remedy,
δεινὸν λέγοις ἄν , "'twere a dread deed that thou threatenest" (if only thou couldst
do it): cp. on
647
mvp-comment-644-2 πεπράξεται 602
mvp-comment-645-1 ἢν μή γ’ 603
mvp-comment-645-2 ἀπειργάθῃ 604
mvp-comment-646-1 φθέγμ’ 605
mvp-comment-647-1 αὐδῶ σιωπᾶν 606
mvp-comment-647-2 ἄφωνον … ἀρᾶς 607
mvp-comment-647-3 τῆς 608
mvp-comment-648-1 See Appendix on this passage.
mvp-comment-648-2 ὅς 609
mvp-comment-648-3 ψιλὸν ὄμμ’ 610
mvp-comment-648-4 ψιλὸν 611
mvp-comment-648-5 ἀποσπάσας 612
mvp-comment-649-1 ἐξοίχει 613
mvp-comment-650-1 σέ τ’ αὐτὸν 614
mvp-comment-651-1 Ἥλιος 615
mvp-comment-651-2 βίον 616
mvp-comment-651-3 κἀμὲ 617
mvp-comment-652-1 ὁρᾶτε 618
mvp-comment-653-1 ἔργοις 619
mvp-comment-653-2 ῥήμασιν 620
mvp-comment-654-1 μοῦνος 621
mvp-comment-654-2 βραδύς 622
mvp-comment-655-1 ἰὼ τάλας 623
mvp-comment-656-1 τάνδε ( πόλιν ) οὐκέτι πόλιν νεμῶ 624
mvp-comment-657-1 τοῖς … δικαίοις 625
mvp-comment-657-2 βραχὺς 626
mvp-comment-658-1 τά 627
mvp-comment-659-1 Ζεύς γ’ ἂν … σὺ δ’ οὔ 628
mvp-comment-660-1 ὕβρις 629
mvp-comment-660-2 ἀνεκτέα 630
mvp-comment-661-1 πρόμοι 631
mvp-comment-662-1 πέραν περῶσ’ οἵδε δή 632
mvp-comment-662-2 δή 633
mvp-comment-663-1 βωμὸν 634
mvp-comment-663-2 ἔσχετ’ 635
mvp-comment-664-1 θᾶσσον ἢ καθ’ ἡδονὴν 636
mvp-comment-665-1 ἔγνων 637
mvp-comment-666-1 τὰ ποῖα ταῦτα 638
mvp-comment-667-1 οἴχεται 639
mvp-comment-667-2 τὴν μόνην 640
mvp-comment-668-1 περ 641
mvp-comment-669-1 οὔκουν τις … ἀναγκάσει 642
mvp-comment-669-2 τούσδε βωμοὺς 643
mvp-comment-670-1 Join σπεύδειν ἀπὸ θυμάτων, ἄνιππον, ἱππότην τε ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος 644
mvp-comment-670-2 ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος 645
mvp-comment-670-3 δίστομοι … ὁδοί 646
mvp-comment-670-4 μάλιστα 647 ἔνθα 648
mvp-comment-671-1 ἴθ’ 649
mvp-comment-672-1 δῑ ὀργῆς ἧκον 650
mvp-comment-673-1 μεθῆκ’ 651
mvp-comment-674-1 οὕσπερ … τοὺς νόμους 652
mvp-comment-675-1 τούτοισι 653
mvp-comment-675-2 ἁρμοσθήσεται 654
mvp-comment-676-1 ἐναργεῖς 655
mvp-comment-676-2 ἄγων 656
mvp-comment-677-1 κατάξια δρᾶν 657
mvp-comment-678-1 ὧν 658
mvp-comment-679-1
Athens
mvp-comment-680-1 εἶτ’ 659
mvp-comment-680-2 ἀφεὶς 660
mvp-comment-681-1 τὰ … κύρια 661
mvp-comment-681-2 ἐπεισπεσὼν 662
mvp-comment-682-1 ἄγεις 663
mvp-comment-682-2 παρίστασαι 664
mvp-comment-683-1 κένανδρον … ἢ δούλην τινὰ 665
mvp-comment-684-1 τῷ μηδενί 666
mvp-comment-685-1 Θῆβαι 667
mvp-comment-685-2 ἐπαίδευσαν 668
mvp-comment-686-1 πυθοίατο 669
mvp-comment-687-1 συλῶντα 670
mvp-comment-687-2 φωτῶν ἀθλίων ἱκτήρια 671
mvp-comment-688-1 ἐπεμβαίνων 672
mvp-comment-689-1 εἶχον 673
mvp-comment-690-1 ἄνευ γε τοῦ κραίνοντος 674
mvp-comment-690-2 χθονὸς 675
mvp-comment-690-3 ὅστις ἦν 676
mvp-comment-691-1 οὔθ’ εἷλκον οὔτ’ ἂν ἦγον 677
mvp-comment-692-1 ξένον 678
mvp-comment-693-1 ἀξίαν οὐκ οὖσαν 679
mvp-comment-694-1 τὴν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ 680
mvp-comment-694-2 ὁ πληθύων χρόνος 681
mvp-comment-694-3 τοῦ νοῦ 682
mvp-comment-695-1 τινα 683
mvp-comment-696-1 The essence of the notion conveyed by μέτοικος 684
mvp-comment-697-1 βίᾳ τε κοὐχ ἑκ 685
mvp-comment-697-2 κοὐχ ἑκών 686
mvp-comment-698-1
The words
τῷ νῷ have been suspected by recent criticism. They seem to me sound. The sense is,
mvp-comment-699-1 ὁρᾷς ἵν’ ἥκεις 688
mvp-comment-699-2 ἀφ’ ὧν 689
mvp-comment-700-1 ἐγὼ οὔτ’ 690
mvp-comment-700-2
L's
λέγω , of which
mvp-comment-701-1 αὐτοὺς 691
mvp-comment-701-2 ἐμπέσοι 692
mvp-comment-702-1 ξυναίμων 693
mvp-comment-703-1 κἄναγνον 694 ἄναγνον 695
mvp-comment-703-2 δεξοίατ’ 696
mvp-comment-704-1 ηὑρέθησαν 697
mvp-comment-704-2 τέκνων 698
mvp-comment-704-3 ξυνόντες 699
mvp-comment-704-4
Wecklein takes
mvp-comment-705-1 τοιοῦτον 700
mvp-comment-705-2 εὔβουλον 701
mvp-comment-706-1 χθόνιον 702
mvp-comment-707-1 θυμοῦ 703
mvp-comment-707-2 θανόντων 704
mvp-comment-708-1 κεἰ 705
mvp-comment-708-2 σμικρὸν 706
mvp-comment-708-3 πρὸς … τὰς πράξεις 707
mvp-comment-709-1 τοῦ 708
mvp-comment-710-1 μοι 709
mvp-comment-710-2 διῆκας 710
mvp-comment-711-1 ἄκων 711
mvp-comment-711-2 θεοῖς 712
mvp-comment-712-1 ἄν 713
mvp-comment-713-1 ἐπεὶ καθ’ αὑτόν γ’ 714
mvp-comment-713-2
Others take
mvp-comment-714-1 ἐπεὶ δίδαξον 715
mvp-comment-714-2 εἴ τι θέσφατον 716
mvp-comment-715-1
The simple inf.
θανεῖν could have depended on
mvp-comment-715-2 παίδων 717
mvp-comment-716-1 οὔτε...οὐ 718
mvp-comment-716-2 βλάστας 719
mvp-comment-717-1 φανεὶς δύστηνος 720
mvp-comment-717-2 ἐγὼ )φάνην 721
mvp-comment-718-1 ἐς χεῖρας 722
mvp-comment-719-1 μηδὲν 723
mvp-comment-720-1
The MSS. have
πῶς γ’ ἄν , but
γ’ should probably be omitted. In L, at least, there is a perceptible tendency to insert
mvp-comment-720-2 ἆκον 724
mvp-comment-721-1
L's
τλήμων might be either (
a ) predicate with the verb, or (
b ) nom. for voc., as 185
mvp-comment-722-1 οὖν 725
mvp-comment-723-1 εἰς τόδ’ ἐξελθ. ἀνόσιον στόμα 726
mvp-comment-723-2 ἀνόσιον στόμα 727
mvp-comment-724-1
—
984 He has just said,
mvp-comment-724-2 ἔτικτεν 728
mvp-comment-724-3 αὑτῆς ὄνειδος 729
mvp-comment-725-1 δυσστομεῖν 730
mvp-comment-726-1 ἄκων 731
mvp-comment-727-1 ἀλλ’ οὐ γὰρ 732
mvp-comment-727-2
The MS.
mvp-comment-728-1 ἐμφορεῖς 733
mvp-comment-728-2 φόνους 734
mvp-comment-729-1 ἄμειψαι 735
mvp-comment-730-1 εἴ τις … κτείνοι 736
mvp-comment-730-2 αὐτίκα 737
mvp-comment-730-3 τὸν δίκ 738
mvp-comment-731-1 δοκῶ μέν 739
mvp-comment-732-1 περιβλέποις 740
mvp-comment-733-1 εἰσέβην 741
mvp-comment-733-2
After
ἀντειπεῖν and like words the
person gainsaid is denoted by the dat.; the
argument , by
mvp-comment-733-3 οἶς 742
mvp-comment-733-4 ἐμοί 743
mvp-comment-733-5 ἂν 744 ἀντειπεῖν 745
mvp-comment-733-6 ἐγὼ οὐδὲ 746
mvp-comment-734-1 πατρὸς ψυχὴν … ζῶσαν 747
mvp-comment-734-2 ψυχή 748
mvp-comment-735-1 ἅπαν 749
mvp-comment-735-2 καλὸν 750
mvp-comment-735-3 ῥητὸν ἄρρ 751
mvp-comment-736-1 τὸ Θ. ὄνομα θωπ 752
mvp-comment-736-2 θωπεῦσαι 753
mvp-comment-736-3 καλόν 754
mvp-comment-737-1 ὡς κατῴκηνται καλῶς 755
mvp-comment-738-1 κᾆθ’ 756
mvp-comment-738-2 πολλὰ 757
mvp-comment-739-1 εἴ τις γῆ θεοὺς 758
mvp-comment-740-1 τῷδ’ 759
mvp-comment-741-1 κλέψας 760
mvp-comment-742-1 ἐχειροῦ 761
mvp-comment-742-2 οἴχει 762
mvp-comment-743-1 κατασκήπτω λιταῖς 763
mvp-comment-744-1 ξεῖνος 764
mvp-comment-744-2 αἱ δὲ ς. 765
mvp-comment-744-3 ἄξιαι δ’ ἀμ. 766
mvp-comment-745-1 ἄξιαι … ἀμυναθεῖν 767
mvp-comment-746-1 The contrast with παθόντες 768
mvp-comment-746-2 ἐξηρπασμένοι 769
mvp-comment-747-1 ἕσταμεν 770
mvp-comment-748-1 ἀμ. φωτὶ 771
mvp-comment-748-2 ἀμαυρῷ 772
mvp-comment-749-1 τῆς ἐκεῖ 773
mvp-comment-749-2
mvp-comment-749-3
2. Reading
μοι :—
mvp-comment-749-4
3. Governing
με by
πομπόν :
mvp-comment-750-1 ἡμῖν 774
mvp-comment-751-1 ἐγκρατεῖς 775
mvp-comment-751-2 φεύγουσιν 776
mvp-comment-752-1 ἄλλοι 777
mvp-comment-752-2 οὓς χώρας τῆσδε φυγόντες οὐ μή ποτε ἐπεύξωνται θεοῖς 778
mvp-comment-752-3 ἐπεύξωνται 779
mvp-comment-753-1 ἀλλ’ 780
mvp-comment-753-2 ἔχων ἔχει 781
mvp-comment-754-1 θηρῶνθ’ 782
mvp-comment-754-2 ἡ τύχη 783
mvp-comment-754-3 τὰ … δόλῳ κτήματα 784
mvp-comment-754-4 τῷ μὴ δικαίῳ 785
mvp-comment-755-1 κοὐκ ἄλλον ἕξεις εἰς τόδ’ 786
mvp-comment-755-2 ὡς ἔξοιδα 787
mvp-comment-755-3 οὐ ψιλὸν 788
mvp-comment-755-4 ἄσκευον 789
mvp-comment-756-1 ἐς τοσήνδ’ ὕβριν … τόλμης 790
mvp-comment-757-1 ἀλλ’ ἔσθ’ ὅτῳ 791
mvp-comment-757-2 πιστὸς 792
mvp-comment-758-1 τι τούτων 793
mvp-comment-758-2 τὰ νῦν 794
mvp-comment-759-1 ἐνθάδ’ ὢν 795
mvp-comment-759-2 μεμπτὸν ἐμοί 796
mvp-comment-760-1 χωρῶν ἀπείλει νῦν 797
mvp-comment-761-1 πιστωθεὶς 798
mvp-comment-762-1 ὄναιο 799 χάριν 800
mvp-comment-764-1 εἴην ὅθι 801
mvp-comment-765-1 ἐπιστροφαὶ 804
mvp-comment-766-1 χαλκοβόαν 805
mvp-comment-766-2 μείξουσιν 806
mvp-comment-766-3 ἢ πρὸς Πυθίαις ἢ λαμπάσιν ἀκταῖς 807
mvp-comment-766-4
(1)
Πύθιαι ἀκταί ,
the Pythian shores; the shore of the bay of Eleusis just beyond the pass of Daphnè on the N.W., near the salt-springs called
mvp-comment-766-5
(2)
λαμπάδες ἀκταί ,
mvp-comment-767-1 πότνιαι 808
mvp-comment-767-2 τιθηνοῦνται 809
mvp-comment-767-3 τέλη 810
mvp-comment-768-1 θνατοῖσιν 811
mvp-comment-768-2 ὧν καὶ χρυσέα 812
mvp-comment-768-3 κλὴ|ς Εὐμολπιδᾶν 813
mvp-comment-769-1 κλὴ|ς 814
mvp-comment-769-2 χρυσέα 815
mvp-comment-770-1 προσπόλων Εὐμολπιδᾶν 816
mvp-comment-771-1
I incline to believe that the MS. words
ἔνθ’ οἶμαι τὸν ἐγρεμάχαν are sound, and that the variant
mvp-comment-771-2 ἐγρεμάχαν 817
mvp-comment-772-1 Θησέα 818
mvp-comment-772-2 αὐτάρκει βοᾷ 819
mvp-comment-772-3
Many critics, however, now regard
καὶ as spurious: for
Θησέα καὶ Dindorf proposes
Αἰγεΐδαν : for
Θησέα καὶ τὰς Wecklein
Θησέα παῖδας . The sense would then be:—
mvp-comment-772-4 διστόλους 820
mvp-comment-772-5 αὐτάρκει 821
mvp-comment-772-6 τούσδ’ ἀνὰ χ. 822
mvp-comment-772-7
The poet has left the details of the rescue indistinct. Creon's guards first carried off the girls (844), and Theseus sent mounted Athenians in pursuit (897). Afterwards, Theseus commands Creon to lead him to where the girls are; if they are
mvp-comment-773-1
Hartung's
εἰς νομόν for the MS.
ἐκ νομοῦ is certain. With the latter, we could only render:
mvp-comment-773-2 νομοῦ 823
mvp-comment-773-3 πελῶς’ 824
mvp-comment-773-4
The place meant is not certain. See note and map in Appendix. But the scholium here deserves at least thus much weight: it is our one ancient warrant for a definite view. Like the other old scholia in L, it probably dates (in substance) from the later Alexandrian age, which possessed many Attic writings, now lost, on the topography of Attica. The scholiast takes the
νιφὰς πέτρα to be a rock or crag of Mount Aegaleos;— the same which was called
mvp-comment-773-5
The meaning will then be:—
mvp-comment-774-1 ῥιμφαρμάτοις … ἁμίλλαις 825
mvp-comment-775-1 ἁλώσεται 826
mvp-comment-775-2 προσχώρων 827
mvp-comment-775-3 Θησειδᾶν 828
mvp-comment-775-4 ἀκμά 829
mvp-comment-776-1
We require
u - instead of the MS.
κατ’ . Bothe gets this by supposing non-elision of
mvp-comment-777-1 ἀμπυκτήρια φάλαρα πώλων 830
mvp-comment-778-1 ἄμβασις 831
mvp-comment-778-2 οἳ 832
mvp-comment-778-3 τὰν ἱππίαν 833
mvp-comment-779-1 γαιάοχον 834
mvp-comment-779-2 Ῥέας 835
mvp-comment-779-3
Rhea, in the Greek theogony, is daughter of Uranos and Gaia, wife of Cronus, and "mother of the gods." The cult was that of the "Phrygian Mother" Cybele in a special phase, and came very early to Greece from Lydia: in Attica it was intimately connected with the Eleusinian cult of Demeter (cp.
Hom. Hymn. 5.442
,
Eur.
Helen 1301 ff.
). The
mvp-comment-780-1 ἔρδους’ 836
mvp-comment-780-2 μέλλουσιν 837
mvp-comment-781-1 γνώμα μοι 838 προμνᾶταί τι 839
mvp-comment-782-1 ἀντάσειν 840
mvp-comment-782-2 ἀντάω 841
mvp-comment-782-3
To
ἀνδώσειν the objections are: (1) it could not possibly mean
mvp-comment-782-4
With
ἐνδώσειν we have to render:—
mvp-comment-783-1 κατ’ ἆμαρ 842
mvp-comment-784-1 ἀελλαία 843
mvp-comment-784-2 ταχύρρωστος 844
mvp-comment-785-1 Hermann's ἄνωθ’ 845
mvp-comment-785-2 θεωρήσασα 846
mvp-comment-785-3 θεωρήσουσα 847
mvp-comment-785-4 αἰωρεῖν 848
mvp-comment-786-1
In the MS. order of the words,
mvp-comment-787-1 δαμούχοις 849
mvp-comment-788-1 σθένει 850
mvp-comment-788-2 ἐπινικείῳ 851
mvp-comment-788-3 τὸν εὔαγρον τελειῶσαι λόχον 852
mvp-comment-788-4 τὸν εὔαγρον 853
mvp-comment-788-5 λόχον 854
mvp-comment-789-1 σεμνά τε παῖς 855
mvp-comment-790-1 τὸν ἀγρευτὰν 856
mvp-comment-791-1 ὀπαδὸν … ἐλάφων 857
mvp-comment-791-2 πυκνοστίκτων 858
mvp-comment-792-1 στέργω 859
mvp-comment-792-2 διπλᾶς ἀρωγὰς 860
mvp-comment-794-1 τῷ σκοπῷ μὲν 861
mvp-comment-794-2 μέν 862
mvp-comment-795-1 προσπολουμένας 863
mvp-comment-796-1 τίς ἂν … δοίη 864
mvp-comment-796-2 δοίη 865
mvp-comment-797-1 φιλτάτων τ’ 866
mvp-comment-798-1 μηδαμά 867
mvp-comment-798-2
mvp-comment-799-1 ἃ τεύξει 868
mvp-comment-799-2 σὺν πόθῳ … ἡ χάρις 869
mvp-comment-800-1 ἔρνη 870
mvp-comment-800-2 τῷ τεκόντι 871
mvp-comment-800-3 πᾶν 872
mvp-comment-801-1 σκῆπτρα 873
mvp-comment-801-2 φωτός 874
mvp-comment-802-1 θανὼν 875
mvp-comment-803-1 ἐρείσατε … πλευρὸν ἀμφιδέξιον 876
mvp-comment-804-1 ἐμφύντε 877
mvp-comment-804-2
With
mvp-comment-804-3 πλάνου 878
mvp-comment-805-1 ταῖς τηλικαῖσδε 879
mvp-comment-806-1 ὅδ’ … τοῦδε 880
mvp-comment-807-1
Hermann's change of the MS.
τοὐμὸν into
τοῦτ’ ἐμοί τ’ has been accepted by many edd. But the sense is most unsatisfactory. If
τοὔργον means the deed of rescue, as is most natural, the meaning will be:
mvp-comment-807-2
I have little doubt that Wex is right, or nearly so, in his
οὗ κἄστι τοὔργον . The
mvp-comment-808-1
Take
πρὸς τὸ λιπαρὲς with
μηκύνῳ λόγον :
mvp-comment-808-2 πρὸς τὸ λ. 881
mvp-comment-809-1 τέκνα 882
mvp-comment-809-2 ἄελπτα 883
mvp-comment-810-1 τὴν ἐς τάσδε 884
mvp-comment-811-1 μηδενὸς 885
mvp-comment-812-1 ὡς 886
mvp-comment-813-1 αὐτῷ τε 887
mvp-comment-813-2 τό γ’ εὐσεβές 888
mvp-comment-813-3 μόνοις 889
mvp-comment-814-1 τοὐπιεικὲς 890
mvp-comment-815-1 εἰδὼς δ’ ἀμύνω 891
mvp-comment-815-2 τάδε 893
mvp-comment-816-1 ψαύσω 894
mvp-comment-816-2 εἰ θέμις 895
mvp-comment-817-1 πῶς σ’ 896
mvp-comment-817-2 τίς οὐκ 897
mvp-comment-817-3 κηλὶς κακῶν 898
mvp-comment-817-4 ξύνοικος 899
mvp-comment-817-5 οὐκ ἔγωγέ σε 900
mvp-comment-817-6 οὐδ’ οὖν 901
mvp-comment-817-7
Oedipus is indeed
mvp-comment-818-1 βροτῶν 902
mvp-comment-819-1 αὐτόθεν 903
mvp-comment-820-1 ἐς τόδ’ ἡμέρας 904
mvp-comment-821-1 οὔτ’ εἴ τι κ.τ.λ. 905
mvp-comment-821-2 θαυμάσας ἔχω 906
mvp-comment-822-1 οὔτ’ 907
mvp-comment-823-1 γὰρ 908
mvp-comment-824-1 δείκνυμι δ’ 909
mvp-comment-824-2
The usu. constr. is
mvp-comment-824-3 ὤμοσα 910
mvp-comment-825-1
For the gen. with
ἀκραιφνεῖς cp. 1519:
Eur.
Hipp. 949
mvp-comment-826-1 ᾑρέθη 911
mvp-comment-827-1 λόγος 912
mvp-comment-827-2 λόγος 913
mvp-comment-827-3 ἐμπέπτωκεν 914
mvp-comment-827-4 συμβαλοῦ γνώμην 915
mvp-comment-828-1 εἰπεῖν θαυμάσαι 918
mvp-comment-829-1 ἄνθρωπον 919
mvp-comment-830-1 τί δ’ ἔστι 920
mvp-comment-830-2 δίδασκέ με ὡς μὴ εἰδότ’ 921
mvp-comment-830-3 ὡς οὐ 922
mvp-comment-830-4 ὡς 923
mvp-comment-831-1 ἡμῖν 924
mvp-comment-831-2 ἔμπολιν 925
mvp-comment-831-3 προσπεσόντα πως 926
mvp-comment-831-4 πως 927
mvp-comment-832-1 βωμῷ 928
mvp-comment-832-2 ἔκυρον 929
mvp-comment-832-3 ἡνίχ’ ὡρμώμην 930
mvp-comment-833-1 τῷ θακήματι 931
mvp-comment-833-2 προς‐ 932
mvp-comment-834-1 σοῦ 933
mvp-comment-835-1 οὐκ ὄγκου πλέων 934
mvp-comment-836-1
Heath's insertion of
τ’ after
ἀπελθεῖν is necessary, unless we adopt Nauck's
ἐλθεῖν
θέλοντ’ ,
i.e.
mvp-comment-837-1 κατ’ Ἄργος 935
mvp-comment-837-2 τοῦτο 936
mvp-comment-838-1 σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ 937
mvp-comment-838-2 τίδ’ ἔστι σοι 938
mvp-comment-839-1 πράγματος ποίου 939
mvp-comment-840-1 ἀκούων τῶνδ’ 940
mvp-comment-840-2 ὅς 941
mvp-comment-840-3 προστάτης 942
mvp-comment-841-1 ὅν γ’ ἐγὼ ψέξαιμι 944
mvp-comment-842-1 στυγνός 945
mvp-comment-842-2 λόγων 946
mvp-comment-842-3 ἄλγιστα ἀνδρῶν 947
mvp-comment-843-1 ἃ μὴ 948
mvp-comment-844-1
The emphasis is on
κλύειν , not on
τοῦδ’ :
mvp-comment-845-1 φθέγμα τοῦθ’ 949
mvp-comment-845-2 ἥκει 950
mvp-comment-846-1 μή μ’ ἀνάγκῃ προσβάλῃς 951
mvp-comment-846-2 εἰκαθεῖν 952
mvp-comment-847-1 τὸ θάκημ’ 953
mvp-comment-847-2 ἐξαναγκάζει 954
mvp-comment-847-3 πρόνοια … τοῦ θεοῦ 955
mvp-comment-847-4 φυλακτέα 956
mvp-comment-848-1 πιθοῦ μοι 957
mvp-comment-848-2 κεἰ 958
mvp-comment-848-3 vέα 959
mvp-comment-849-1 τὸν ἄνδρα τόνδε 960
mvp-comment-850-1 ὕπεικε 961
mvp-comment-851-1 παρασπάσει 962
mvp-comment-851-2 ἃ μή 963
mvp-comment-851-3 λέξεται 964
mvp-comment-852-1 κακῶς 965
mvp-comment-853-1
Meineke rejects the three verses, 1189—1191, because (1)
mvp-comment-854-1 δυσσεβέστατ’, ὦ 966
mvp-comment-855-1 θέμις σέ γ’ εἶναι 967
mvp-comment-856-1 ἀλλ’ αὐτόν· εἰσὶ 968
mvp-comment-857-1 ἐξεπᾴδονται φύσιν 969
mvp-comment-858-1 ἐκεῖνα 970
mvp-comment-858-2 πατρῷα καὶ μ. 971
mvp-comment-858-3 μητρῷα 972
mvp-comment-859-1 τελευτὴν 973
mvp-comment-860-1 τἀνθυμήματα 974
mvp-comment-861-1 ἀδέρκτων 975
mvp-comment-861-2 τητώμενος 976
mvp-comment-862-1
Notice the dat.
προσχρῄζουσιν (with
mvp-comment-862-2 οὐδ’ 977
mvp-comment-862-3 οὐκ ἐπίστασθαι 978
mvp-comment-862-4 τίνειν 979
mvp-comment-862-5 The structure of οὐδ’ αὐτὸν … τίνειν 980
mvp-comment-863-1
The stress is on
mvp-comment-863-2 ἡδονὴν 981
mvp-comment-863-3 δ’ οὖν 982
mvp-comment-864-1 ἐλεύσεται 983
mvp-comment-865-1 κρατείτω τῆς ἐ. ψυχῆς 984
mvp-comment-865-2 τῆς ἐμ. ψ. 985
mvp-comment-866-1 κλύειν 986
mvp-comment-866-2 τὰ τοιαῦτ’ 987
mvp-comment-867-1
If
δ’ is omitted (with Wecklein) after
κομπεῖν , we must either make
κομπεῖν οὐχὶ βούλομαι a parenthesis (as he does), or else point thus:
mvp-comment-869-1 ὅστις τοῦ πλέονος μ. χρῄζει 988 ζώειν 989 παρεὶς 990 τοῦ μετρίου 991
mvp-comment-869-2 χρῄζ 992
mvp-comment-869-3 παρείς 993
mvp-comment-869-4 μετρίου 994
mvp-comment-869-5
Hartung explains his
mvp-comment-869-6 σκαιοσύναν 995
mvp-comment-869-7 φυλάσσων 996
mvp-comment-869-8 ἐν ἐμοὶ 997
mvp-comment-870-1 αἱ μακραὶ | ἁμέραι 998
mvp-comment-870-2 πολλὰ μὲν δὴ κατέθεντο 999
mvp-comment-870-3 λύπας 1000
mvp-comment-870-4 λύπας ἐγγυτέρω 1001
mvp-comment-870-5
The middle
mvp-comment-870-6 οὐκ ἂν ἴδοις ὅπου 1002
mvp-comment-871-1 τοῦ δέοντος 1003
mvp-comment-871-2 πέσῃ 1004
mvp-comment-871-3
The vulgate
τοῦ θέλοντος would be gen. of
mvp-comment-871-4 ὁ δ’ ἐπίκουρος ἰσοτέλεστος 1005
mvp-comment-871-5 ἰσοτέλεστος 1006
mvp-comment-872-1 ἀνυμέναιος 1007
mvp-comment-872-2 ἀναπέφηνε 1008
mvp-comment-873-1 μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπ. νικᾷ λόγον 1010
mvp-comment-873-2 ὁ ἅπας λόγος 1011
mvp-comment-873-3
The form hints that Soph. was thinking of the verses of Theognis (425 ff.) which the schol. quotes, without naming that poet, as familiar (
mvp-comment-873-4 ἐπεὶ φανῇ 1012
mvp-comment-874-1
The MS.
mvp-comment-874-2 πολὺ δεύτερον 1013
mvp-comment-874-3 πολὺ 1014
mvp-comment-875-1 ὡς εὖτ’ ἂν … καμάτων ἔνι 1015
mvp-comment-875-2 παρῇ 1017
mvp-comment-876-1 τίς πλαγὰ 1018
mvp-comment-877-1 φθόνος 1019
mvp-comment-878-1 κατάμεμπτον 1020
mvp-comment-878-2 ἐπιλέλογχε 1021
mvp-comment-878-3 ἀκρατές 1022
mvp-comment-879-1 κακὰ κακῶν 1023
mvp-comment-879-2 ξυνοικεῖ 1024
mvp-comment-880-1 βόρειος ἀκτὰ 1025
mvp-comment-881-1 κατ’ ἄκρας 1026
mvp-comment-881-2 κυματοα—γεῖς 1028
mvp-comment-882-1
Compare this poet. indication of the four points of the compass with the prose phraseology in
Xen.
Anab. 3.5.15,
mvp-comment-882-2 ἀνὰ μέσσαν ἀκτῖν’ 1029
mvp-comment-883-1 *(πιπᾶν 1030
mvp-comment-883-2 ἐννυχιᾶν 1031
mvp-comment-883-3
Others, not taking
ῥιπᾶν as a name, render: (1)
mvp-comment-885-1 καὶ μὴν 1032
mvp-comment-885-2 ἡμῖν 1033
mvp-comment-886-1 ἀνδρῶν γε μοῦνος 1034
mvp-comment-887-1 ἀστακτὶ 1035
mvp-comment-887-2 ἀστακτὶ 1036
mvp-comment-887-3 ὧδε 1037
mvp-comment-888-1 κατείχομεν γνώμῃ 1038
mvp-comment-889-1 δράσω 1039
mvp-comment-890-1 ἐνθάδ’ ἐκβεβλημένον 1040
mvp-comment-891-1 σὺν 1041
mvp-comment-891-2 τῆς 1042
mvp-comment-891-3 γέρων … πίνος 1043
mvp-comment-891-4 συγκατῴκηκεν 1044
mvp-comment-892-1 πλευρὰν μαραίνων 1045
mvp-comment-892-2 κρατὶ ὀμματοστερεῖ 1046
mvp-comment-892-3 ἀκτένιστος 1047
mvp-comment-892-4 ᾄσσεται 1048
mvp-comment-893-1 ἀδελφὰ … τούτοισιν 1049
mvp-comment-893-2 φορεῖ 1050
mvp-comment-894-1
mvp-comment-894-2 ἥκειν 1051
mvp-comment-894-3 τροφ. ταῖς σαῖσιν 1052
mvp-comment-894-4 μὴ )ξ ἄλλων 1053
mvp-comment-895-1 ἀλλὰ … γὰρ 1054
mvp-comment-895-2 Ζηνὶ σύνθακος θρόνων 1055
mvp-comment-895-3 Αἰδὼς 1056
mvp-comment-895-4 ἐπ’ ἔργοις πᾶσι 1057
mvp-comment-895-5 καὶ πρὸς σοί 1058
mvp-comment-896-1 τῶν γὰρ ἡμαρτημένων 1059
mvp-comment-896-2 προσφορὰ 1060
mvp-comment-897-1 τί σιγᾷς 1061
mvp-comment-898-1 μή μ’ ἀποστραφῇς 1062
mvp-comment-898-2 ἀτιμάσας 1063
mvp-comment-899-1 ὦ σπέρματ’ 1064
mvp-comment-899-2 ἐμαὶ δ’ 1065
mvp-comment-900-1 ἀλλ’ ὑμεῖς γε 1066
mvp-comment-901-1 δυσπρόσοιστον 1067
mvp-comment-901-2 στόμα 1068
mvp-comment-902-1 ὡς μή μ’ ἄτιμον … οὕτως ἀφῇ με 1069
mvp-comment-902-2
Elmsley's conjecture
mvp-comment-902-3 ἀφῆται 1070
mvp-comment-902-4 τοῦ θεοῦ γε 1071
mvp-comment-902-5 προστάτην 1072
mvp-comment-902-6 οὕτως 1073
mvp-comment-903-1 χρείᾳ 1074
mvp-comment-904-1 τὰ πολλὰ ῥήματα 1075
mvp-comment-904-2 ἢ τέρψαντά τι 1076
mvp-comment-905-1 ἀφωνήτοις 1077
mvp-comment-906-1 ἐξηγεῖ 1078
mvp-comment-907-1 ποιούμενος ᾀρωγόν 1079
mvp-comment-907-2 ὧδε 1080
mvp-comment-907-3 ἀνέστησεν 1081
mvp-comment-908-1 λέξαι τ’ ἀκοῦσαί τ’ 1082
mvp-comment-908-2 ἐξόδῳ 1083
mvp-comment-909-1 βουλήσομαι 1084
mvp-comment-910-1 θέλω δὲ λέξαι 1085
mvp-comment-911-1 πανάρχοις 1086
mvp-comment-911-2 γεραίτερος 1087
mvp-comment-911-3
In Attic prose the comparative of
mvp-comment-912-1 ἀνθ’ ὧν 1088
mvp-comment-913-1 λόγῳ 1089
mvp-comment-913-2 εἰς ἔλεγχον 1090
mvp-comment-913-3 χειρὸς οὐδ’ ἔργου 1091
mvp-comment-914-1 μάλιστα μὲν 1092
mvp-comment-914-2 τὴν σὴν Ἐρινὺν 1093
mvp-comment-914-3 μάντεων 1094
mvp-comment-915-1
The
γὰρ seems meant to introduce a further account of what the
mvp-comment-915-2 τὸ Δωρικόν 1095
mvp-comment-916-1 γῆς Ἀπίας 1096
mvp-comment-917-1 τετίμηνται 1097
mvp-comment-917-2 δορί 1098
mvp-comment-918-1 τὸν ἑπτάλογχον … στόλον 1099
mvp-comment-919-1 πανδίκως 1100
mvp-comment-919-2 τοὺς τάδ’ ἐκπρ 1101
mvp-comment-920-1 εἶεν 1102
mvp-comment-921-1 αὐτός τ’ 1103
mvp-comment-922-1 τάξεσιν … λόγχαις 1104
mvp-comment-923-1 δορυσσοῦς 1105
mvp-comment-923-2 δορυσσόος 1106
mvp-comment-923-3 Ἀμφιάρεως 1107
mvp-comment-923-4 τὰ πρῶτα μὲν … πρῶτα δέ 1109
mvp-comment-923-5 οἰωνῶν ὁδοῖς 1110
mvp-comment-924-1 The thirteen lines (1313— 1325) which contain the list of chiefs illustrate the poet's tact. There is no pomp of description, no superfluous detail; but the three most interesting points are lightly touched,—the character of Amphiaraus, the character of Capaneus, and the parentage of Parthenopaeus. The dramatic purpose is to dignify the strife, and to heighten the terror of the father's curse, which falls not only on the guilty son, but on his allies (cp. 1400).
mvp-comment-924-2 The list agrees in names, though not in order, with Aesch. Th. 377—652 , where each name is associated with one of the seven gates of Thebes, as probably in the epic Thebaid. (Cp. Ant. 141 ff., where the seven champions appear as having been slain and spoiled ,—the special doom of Amphiaraus being ignored.) Eur. Phoen. 1104 —1188 also has this list, except that Eteoclus is omitted, and Adrastus (the one survivor) substituted. In his Supplices Eteoclus and Adrastus are both included, while either Hippomedon or Amphiaraus seems to be omitted.
mvp-comment-925-1 Τυδεύς 1111
mvp-comment-925-2 Ἐτέοκλος 1112
mvp-comment-925-3 Ἱππομέδοντ’ 1113
mvp-comment-926-1 κατασκαφῇ … δῃώσειν πυρί 1114 πυρί 1115 κατασκαφῇ 1116
mvp-comment-926-2 Καπανεὺς 1117
mvp-comment-927-1 Παρθενοπαῖος 1118
mvp-comment-927-2 ἐπώνυμος τῆς πρόσθεν ἀδμήτης 1119 χρόνῳ μητρὸς λοχευθείς 1120
mvp-comment-927-3 χρόνῳ 1121
mvp-comment-928-1 ἐγὼ δὲ σός 1122
mvp-comment-928-2 πότμου 1123
mvp-comment-929-1 ἀντὶ παίδων ... ἱκετεύομεν 1124
mvp-comment-930-1 μῆνιν ...εἰκαθεῖν 1125
mvp-comment-930-2 τοὐμοῦ 1126
mvp-comment-931-1
Since
πάτρας must clearly go with both verbs, it would seem that, aided by
ἐξέωσε , the poet has used
ἀπεσύλησεν with the constr. of
mvp-comment-932-1 χρηστηρίων 1127
mvp-comment-932-2 προσθῇ 1128
mvp-comment-932-3 ἔφασκ’ 1130
mvp-comment-933-1 κρηνῶν 1131
mvp-comment-934-1 πιθέσθαι 1132
mvp-comment-934-2
The
v.l.
πτωχὸς for
ξένος doubtless arose from a feeling that the word repeated should be that which immediately preceded
μέν (cp. on
5
): but
mvp-comment-935-1 θωπεύοντες 1133
mvp-comment-936-1 δαίμον’ 1134
mvp-comment-936-2 ἐξειληχότες 1135
mvp-comment-936-3 ἐξειληφότες 1136
mvp-comment-937-1 τάλας 1137
mvp-comment-937-2 ἁβρύνετι 1138
mvp-comment-938-1 φρενί 1139
mvp-comment-939-1 ὄγκῳ 1140
mvp-comment-939-2 σὺν 1141
mvp-comment-939-3 διασκεδῶ 1142
mvp-comment-939-4 στήσω … στήσω δ’ 1143
mvp-comment-939-5 ἄγων 1144
mvp-comment-940-1 οὐδὲ σωθῆναι 1145
mvp-comment-941-1 τοῦ πέμψαντος 1146
mvp-comment-941-2 εἰπὼν … ἔκπεμψαι 1147
mvp-comment-942-1 δημοῦχοι 1148
mvp-comment-943-1 δικαιῶν ὥστ’ 1149
mvp-comment-944-1 ὀμφῆς 1150
mvp-comment-945-1 ἀξιωθεὶς … κἀκούσας γ’ 1151
mvp-comment-945-2 τοιαῦθ’ 1152
mvp-comment-946-1 ὅς γ’, ὦ κάκιστε 1153
mvp-comment-946-2 σκῆπτρα καὶ θρόνους 1154
mvp-comment-947-1 ἃ 1155
mvp-comment-948-1 τὸν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ 1156
mvp-comment-948-2 ἔθηκας ἄπολιν … καὶ φορεῖν 1157
mvp-comment-948-3 ἄπολιν 1159
mvp-comment-948-4 ταύτας 1160
mvp-comment-949-1 πόνῳ … κακῶν 1161
mvp-comment-949-2 βεβηκὼς 1162
mvp-comment-949-3 ἐμοί 1163
mvp-comment-950-1 κλαυστὰ … οἰστέα 1164
mvp-comment-950-2 ἐμοὶ μὲν 1165
mvp-comment-951-1
I have little doubt that
τάδ’, ἕωσπερ , not
τάδ’, ὥσπερ , is the true reading here. The synizesis of
ἕως was familiar through Homer:
Od. 2.148
mvp-comment-951-2 ἕωσπερ 1166
mvp-comment-951-3 φονέως 1167
mvp-comment-951-4 μεμνημένος 1169
mvp-comment-952-1 μόχθῳ … ἔντροφον 1170
mvp-comment-952-2 ἐκ σέθεν 1172
mvp-comment-953-1 ἐπαιτῶ 1173
mvp-comment-954-1 εἰ δ’ ἐξέφυσα … μὴ 1174
mvp-comment-954-2 τὸ σὸν μέρος 1175
mvp-comment-955-1 εἰς τὸ συμπονεῖν 1176
mvp-comment-955-2 ἀπ’ ἄλλου 1177
mvp-comment-956-1 τοιγάρ σ’ ὁ δαίμων 1178
mvp-comment-956-2 I hold εἴπερ to be right: it refers to the statement made by Polyneices, which it does not call in question, but merely notes as the condition.
mvp-comment-956-3 κινοῦνται 1179
mvp-comment-957-1 κείνην ἐρείψεις 1180
mvp-comment-957-2 αἵματι … μιανθεὶς 1181
mvp-comment-958-1 τοιάσδ’ 1182
mvp-comment-958-2 ἐξανῆκ’ 1183
mvp-comment-958-3 ξυμμάχους 1184
mvp-comment-959-1 ἀνακαλοῦμαι 1185
mvp-comment-960-1 ἵν’ ἀξιῶτον 1186
mvp-comment-960-2 τοὺς φυτεύσαντας σέβειν 1187
mvp-comment-961-1 καὶ μὴ )ξατιμάζητον 1188
mvp-comment-961-2 ἔφυτον 1189
mvp-comment-962-1 τοιγὰρ τὸ σὸν θ. 1190
mvp-comment-962-2 Δίκη 1191
mvp-comment-962-3 θάκημα 1192
mvp-comment-962-4 κρατοῦσιν 1193
mvp-comment-963-1 ἡ παλαίφατος 1194
mvp-comment-964-1 ξύνεδρος 1195 Ζηνὸς 1196
mvp-comment-964-2 ἀρχαίοισνόμοις 1197
mvp-comment-965-1 κἀπάτωρ … ἐμοῦ 1198
mvp-comment-966-1 συλλαβὼν 1199
mvp-comment-966-2 καλοῦμαι 1200
mvp-comment-966-3 ἐμφυλίου 1201
mvp-comment-967-1 δόρει 1202
mvp-comment-967-2 νοστῆσαι 1203
mvp-comment-967-3 τὸ κοῖλον Ἄργος 1204
mvp-comment-968-1 κτανεῖν θ’ 1205
mvp-comment-968-2 1206
mvp-comment-969-1 πατρῷον 1207
mvp-comment-969-2
I prefer (1), but suspect that the poet used
mvp-comment-969-3 ἀποικίσῃ 1208
mvp-comment-970-1 τάσδε δαίμονας 1209
mvp-comment-970-2 Ἄρη 1210
mvp-comment-971-1 ἐξάγγελλε 1211
mvp-comment-972-1 γέρα 1212
mvp-comment-973-1 οὔτε … τε 1213
mvp-comment-973-2 ὁδοῖς 1214
mvp-comment-973-3
Wecklein reads
ξυνήδομαί σου (for
σοι ): rightly, I think. With
σοι, ταῖς παρελθούσαις ὁδοῖς is usu. taken as causal,
mvp-comment-974-1 οἴμοι 1215
mvp-comment-974-2 τῆς ἐμῆς 1216 κελεύθου 1217
mvp-comment-975-1 οἷον … ὁδοῦ τέλος 1218
mvp-comment-975-2 τάλας 1219
mvp-comment-976-1 οἷον 1220 φωνῆσαι 1221
mvp-comment-976-2 ἀλλ’ ὄντ’ 1222
mvp-comment-977-1 τοῦδ’ 1223
mvp-comment-977-2 ἀλλ’ 1224
mvp-comment-978-1 τὰ σκληρὰ 1225
mvp-comment-978-2 ταῦτ’ 1226
mvp-comment-979-1 μή τοί με … μή μ’ 1227
mvp-comment-980-1 θέσθε ἐν τάφοισι 1228
mvp-comment-980-2 θέσθε ἐν κτερίσμασι 1229
mvp-comment-980-3 κτερίσματα 1230
mvp-comment-980-4
The poet's allusion to his own
Antigone is lightly and happily made. Polyneices here naturally prays for regular funeral rites. That prayer was doomed to disappointment. And yet the
mvp-comment-981-1 κομίζετον 1231
mvp-comment-981-2 οἷς 1232
mvp-comment-981-3 οἴσει 1233
mvp-comment-981-4 τῆς ἐμῆς ὑπουργίας 1234
mvp-comment-982-1
—
1446 The dialogue between sister and brother illustrates her affection for him, and thus strengthens the link (1405 ff.) between this play and the
Antigone. It has, however, a further dramatic purpose. The version of the paternal curse adopted by Sophocles tended to suggest this question to the spectator:—Why should Polyneices persevere in the war, when his defeat and death had been definitely foretold to him? For he plainly believes the prediction (cp. 1407, 1435), though he affects to think that there is a chance of escape (1444). The answer is furnished by the traits of his character which this dialogue brings out. They give the
mvp-comment-983-1 τὸ ποῖον 1235
mvp-comment-984-1 ὡς τάχιστά γε 1236
mvp-comment-985-1 πόλιν 1237
mvp-comment-986-1
The MS.
mvp-comment-986-2
To Porson's
mvp-comment-986-3 ταὐτὸν 1238
mvp-comment-987-1 αὖθις 1239
mvp-comment-987-2 πάτραν 1240
mvp-comment-988-1 πρεσβεύοντ’ 1241
mvp-comment-988-2 οὕτω 1242
mvp-comment-989-1
The MS.
ἐκφέρει is usu. taken as intrans.,
mvp-comment-989-2 ἐς ὀρθὸν 1243
mvp-comment-990-1 ἐξ ἀμφοῖν 1244
mvp-comment-991-1 χρῄζει γάρ 1245
mvp-comment-992-1 ἕπεσθαι 1246
mvp-comment-993-1 οὐδ’ 1247
mvp-comment-993-2 φλαῦῤ 1248
mvp-comment-994-1 ἔσται μέλουσα 1249
mvp-comment-995-1 κακὴ 1250
mvp-comment-996-1 εὐοδοίη 1251
mvp-comment-996-2 τάδ’ εἰ θανόντι μοι | τελεῖτ’ 1252
mvp-comment-996-3 ἐπεὶ οὐ 1253
mvp-comment-996-4 ἕξετον 1254
mvp-comment-997-1 μέθεσθε 1255
mvp-comment-998-1
The change of persons within the verse (
mvp-comment-998-2 καὶ τίς 1256
mvp-comment-998-3 προῦπτον 1257
mvp-comment-999-1 μὴ σύ γ’ 1258
mvp-comment-999-2 ἃ μὴ δεῖ 1261
mvp-comment-1000-1 εἰ … στερηθῶ 1262
mvp-comment-1000-2 ταῦτα δ’ 1263
mvp-comment-1000-3 ταῦτα 1264 φῦναι 1265
mvp-comment-1000-4 ἐν τῷ δ. 1266
mvp-comment-1000-5 φῦναι 1267
mvp-comment-1000-6
The MS.
σφῷν is better than
σφὼ , to which some edd., following Elmsley, have needlessly changed it.
mvp-comment-1000-7 ἀρῶμαι 1268
mvp-comment-1001-1 πᾶσιν 1269
mvp-comment-1003-1 νέα τάδε … κιγχάνει 1270
mvp-comment-1003-2 (2) Others suppose that a low rumbling of thunder was heard immediately after the exit of Polyneices, and that ἔκτυπεν αἰθήρ in 1456 merely marks the first loud sound. νέα τάδε … κακὰ 1271
mvp-comment-1003-3 εἴ τι μοῖρα μὴ κιγχάνει 1272
mvp-comment-1003-4 νεόθεν 1273 νέα 1274
mvp-comment-1003-5 εἴ τι μοῖρα μὴ κιγχάνει 1275
mvp-comment-1003-6 κιγχάνει 1276
mvp-comment-1004-1 ματᾶν 1277
mvp-comment-1004-2 ἀξίωμα 1278
mvp-comment-1004-3 φράσαι 1279
mvp-comment-1005-1 ὁρᾷ 1280
mvp-comment-1005-2 ταῦτ’ 1281
mvp-comment-1005-3 ὁρᾷ 1282
mvp-comment-1005-4
The MS. words
mvp-comment-1006-1 ἔκτυπεν 1283
mvp-comment-1007-1 πῶς ἄν 1284
mvp-comment-1007-2 εἴ τις ἔντοπος 1285
mvp-comment-1008-1 δεῦρο … πόροι 1286
mvp-comment-1008-2 πάντ’ 1287
mvp-comment-1009-1 τί δ’ 1288
mvp-comment-1009-2 τἀξίωμ’ 1289
mvp-comment-1010-1 πτερωτὸς 1290
mvp-comment-1010-2 ἄξεται 1291
mvp-comment-1011-1
While the MS. words
ἴδε μάλα μέγας ἐρείπεται correspond with the first verse of the strophe (1447), the second verse here exceeds its strophic counterpart by
uu . Hermann supplied
νέα in the strophe: Heinrich Schmidt omits
ὅδε here. We need not do either. The erasure in L at
μάλα μέγας shows that some disturbance had occurred; and this may have concerned the order of words. If we write
mvp-comment-1011-2 ἐρείπεται 1292
mvp-comment-1011-3 κτύπος … διόβολος 1293
mvp-comment-1011-4 ἄκραν 1294
mvp-comment-1012-1 ἔπτηξα 1295
mvp-comment-1012-2 θυμόν 1296
mvp-comment-1012-3 οὐρανία 1297
mvp-comment-1013-1 τί … ἀφήσει τέλος 1298
mvp-comment-1013-2 μὰν 1299
mvp-comment-1014-1 L has δέδεια τόδ’ , which might easily have grown out of δέδοικα δ’ (Nauck). The latter is recommended by metre, giving an exact correspondence if in 1454 we read στρέφων : cp. on 1453 f. With δέδια τόδ’ it is necessary to suppose a very improbable resolution of - into uu ; see Metrical Analysis.
mvp-comment-1015-1 ἀφορμᾷ 1300
mvp-comment-1015-2 ξυμφορᾶς 1301
mvp-comment-1016-1 ὦ μέγας αἰθήρ 1302
mvp-comment-1017-1 ἥκει τῷδ’ ἐπ’ ἀνδρί 1303
mvp-comment-1018-1 συμβαλὼν ἔχεις 1304
mvp-comment-1019-1 μοι 1305
mvp-comment-1020-1 ἔα 1306
mvp-comment-1020-2 μάλ’ αὖθις 1307
mvp-comment-1020-3 ἀμφίσταται 1308
mvp-comment-1020-4 διαπρύσιος 1309
mvp-comment-1021-1 For ὦ δαίμων 1310
mvp-comment-1021-2 ἵλα^ος 1311
mvp-comment-1022-1 γᾷ ματέρι 1312
mvp-comment-1022-2 ἀφεγγὲς 1313
mvp-comment-1023-1 σοῦ τύχοιμι 1314
mvp-comment-1023-2 ἄλαστον ἄνδρ’ 1315
mvp-comment-1023-3 ἰδὼν 1316
mvp-comment-1024-1 ἀκερδῆ χάριν μετάσχ. 1317
mvp-comment-1024-2
In the verb,
μετά here=
mvp-comment-1024-3 μετέχω 1318
mvp-comment-1025-1 κιχήσεται 1319
mvp-comment-1025-2 κατορθοῦντος 1320
mvp-comment-1026-1 ἐμφῦναι φρενί 1321
mvp-comment-1027-1 For the pause in sense after εὖ , cp. 52, 288, 610, El. 1036 , Aesch. Eum. 87 .
mvp-comment-1027-2 τελεσφόρον χάριν 1322
mvp-comment-1027-3 σφιν 1323
mvp-comment-1027-4 τυγχάνων 1324
mvp-comment-1028-1 εἴτ’ ἄκρα … ἱκοῦ 1325
mvp-comment-1028-2 In 1491 εἴτ’ should perh. be εἴγ’ , but is intelligible if we suppose the thought to be,—Come (if thou art near, and at leisure),— or if thou art sacrificing, nevertheless quit the altar, and come.
mvp-comment-1028-3 βούθυτον 1326
mvp-comment-1028-4 ἑστίαν 1327
mvp-comment-1028-5 Ποσειδωνίῳ θεῷ 1328
mvp-comment-1029-1 ἐπαξιοῖ 1329
mvp-comment-1029-2 πόλισμα 1330
mvp-comment-1029-3 παθών 1331
mvp-comment-1029-4 χάριν 1332
mvp-comment-1031-1 μή τις 1333
mvp-comment-1031-2 ὀμβρία χάλαζα 1334
mvp-comment-1031-3 ἐπιρράξασα 1335
mvp-comment-1032-1 τοιαῦτα 1336
mvp-comment-1033-1 ποθοῦντι προὐφάνης 1337
mvp-comment-1033-2 καί σοι θεῶν 1338 τύχην … ὁδοῦ 1339
mvp-comment-1034-1 ῥοπὴ βίου μοι 1340
mvp-comment-1034-2 καὶ θέλω θανεῖν μὴ ψεύσας σε πόλιν τε τήνδε 1341
mvp-comment-1034-3 ἅπερ ξυνῄνεσα 1342
mvp-comment-1035-1 ἐν τῷ δὲ κεῖσαι 1343
mvp-comment-1036-1 αὐτοὶ 1344 κήρυκες 1345
mvp-comment-1036-2 ψεύδοντες οὐδὲν σημάτων προκ. 1346
mvp-comment-1036-3
With the conjecture
σῆμα τῶν , the sense is,
mvp-comment-1037-1
The usual order would be
αἱ πολλὰ διατελεῖς βρονταί ,
mvp-comment-1037-2 πολλὰ 1347
mvp-comment-1038-1 στράψαντα 1348
mvp-comment-1038-2 σκήψαντα 1349
mvp-comment-1038-3 χειρὸς τῆς ἀνικήτου 1350
mvp-comment-1039-1 θεσπίζονθ’ 1351
mvp-comment-1039-2 ψευδόφημα 1352
mvp-comment-1040-1 σοι 1353 τῇδε πόλει 1354
mvp-comment-1040-2 γήρως ἄλυπα 1355
mvp-comment-1041-1 χῶρον … ἐξηγήσομαι 1356
mvp-comment-1041-2 ἄθικτος 1357
mvp-comment-1042-1 τοῦτον 1358
mvp-comment-1042-2 μήθ’ οὗ κέκευθε 1359
mvp-comment-1043-1 ὥς σοι … τιθῇ 1360
mvp-comment-1043-2 δορός τ’ ἐπακτοῦ 1361
mvp-comment-1043-3 Others join ἀλκὴν … γειτόνων 1362
mvp-comment-1044-1 ἃ δ’ ἐξάγιστα 1363
mvp-comment-1044-2 μηδὲ κινεῖται λόγῳ 1364
mvp-comment-1044-3 μαθήσει 1365
mvp-comment-1045-1 σῷζε 1366
mvp-comment-1045-2 ἀφικνῇ 1367
mvp-comment-1045-3 τῷ προφερτάτῳ μόνῳ 1368
mvp-comment-1046-1 ἀδῇον 1369
mvp-comment-1046-2 σπαρτῶν ἀπ’ ἀνδρῶν 1370
mvp-comment-1046-3 αἱ δὲ μυρίαι πόλεις 1371
mvp-comment-1046-4
Those who suspect
αἱ μυρίαι should observe that Greek writers often use this phrase when they wish to express the notion of
many probabilities against one. Cp.
Her. 8.119
mvp-comment-1046-5 κἂν εὖ τις οἰκῇ 1372
mvp-comment-1046-6
Others explain:—(1)
mvp-comment-1047-1 γὰρ 1373
mvp-comment-1047-2 εὖ μὲν ὀψὲ δ’ 1374
mvp-comment-1048-1 τὰ θεἶ ἀφείς 1375
mvp-comment-1048-2 μαίνεσθαι 1376
mvp-comment-1049-1 ὃ μὴ σὺ...βούλου παθεῖν 1377
mvp-comment-1050-1 χῶρον 1378
mvp-comment-1050-2 τοὐκ θεοῦ παρόν 1379
mvp-comment-1050-3 μηδ’ ἔτ’ ἐντρεπώμεθα 1380
mvp-comment-1051-1 — 1555 A more splendid dramatic effect than Sophocles has created here could hardly be conceived. Hitherto, throughout the play, Oedipus has been strongly characterised by that timidity in movement, and that sense of physical dependence, which are normal accompaniments of blindness. (Cp. 21, 173 ff., 495 ff., 1206, etc.) Now, suddenly inspired by the Unseen Power which calls him, he becomes the guide of his guides. Now it is they who shrink. Eager and unfaltering, the blind man beckons them on. And so he finally passes from the eyes of the spectators.
mvp-comment-1051-2 ὧδ’ 1381
mvp-comment-1051-3 καινός 1382
mvp-comment-1052-1 τῇδ’, ὧδε, τῇδε 1383
mvp-comment-1053-1 ὁ πομπὸς 1384
mvp-comment-1053-2 ἥ τε ν. θεός 1385
mvp-comment-1054-1 φῶς ἀφεγγές 1386
mvp-comment-1054-2 πρόσθε 1387
mvp-comment-1055-1 τὸν τελευταῖον βίον 1388
mvp-comment-1056-1 αὐτός τε 1389
mvp-comment-1056-2 πρόσπολοι 1390
mvp-comment-1057-1 κἀπ’ εὐπραξίᾳ 1391
mvp-comment-1057-2 ἐπί 1392
mvp-comment-1057-3 μέμνησθε 1393
mvp-comment-1057-4 εὐτυχεῖς ἀεί 1394
mvp-comment-1059-1 εἰ θέμις ἐστι 1395
mvp-comment-1059-2 τὰν ἀφανῆ θεὸν 1396
mvp-comment-1060-1 ἐννυχίων ἄναξ 1397
mvp-comment-1060-2 λίσσομαι 1398
mvp-comment-1061-1
L gives
μήτ’ ἐπιπόνω
1399
μήτ’ ἐπιβαρυαχεῖ. While this verse is certainly corrupt, the antistrophic verse (1572) seems to afford firmer ground in the words
φύλακα παρ’ Ἅιδᾳ . These three words, at least, have every appearance of genuineness; and they tally metrically with
ἐπὶ βαρυα—χεῖ . That the latter is Doric for
mvp-comment-1061-2 ἐπὶ βαρυαχεῖ … μόρῳ 1400
mvp-comment-1062-1 ἐξανύσαι 1401
mvp-comment-1063-1 παγκευθῆ 1402
mvp-comment-1064-1 πλάκα 1403
mvp-comment-1065-1
The traditional text,
mvp-comment-1065-2
In this there are two difficulties. (1)
ἱκνουμένων is thus the partic. of the
imperf. ,=
mvp-comment-1065-3
(2)
μάταν is strange in the sense
mvp-comment-1065-4 καὶ μάταν 1404
mvp-comment-1066-1
The MS.
σε is possible; but Reiske's
σφε has very strong probability. Campbell says,
mvp-comment-1066-2 αὔξοι 1406
mvp-comment-1067-1 χθόνιαι θεαί 1407
mvp-comment-1067-2 σῶμά τ’ 1408
mvp-comment-1067-3 ἀνικάτου 1409
mvp-comment-1068-1
It seems clear that the
φασὶ after
πύλαισι in the MSS. is an interpolated gloss on
λόγος ἔχει . If
φασὶ were genuine, it must go with
εὐνᾶσθαι only,
κνυζεῖσθαι depending on
λόγος ἔχει : a construction awkward beyond example. Bellermann seeks to avoid this by pointing thus,
mvp-comment-1068-2 πολυξένοις 1410
mvp-comment-1069-1
While
κνυζᾶσθαι is the form recommended by the analogy of like words for the sounds of animals (
mvp-comment-1069-2 ἐξ ἄντρων 1411
mvp-comment-1070-1 φύλακα 1412
mvp-comment-1070-2 λόγος … ἔχει 1413
mvp-comment-1071-1 τόν 1414
mvp-comment-1071-2 Γᾶς παῖ 1415
mvp-comment-1072-1
The MSS. have
ἐν καθαρῷ βῆναι .
mvp-comment-1072-2 πλάκας 1417
mvp-comment-1073-1 τὸν αἰένυπνον 1418
mvp-comment-1075-1 ξυντομώτατον 1419
mvp-comment-1075-2 λέξας … ὀλωλότα 1420
mvp-comment-1076-1 ἃ δ’ ἦν τὰ πραχθέντ’ 1421
mvp-comment-1076-2 ὁ μῦθος οὐκ ἐν βραχεῖ πάρεστιν 1422
mvp-comment-1077-1
The MS. words
τὸν ἀεὶ (or
αἰεὶ ) certainly conceal a fault, which is perhaps very old. We cannot supply
mvp-comment-1078-1 ἀπόνῳ 1423
mvp-comment-1078-2 τοῦτ’ … ἤδη 1424
mvp-comment-1079-1 ὑφηγητῆρος 1425
mvp-comment-1080-1 καταρράκτην 1426
mvp-comment-1081-1 χαλκοῖς βάθροισι 1427
mvp-comment-1081-2 γῆθεν 1429
mvp-comment-1082-1 πολυσχίστων 1430
mvp-comment-1083-1 κοίλου … κρατῆρος 1431
mvp-comment-1083-2 Θησέως 1432
mvp-comment-1084-1 Περίθου 1433
mvp-comment-1084-2 κεῖται … ξυνθήματα 1434
mvp-comment-1084-3
Others understand:
mvp-comment-1085-1
(1) With L's
mvp-comment-1085-2 μέσος 1435
mvp-comment-1085-3 τοῦ τε Θορικίου πέτρου 1436
mvp-comment-1086-1 κοίλης τ’ ἀχέρδου 1437
mvp-comment-1086-2 κἀπὸ λαΐνου τάφου 1438
mvp-comment-1086-3
The power and beauty of this passage are in no way lessened for us because we know nothing of the basin or the stone, the tree or the tomb. Rather it might be said that the very fact of our ignorance illustrates the spirit in which these details are introduced. Their significance is essentially local:
mvp-comment-1087-1 ἔλυσε 1439
mvp-comment-1087-2 δυσπινεῖς 1440
mvp-comment-1088-1 ῥυτῶν 1441
mvp-comment-1089-1 They go to a hillock a little way off, on which was a shrine of Demeter Euchloös. See map in Introd.
mvp-comment-1089-2 εὐχλόου 1442
mvp-comment-1089-3 προσόψιον 1443
mvp-comment-1090-1 )πόρευσαν 1444
mvp-comment-1090-2 ταχεῖ σὺν χρ 1445
mvp-comment-1090-3 λουτροῖς 1446
mvp-comment-1091-1 ᾗ νομίζεται 1447
mvp-comment-1092-1 παντὸς … δρῶντος 1448
mvp-comment-1093-1 ἀργὸν 1449
mvp-comment-1094-1 κτύπησε 1450
mvp-comment-1094-2 Ζεὺς χθ 1451
mvp-comment-1095-1 οὐδ’ ἀνίεσαν 1452
mvp-comment-1095-2 pammh/keis 1453
mvp-comment-1096-1 ἐξαίφνης 1454
mvp-comment-1097-1 πάντα τἀμά 1455
mvp-comment-1098-1 τὴν δυσπόν 1456
mvp-comment-1098-2 ἀμφ’ ἐμοὶ 1457
mvp-comment-1098-3 τροφήν 1458
mvp-comment-1098-4 σκληρὰν 1459
mvp-comment-1098-5 ἀλλὰ … γὰρ 1460
mvp-comment-1098-6 ἕν … ἔπος 1461
mvp-comment-1098-7 λύει 1462
mvp-comment-1099-1 τητώμεναι 1463
mvp-comment-1100-1 ἐπ’ ἀλλήλ. ἀμφικ. 1464
mvp-comment-1100-2 λύγδην 1465
mvp-comment-1101-1 σιωπή 1466
mvp-comment-1101-2 τινὸς 1467
mvp-comment-1102-1 θώϋξεν αὐτόν 1468
mvp-comment-1102-2 πάντας 1469
mvp-comment-1102-3 φόβῳ 1470
mvp-comment-1102-4 ἐξαίφνης 1471
mvp-comment-1103-1 πολλὰ πολλαχῇ 1472
mvp-comment-1103-2
It is strange that a modern critic should have thought this
mvp-comment-1104-1 ὦ οὗτος 1473
mvp-comment-1104-2 οὗτος 1474
mvp-comment-1105-1 χωρεῖν 1475
mvp-comment-1105-2 τἀπὸ σοῦ 1476 βραδύνεται 1477
mvp-comment-1106-1 οἱ 1478
mvp-comment-1107-1 ὁρκίαν 1479
mvp-comment-1107-2 ἀρχαίαν 1480
mvp-comment-1107-3
(1) Two other conjectures claim notice.
ἀρθμίαν (Wecklein)=
mvp-comment-1108-1 ἑκών 1481
mvp-comment-1109-1 μέλλῃς 1482
mvp-comment-1109-2 φρονῶν εὖ 1483
mvp-comment-1109-3 εὖ φρονῶν 1484
mvp-comment-1110-1 οὐκ οἴκτου μέτα 1485
mvp-comment-1111-1 ὅρκιος 1486
mvp-comment-1112-1 ἀμαυραῖς 1487
mvp-comment-1113-1 τλάσας … τὸ γενναῖον φρενὶ 1488
mvp-comment-1113-2 φρενὶ 1489
mvp-comment-1114-1 ἃ μὴ 1490
mvp-comment-1114-2 φωνούντων 1491
mvp-comment-1115-1 ὁ κύριος 1492
mvp-comment-1116-1 εἰσηκούσαμεν 1493
mvp-comment-1116-2 ξύμπαντες 1494
mvp-comment-1116-3 ἀστακτὶ 1495
mvp-comment-1117-1 ἐξαπείδομεν 1496
mvp-comment-1117-2 τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν μὲν 1497
mvp-comment-1118-1 αὐτὸν 1498
mvp-comment-1118-2 ὀμμ 1499
mvp-comment-1118-3 ἐπίσκιον 1500
mvp-comment-1119-1 ἀντέχοντα 1501
mvp-comment-1120-1 γῆν τε … καὶ … Ὄλυμπον 1502
mvp-comment-1120-2 ἐν ταὐτῷ λόγῳ 1503
mvp-comment-1121-1 ἐξέπραξεν 1504
mvp-comment-1121-2 ποντία θύελλα κινηθεῖσα 1505
mvp-comment-1122-1 πομπός 1507
mvp-comment-1122-2 ἢ τὸ νερτέρων γῆς βάθρον 1508
mvp-comment-1122-3 ἀλύπητον 1509
mvp-comment-1122-4 ἀλάμπετον 1510
mvp-comment-1123-1 οὐ στενακτὸς 1511
mvp-comment-1123-2 σὺν νόσοις 1512
mvp-comment-1123-3 ἀλγεινὸς 1513
mvp-comment-1124-1 εἰ δὲ μὴ δοκῶ 1514
mvp-comment-1125-1 χοἱ προπέμψ. 1515
mvp-comment-1125-2 ἀσήμονες 1516
mvp-comment-1127-1 αἰαῖ, φεῦ 1517
mvp-comment-1127-2 ἔστιν ἔστι νῷν δή 1518
mvp-comment-1127-3 οὐ τὸ μέν, ἄλλο δὲ μή 1519
mvp-comment-1128-1 ἔμφυτον 1520
mvp-comment-1128-2 ἄλαστον 1521
mvp-comment-1128-3 αἷμα 1522
mvp-comment-1129-1 ᾧτινι 1523
mvp-comment-1129-2 τὸν πολὺν 1524
mvp-comment-1130-1 ἐν πυμάτῳ 1525
mvp-comment-1130-2 ἀλόγιστα 1526
mvp-comment-1130-3 παροίσομεν 1527
mvp-comment-1131-1 ἰδόντε καὶ παθούσα 1528
mvp-comment-1132-1
The Chorus ask,
mvp-comment-1132-2 οὐκ 1529
mvp-comment-1133-1 ὡς μάλιστ’ ἂν ἐν πόθῳ λάβοις 1530
mvp-comment-1134-1 τί γάρ, ὅτῳ 1531
mvp-comment-1134-2 μήτ’ Ἄρης μήτε πόντος 1532
mvp-comment-1134-3
I think that I can suggest the true solution. The schol.'s
mvp-comment-1135-1 ἄσκοποι … πλάκες 1533
mvp-comment-1135-2 φερόμενον 1534
mvp-comment-1136-1 ὀλεθρία νὺξ 1535
mvp-comment-1137-1 ἀπίαν γᾶν 1536
mvp-comment-1137-2 ἀλώμεναι 1537
mvp-comment-1137-3 δύσοιστον 1538
mvp-comment-1138-1 κατὰ … ἕλοι 1539
mvp-comment-1138-2 φόνιος 1540
mvp-comment-1138-3
In this and some following passages the correspondence of strophe and antistrophe has been disturbed by interpolations, and also omissions, in the MSS. A
mvp-comment-1139-1 The words πατρὶ ξυνθανεῖν γεραιῷ 1541
mvp-comment-1140-1 γ’ ὁ μέλλων 1542
mvp-comment-1141-1
The MSS. give
τὸ φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ καλῶς φέρειν χρή . There has certainly been an interpolation, equivalent to
uu- . (1) Some reject the words
φέρειν χρή . Then
τὸ φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ καλῶς must be taken with
φλέγεσθον :
mvp-comment-1141-2 τὸ φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ 1543
mvp-comment-1141-3 τὸ φέρον 1544
mvp-comment-1142-1
The MS.
μηδ’ ἄγαν οὕτω answers to
λήγετε τοῦδ’ in
1722
. The question is, Are we (1) to compress the former, or (2) to expand the latter? Dindorf and others prefer (1), and so eject
οὕτω , reading
μηδ’ ἔτ’ (or
μηδὲν )
ἄγαν ,=
mvp-comment-1143-1 οὔτοι κατάμεμπτ’ ἔβητον 1545
mvp-comment-1143-2 κατάμεμπτα 1546
mvp-comment-1143-3 βαίνειν 1547
mvp-comment-1143-4
But the scholium in L is:—
mvp-comment-1144-1 < τοι> 1549
mvp-comment-1144-2 ἄρ’ ἦν 1550
mvp-comment-1145-1
The MS.
τὸ φίλον φίλον can only mean:
mvp-comment-1145-2 τὸν 1551
mvp-comment-1146-1 ὦ φίλος 1552
mvp-comment-1146-2 Join τὸν ἀεὶ κατὰ γᾶς σκότον 1553
mvp-comment-1146-3 εἱμένος 1554
mvp-comment-1147-1 οὐδέ γ’ ἔνερθ’ 1555
mvp-comment-1147-2 οὐδὲ γέρων 1556
mvp-comment-1148-1
The first
ἔπραξεν is itself an argument for the second. A simple repetition is more fitting than
ἐξέπραξεν . Cp. on
1677
. Cp.
Ai. 966
mvp-comment-1149-1 εὐσκίαστον 1557
mvp-comment-1149-2 πένθος … ἄκλαυτον 1558
mvp-comment-1150-1 In τόδ’ ἐμὸν ὄμμα δακρῦον ἀναστένει 1559
mvp-comment-1151-1 τὸ σὸν ἄχος 1560
mvp-comment-1151-2 ἀφανίσαι 1561
mvp-comment-1151-3 τόσον 1562
mvp-comment-1152-1 ὤμοι 1563
mvp-comment-1153-1
Cp. 1735
mvp-comment-1154-1 ἔλυσε τὸ τέλος … βίου 1564
mvp-comment-1155-1 λήγετε 1565
mvp-comment-1155-2 κακῶν δυσάλωτος 1566
mvp-comment-1156-1 πάλιν … συθῶμεν 1567
376. mvp-comment-207-1 Pherecydes and Hellanicus differed about this. See Schol. Eur. Phoen. 71.
377. mvp-comment-208-1 ὁ πληθύων Lit. the more numerous, i. e. having the majority of voices. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 860.
378. mvp-comment-209-1 τὸ κοῖλον Ἄργος The hollow vale of Argos. Cp. infr. 1301, Ἄργος ἐς τὸ Δωρικόν.
381. mvp-comment-210-1 ὡς αὐτίκ᾿Ἄργος κ.τ.λ. For the construction, see Essay on Language § 21. p. 44, and cp. O. T. 101, ὡς τόδ' αἷμα χειμάζον πόλιν. It has been suggested to read αὐτός for Ἄργος, (with καθέξων in 381), but the words express the motive held out to the Argive followers of Polynices, to whom he would naturally represent the struggle as one between their city and Thebes. Cp. infr. 1325, ἄγω τὸν Ἄργους ἄφοβον εἰς Θήβας στρατόν.
381. mvp-comment-210-2 τὸ Καδμεῖον πέδον Καδμεῖον here, as in Ο. Τ. 29, δῶμα Καδμεῖον, is the more poetical reading.
381. mvp-comment-210-3 τιμῇ καθέξον Το obtain with honour.' For τιμῇ = ἐντίμως, see Essay on Language § 14. p. 20.
381. mvp-comment-210-4 ἢ πρὸς οὐρανὸν βιβῶν Or to raise it to heaven. According to the frequent vaunt of the Homeric heroes, ἠε τῳ εὖχος ὀρέξομεν, ἠε τις ἡμῖν. ΙΙ. 12. 328, 13. 487. Cp. Aesch. S. c. T. 46. ἢ πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες λαπάξειν ἄστυ Καδμείων βίᾳ | ἢ γῆν θανόντες τήνδε φυράσειν φύνῳ. Should the expedition fail, the splendour of the Argive host would be the measure of the glory of the Cadmeans.
382. mvp-comment-211-1 ἀριθμὸς.. λόγων A mere heaping together of words. Cp. Eur. Eu Tro. 476, οὐκ ἀριθμὸν ἄλλως, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπερτάτους Φρυγῶν.
383. mvp-comment-212-1 ὅποι At what point? i.e. how long they must first continue. A pregnant expression, like ἡ μάχη ἐτελεύτα ἕως ὀψέ, Thuc. 3. 108. Cp. El. 958, ποῖ γὰρ μενεῖς ῥάθυμος;
385. mvp-comment-213-1 ἤδη γὰρ ἔσχες ἐλπίδ' What? had you begun to entertain a hope?' ὡς ἐμοῦ θεοὺς | ὥραν τιν᾿ ἕξειν] A confusion of the two constructions, ὡς ἕξοιεν θεοί and ἕξειν θεούς. Cp. Aesch. Eum. 799, αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν | ὡς ταῦτ᾽ Ὀρέστην δρῶντα μὴ βλαβὰς ἔχειν. See Essay on Language § 36. p. 67.
387. mvp-comment-214-1 τοῖς νῦν.. μαντεύμασιν By reason of what is now feretold.
390. mvp-comment-215-1 εὐσοίας χάριν For their own preservation. εὐσοίας is mentioned in the Scholia as the better reading.
391. mvp-comment-216-1 τοιοῦδ᾽ ὑπ᾿ ἀνδρός Who can derive prosperity from such as I am? Herm. reads τίς ἄν *τι τοιοῦδ᾽ ἀνδρός..;
392. mvp-comment-217-1 φασί They say. The subject is to be inferred from l. 413, viz. ἄνδρες θεωροὶ Δελφικῆς ἀφ᾽ ἑστίας. For similar vagueness of subject in reference to a reported prophecy, cp. О. Т. 110.
395. mvp-comment-218-1 φλαύρον A poor business. There is not much good in raising up in age one who fell in youth. On the omission of ἄv, see Essay on Language § 27. P. 45.
401. mvp-comment-219-1 θύραισι κειμένου Laid at their doors. The word κειμένου, though perhaps chosen with a view to what follows, as expressing Oedipus' presentiment of his end, has more immediate reference to the inactivity of age. A young warrior received within their gates might be of some avail, but what profit was there in an old man lying idle beyond their confines? Cp. the Homeric λυγρῷ ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ, and Shakespeare's unregarded age in corners thrown. Y 2
402. mvp-comment-220-1 The difficulty of interpreting this line has arisen from not observing that the dative is governed of δυστυχῶν (= δυστυχῶς γιγνόμενος) as well as of βαρύς. Cp. supr. 308. Your burial, happening in a way unfortunate for them, is a danger to them.' According to this rendering, the point of the reply is obvious enough. It needs no divine intimation to teach us this.'
405. mvp-comment-221-1 μηδ᾽ ἵν᾽ ἂν σαυτοῦ κρατῆς But not in any place where you will be your own master. The subjunctive, as usual, after a relative adverb with av. Some editors have changed κρατῆς το κρατοῖς. But although this is favoured by the explanation of the Scholiast, ὅπου κρατοῖς ἂν σαυτοῦ, and by the comparison of l. 190, the change is unnecessary. For the adversative μηδέ, cp. El. 132, οὐδ᾽ ἐθέλω προλιπεῖν τύδε.
406. mvp-comment-222-1 κατασκιῶσι Will they overshadow me? Cp. infra 1707 τύμβον.. εὐσκιαστον: The Two Noble Kinsmen, 1, 1, Human grace Affords them dust and shadow.
407. mvp-comment-223-1 ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἐᾷ.. σ᾽ Sc κατασκιασθῆναι Θηβαίᾳ κύνει.
407. mvp-comment-223-2 τοῦμφυλον αἷμα The guilt of parricide. Cp. Ant. 703, νεῖκος.. ξύναιμον : О. Т. 1406. Cp. Plat. Legg. 9. 871 D. (of the punishment of homicide), ὁ δὲ ὀφλὼν θανάτῳ ζημιούσθω καὶ μὴ ἐν τῇ τοῦ παθόντος χώρᾳ θαπτέσθω, where it is added that the intention to kill is to be punished in the same way, except in the matter of burial.
410. mvp-comment-224-1 ποίας φανείσης συναλλαγῆς On what conjuncture having arisen?' 414. ἐφ᾽ ἡμῖν With regard to me.' Cp. Ο. Τ. 829, ἐπ᾿ ἀνδρὶ τῷδ᾽ ἂν ὀρθοίη λόγον.
415. mvp-comment-225-1 οἱ μολόντες Those who returned, viz. the θεωροί.
416. mvp-comment-226-1 For the indefinite Tus in a question, cp. supra 66, ἄρχει τις αὐτῶν; The use of τις = πότερος, where only two are spoken of, is remarkable.
419-420. mvp-comment-227-1 It may seem unreasonable in Oedipus to expect his sons to disregard the interest and the law of Thebes. But he is absorbed in his own destiny, and is full of indignation at the thought of being taken to the borders of his country without being restored to it. This he thinks that his sons ought to have interfered to prevent. He regards the oracle as expressing the intention of Phoebus to glorify him at the expense of his countrymen if they persist in rejecting him. See Introduction, p. 281, note 2.
420. mvp-comment-228-1 φέρω δ᾽ ὅμως But still, such are the news I bring. Cp. Aesch. Pers. 248, φέρει σαφές τι πρᾶγος κλύειν : Ag. 639, ὅταν . . πήματ᾿ ἄγγελος.. φέρῃ. 421 ff. The correspondence of clauses is not perfect, a new train of thought being introduced with δέ in 422. The broken thread is resumed in 425-426. Oedipus is saying, Let their quarrel go on to the end, and may the end be the worst for both. His passion interrupts him with the further thought, Let me only have the ending of it, and then-. For the expression, cp. Pind. Nem. 10. 29, 30, πᾶν δὲ τέλος ἐν τὶν ἔργων.
424. mvp-comment-229-1 ἔχονται The present here rather marks the beginning than the continuance of the action. Take hold of,' i.e. obstinately engagein, rather than cling to, persevere in. Cp. ἔργου ἔχεσθαι.
424. mvp-comment-229-2 κἀπαναιροῦνται δόρυ. And are taking up the spear for battle.' As ἐπαναιρεῖσθαι φιλίαν, πόλεμον, are quite good expressions, there seems no reason to suspect this more literal use. And δόρυ, as elsewhere, almost = πόλεμον. ἐπαναίρονται is less suitable, for the sons of Oedipus, though preparing for the contest, are not actually engaged.
425. mvp-comment-230-1 ὡς οὔτ᾽ ἂν κ.τ.λ. This clause adds an explanation of ἐν ἐμοὶ τέλος γένοιτο, defining the manner of the end which Oedipus desired, and which he would bring about if the matter rested with him. May it be mine to determine the end-which I will determine in such a way that neither he who now holds the sceptre and the throne should remain,' etc ὡς (with the optative and av) is not here exactly equal to ἵνα with subjunctive or optative, which would mean ' (May it be mine to end it) that so neither he that holds the sceptre might remain,' etc. A slightly different way of taking the words is, May it be mine, etc:-so (since then) neither would he.etc.
426. mvp-comment-231-1 πάλιν Nor should he that is gone forth ever come back again.' The reading of Par. A, though only slightly supported by MS. authority, is possible. Cp. infr. 1372, and note. 'Nor should he that is gone forth ever be restored to his own city. But that in the text is simpler and more natur l. Cp infr. 601, ἔστιν δέ μοι | πάλιν κατελθεῖν μήποθ᾽, ὡς πατροκτόνῳ.
428. mvp-comment-232-1 So dishonoured by being thrust forth from my native land. For the expression of the predicate by an adverb, see Essay on Language § 24. p. 40; and cp. Plat. Rep 3.406 C, ὁ ἡμεῖς γελοίως οὐκ αἰσθανόμεθα.
429. mvp-comment-233-1 οὐκ ἔσχον Stayed me not, nor shielded me, but suffered me to be made a homeless outcast and proclaimed a banished man. For the dative αὐτοῖν, see Essay on Language § 13. p. 19. f.
432. mvp-comment-234-1 κατήνυσεν Fulfilled for me this boon, which I then desired. κατήνεσεν, assented to, accorded, the reading of B, is less forcible in the connection. The question is not one of promise but of performance. For the desire of Oedipus, see O. T. 1410 sqq., 1449 sqq.
436. mvp-comment-235-1 ἔρωτος τοῦδε In respect of this desire I found no helper. For the genitive, see Essay on Language § 9. p. 13. The genitive after ὠφελεῖσθαι, e. g. τοῦδε τοῦ νόμου, Antiphon, 131. 27, which has been quoted as parallel is really different from this, being a genitive of participation.
437. mvp-comment-236-1 When my grief was now all mellowed.' Cp. ὀργὴ πέπειρα, Τr. 728, and the metaphorical sense of ὠμός.
438-439. mvp-comment-237-1 And I began to know that my rage had run to excess and been too severe in chastising my former errors.' It is more probable that τῶν.. ἡμαρτημένων is genitive in regimen with κολαστήν than genitive of comparison after μείζω, (Aesch. Cho. 519), because μείζω thus receives an exclusive emphasis. Forμείζων, used thus absolutely, cp. Plat. Soph. 231 Α, μὴ μεῖζον αὐτοῖς προσάπτωμεν γέρας, and Heindorf's note.
441. mvp-comment-238-1 χρόνιον I say, after a time; resuming χρόνῳ (437), which contains the point of the sentence. The time is not imagined as being really long, though it seemed so to Oedipus. For a similar use of χρόνιος, cp Eur. Cycl. 249, χρόνιος δ᾽ εἴμ᾿ ἀπ᾿ ἀνθρώπων βορᾶς: Οr. 740.
443. mvp-comment-239-1 ἔπους σμικροῦ χάριν For a little word; i, e. For want of a little word, which they might have spoken for Cp. Eur. Or. 84, νεκρὸς γὰρ οὗτος οὔνεκα σμικρᾶς πνοῆς. He is a corpse, were it not for a little breath. And for a similar thought, Thuc. 3. 53, ὁ μὴ ῥηθεὶς λόγος τοῖς ὧδ᾽ ἔχουσιν αἰτίαν ἂν παράσχοι ὡς εἰ ἐλέχθη σωτήριος ἂν ἦν.
444. mvp-comment-240-1 σφιν Cp. αὐτοῖν, supra 430. 446-447. I have subsistence and a land where I can dwell safely.
448-449. mvp-comment-241-1 εἰλέσθην . . χθονός (1) Chose the possession of a throne, and to sway the sceptre, and to be sovereign over the land. This arrangement of the words gives a better rhythm than if (2) θρόνους is made to depend, with σκήπτρα, or κραίνειν. (3) Another explanation makes θρόνους and σκῆπτρα to be taken with εἱλέσθην, and also, in a secondary construction, with κραίνειν as epexegetic infinitive. Cp. O. Τ. 237, κράτη τε καὶ θρόνους νέμω. For the accusative, cp. the use of the passive verb in Phil. 140, παρ' ὅτῳ Διός σκῆπτρον ἀνάσσεται.
450. mvp-comment-242-1 τοῦδε Sc. ἐμοῦ.
451. mvp-comment-243-1 οὔτε σφιν It has been thought that either οὗ τι in 450 must be changed to οὔτε, or οὔτε here to οὐδέ. If so, the latter is preferable, for οὔ τι is expressive.
453. mvp-comment-244-1 συννοών *τε *τἀξ ἐμοῦ And comparing with them in thought those ancient oracles, which I bring from my own store, the same which Phoebus once accomplished upon me. Cp. supr. 93
453. mvp-comment-244-2 τὰ ἐξ ἐμοῦ, Which come from my side; i. e. in making the comparison. Cp. Τr. 631, τὸν πόθον τὸν ἐξ ἐμοῦ. The correction, although questioned by Dindorf, who supposes some deeper corruption of the text, is probable enough.
457-460. mvp-comment-245-1 ἐὰν γὰρ . . ἀρεῖσθε Cp. 72, ὡς ἄν, προσαρκῶν μικρά, κερδάνῃ μέγα: 647-648, ΘΗ. μέγ᾽ ἂν λέγοις δώρημα τῆς συνουσίας. ΟΙ. εἰ σοί γ᾽ ἅπερ φὴς ἐμμενεῖ τελοῦντί μοι: 815, τίς δ'᾽ ἄν με τῶνδε συμμάχων ἕλοι βίᾳ; 1206, ΟΙ. μόνον, ξέν', εἴπερ κεῖνος ὧδ᾽ ἐλεύσεται, μηδεὶς κρατείτω τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ποτέ: 1489, 90, ΟΙ. ἀνθ᾽ ὧν ἔπασχον εὖ, τελεσφόρον χάριν δοῦναί σφιν, ἥνπερ τυγχάνων ὑπεσχόμην. The extension of present aid is everywhere put forward as a condition of the permanent blessing. The task of defence which he here entreats them to undertake, is fulfilled by them in resisting Creon.
457. mvp-comment-246-1 μου is genitive of the object, for which see Essay on Language § 9. p. 12.
458. mvp-comment-247-1 πρὸς * ταῖσδε ταῖς σεμναῖσι δημούχοις θεαîs] In addition to these dread goddesses that protect your deme. This seems the most probable as it is the simplest emendation of this line. Others are πρὸς ταῖσι τρισσεμναῖσι, ὁμοῦ | προστάτισι ταῖς, ξὺν προστάταις. πρός harmonizes well with the emphatic ὑμεῖς. σύν has probably been inserted as a gloss L² has ταῖς σεπταῖσι.
459. mvp-comment-248-1 ἀλκὴν ποιεῖσθαι 'Το undertake defence,' like τὰς μήχας ποιούμενος, Εl. 302: ἐποιοῦντο βουλήν, Hdt. 6. 101.
459. mvp-comment-248-2 τῇδε μὲν πόλει This reading is preferred (1) for the antithesis; (2) because tῇ may be accounted for as a corruption of yῇ explaining πόλει.
460. mvp-comment-249-1 τοῖς δ᾽ ἐμοῖς ἐχθροῖς Oedipus reverts to his own personal objects, as in 308-309 (εὐτυχὴς ἵκοιτο τῇ θ᾽ αὑτοῦ πόλει ἐμοί τε). although, as in that passage, the chief stress is laid on what is mentioned first. At the same time he leaves it to be implied that his enemies are the enemies of Athens. Cp. infra 646, ἐν ᾧ κρατήσω τῶν ἔμ᾽ ἐκβεβληκότων. The corruption in Lis due to itacism. 461 ff. The coming of Theseus is still delayed, and the scruples of the chorus cannot be set at rest without some formal expiation on the part of Oedipus. The presence of Ismene enables this to be made without Oedipus or Antigone leaving the stage. She goes to perform this service, and the chorus continue harping on the interminable theme (adding the confessional to the sacrifice), when Theseus at last enters bringing with him a very different spirit. His coming clears the air at once.
463. mvp-comment-250-1 ἐπεμβάλλεις You add, to give further weight, as if throwing into the scale. Cp. supra 293, λόγοισι γὰρ οὐκ ὠνόμασται βραχέσι. And since you add in what you have now said that you are yourself the saviour of this land. λόγῳ is partly instrumental dative, partly governed by ev in ἐπεμβάλλεις.
464. mvp-comment-251-1 παραινέσαι.. τὰ σύμφορα Το give you advice that will assist you.'
465. mvp-comment-252-1 προξένει 'Give me friendly instructions. On the uses of this word, see Essay on Language p. 97. It is here specially applicable to the position of Oedipus as a stranger, and of the chorus who are advising him in a matter where they are most of all at home.
466. mvp-comment-253-1 θοῦ νυν καθαρμὸν τῶνδε δαιμόνων) Institute a propitiation of these deities. Lit. A purification in relation to them. For the genitive, see Essay on Language $9. p. 12; and for θέσθαι in this sense, O. T. 134, τήνδ ἔθεσθ᾽ ἐπιστροφήν. vuv seems preferable to vûv after the imperative.
467. mvp-comment-254-1 καὶ κατέστειψας πέδον ὧν (or αὐτῶν) may be supplied from ἐφ᾽ ἅs. The reading is doubtful. κατέστεψας is unmeaning; but κατάστεψον πέδον, Adorn the ground with garlands, receives some support from the description that follows. For κατέστειψας, which gives the most natural meaning and best rhythm, cp. supra 56, ὃν δ' ἐπιστείβεις τόπον. And for the thought, cp. supr. 84, 5 and note.
470. mvp-comment-255-1 ἐνεγκοῦ Have brought. ferendam cura.
470. mvp-comment-255-2 δι᾽ ὁσίων χειρῶν θιγών The minute directions belong to the ceremonial of the place possibly still in use in the time of Sophocles. ὁσίαι χεῖρες here as in Aesch. Cho. 378, are hands pure from guilt. So Horace, Od. 3. 23. 17, Immunis aram si tetigit manus, Non sumtuosa blandior hostia Mollivit aversos Penates Farre pio et saliente mica, in lines which also recall the spirit of infra 498-499, ἀρκεῖν γὰρ οἶμαι κἀντὶ μυρίων μίαν | ψυχὴν τάδ' ἐκτίνουσαν, ὴν εὔνους παρῇ. The precept to wash the hands (Schndw.) is probably included, but with a ceremonial significance. Cp. Αj. 655, λύμαθ᾽ ἁγνίσας ἐμά.
472. mvp-comment-256-1 τέχνη Abstract for concrete. See Essay on Language p. 94; and cp. Phil. 35, 36, φλαυρουργοῦ τινὸς τεχνήματ᾿ ἀι δρός. For the (Epic) form of the sentence, cp. Τr. 752, ἀκτή τις ἐστιν. ἔιθα, κ.τ.λ.
473. mvp-comment-257-1 κρᾶτα is probably plural here, as in Pind. Fr. 3 (Eustath. 1715. 63), τρία κρᾶτα. Cp. the Homeric κράατα.
473. mvp-comment-257-2 ἀμφιστόμους Projecting on either side, rather than On either side the brim. See L. and S. s. ν. στόμα IΙI. The latter part of the compound is unemphatic.
475. mvp-comment-258-1 οἰός * γε νεαρᾶς *εὐπόκῳ μαλλῷ λαβών] The insertion of γε (Heath) is the most probable of the various corrections (νεώρου, νεώρους, νεώρας, νεώρει, ν ογνῆς, νεαλοῦς, γε νεαρᾶς) of the first part of this line. γε refers to κρόκαισιν, which it confirms and amplifies. Yes, with a fillet of wool from a young ewelamb.' νεοτόκῳ, lately born, would express the feeling of ceremonial superstition with more exactness than veo- πόκῳ, which is made up by combining the MS. readings, and may mean either newly-clipped (an etymological use, for which cp. Essay on Language pp. 99, 100) or consisting of young wool.' But there is no motive for a twofold resolution (2) in this line, and εὐπόκῳ gives a simple and natural sense. Cp. Τr. 675, ἀργῆτ᾽ οἰὺς εὐείρῳ πύκῳ. Supposing ve to have crept in from the previous word, the variation of reading may be easily accounted for.
477. mvp-comment-259-1 χοὰς χέασθαι.. Hom. Od. 10. 518, χοὴν χεῖσθαι. Cp. Crat. Com. 2. p. 151, ἄγε δὴ πρὸς ἕω πρῶτον ἁπάντων ἵστω καὶ λάμβανε χερσὶν | σχῖνον μεγάλην: Sen. Oed. 338, Altum taurus attollens caput primos ad ortus positus expavit diem. The place of offering was probably on the eastward side of the hill. See Introd. p. 273.
478. mvp-comment-260-1 ἦ.. χέω Cp. supr. 195, ἢ ᾿σθῶ;
479. mvp-comment-261-1 πηγάς El. 894-895, νεορρύτους | πηγὰς γάλακτος.
479. mvp-comment-261-2 τὸν τελευταῖον δ' ὅλον i. e. τὸν τελευταῖον κρωσσὸν χέοις ἂν ὅλον.
480. mvp-comment-262-1 With what am I to fill this that I may make the libation?" πλήσας is suggested by ὅλον. θῶ would properly govern χοήν (cp. 466), for which κρωσσών is substituted. Three vessels are to be used for the threefold libation (Ant. 431, χοαῖσι τρισπώνδοισι τὸν νέκυν στέφει); two partly filled with pure water, the third, filled to the brim with water and honey.
481. mvp-comment-263-1 The asyndeton as elsewhere in enumeration. Cp. supr. 17. Instead of a third element, which the hearer might have expected, the prohibition of wine is interposed.
481. mvp-comment-263-2 μελίσσης For the metonymy, see Essay on Language p. 81. Schol. ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ ποιοῦν.
481. mvp-comment-263-3 τος τὸ ποιούμενον. καὶ ἐν Ἐρασταῖς: Γλώσσης μελίσσης τῷ κατερρυηκότι.
481. mvp-comment-263-4 μηδέ But not. Cp. 405, note.
482. mvp-comment-264-1 The earth covered with dark leaves;' whether referring to the dark greensward (a slight variation of γαῖα μέλαινα), or to the deep shades of Colonus. Cp. supr. 157 ff.
483. mvp-comment-265-1 ἐξ ἀμφοῖν χεροῖν Οn both sides.' For αὐτῇ = εἰς αὐτήν, see Essay on Language § 11. p. 18. Philochorus quoted by Schol. on l. 100: οὐ μόνον θυσίας νηφαλίους, ἀλλὰ καὶ ξύλα τινά.
484. mvp-comment-266-1 τάσδ᾽ ἐπεύχεσθαι λιτάς Το add this prayer.' Cp. O. T. 1275 and note.
485. mvp-comment-267-1 μέγιστα γάρ The prayer appears to Oedipus more important than the external rites, which, however, he is ready to fulfil. τούτων is neuter.
487. mvp-comment-268-1 σωτήριον The passive use of adjectives in -τήριος is rare, and it has been attempted to give σωτήριον here an active meaning, inasmuch as Oedipus proclaims himself the saviour of Athens. But the chorus have very imperfectly realised this conception, and the expression of it would have seemed to them little in accordance with the humility of a prayer. The terms of petition are general, like the description of the previous ceremony. That they would receive their suppliant and afford him safety. See Essay on Language p. 99.
488. mvp-comment-269-1 αἰτοῦ σύ γ', αὐτός γε adds a slight emphasis to the reply.
489. mvp-comment-270-1 μηκύνων βοήν Speaking aloud. Cp. the Homeric μακρὸν ἀϋτεῖν, and the like. According to Polemo, quoted by the Scholiast on this line, the sacred rites of the Eumenides were entrusted to the family of the Ἡσυχίδαι.
491. mvp-comment-271-1 θαρσῶν ἂν παρασταίην I will defend you without fear. Said in reply to ll. 458-459. For the fears of the chorus, cp infr. 1483-1485.
494. mvp-comment-272-1 χώ τι δεῖ πρόστασσε And appoint us what we must do. For the order of words, see Essay on Language $ 41. P. 77.
496. mvp-comment-273-1 τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι μήθ᾽ ὁρᾶν 'The want of strength as well as sight. Two objections have been made to this reading-that μήτε requires a preceding μήτε, and that δύνασθαι cannot be equivalent to ἰσχύειν. But the former objection appears arbitrary (cp. supra 451): and with regard to the latter, for δύνασθαι applied to bodily strength, cp. II. 20. 360, ὅσσον δύναμαι χερσίν τε ποσίν τε: Lys. 168. 26, τῷ σώματι δύνασθαι : Plat. Phaedr. 269 D, and the Homeric use of δύναμις. See also Essay on Language pp. 95, 96. Compare Shakspeare, As You Like It, 2. 7, Oppressed with two weak evils, age and hunger.'
498-499. mvp-comment-274-1 The value of a pure intention is similarly asserted in the two lines, preserved from the Aletes of Sophocles by Stobaeus, ψυχὴ γὰρ εὔνους καὶ φρονοῦσα τοῦνδικον | κρείσσων σοφιστοῦ παντός ἐστιν εὑρέτις. Fr. 98.
499. mvp-comment-275-1 τάδ᾽ ἐκτίνουσαν Paying these dues. The change from the MS. reading is very slight, being a correction of the simplest itacism (cp. Ant. 856, where L gives ἐκτείνεις for ἐκτίνεις) and ἐκτείνουσαν has never been successfully defended.
500. mvp-comment-276-1 τι is idiomatic. Cp. Tr. 305, εἴ τι δράσεις: Phil. 286, κἄδει τι . . διακονεῖσθαι.
500. mvp-comment-276-2 μόνον δέ . . λείπετ' But leave me not alone. This gives the reason for 497, where only one of the two sisters is told to go.
502. mvp-comment-277-1 ὑφηγητοῦ γ' άνευ Hermann preferred ὑφηγητῶν ἄνευ οἱ ὑφηγητοῦ δίχα.
504. mvp-comment-278-1 χρῆ ᾿σται is equivalent to a future of χρή. Where I am to find. This form, which occurs also in a fragment of the Triptolemus quoted by the Scholiast on this passage, Fr. 539, is variously explained as a contraction for χρεία ἔσται or for χρὴ ἔσται or χρῆ ἔσται, the form χρή or χρῆ being differently regarded as a primitive indeclinable noun, whence also χρῆν and χρῆναι, or as a contraction of χρεία. Linwood conjectures ἵνα χρῆ ᾿σταί μ' ἐφευρεῖν ταῦτα. But Ismene's perplexity is more simply expressed in the text.
504. mvp-comment-278-2 κείται.
505. mvp-comment-279-1 τοὐκεῖθεν ἄλσους Sc. ὁ τόπος
506. mvp-comment-280-1 ἔποικος A resident, who had charge of the sacred utensils, etc.
509. mvp-comment-281-1 οὐδ᾽ εἰ πονῇ τις On the meaning of the subjunctive with εἰ, see Essay on Language § 27. p. 44. For the reading of Par. A, cp. O. T. 317, and v. rr. Ismene having gone to perform the sacred rites, there is a further pause before the arrival of Theseus. 510, foll. The pause is filled by a short lyrical interchange between the several members of the chorus and Oedipus, who is thus brought to make confession while Ismene performs her offering. But his confession is a defence. The chorus, although importunate, are gentler than in the former scene. The opening line is scanned as choriambic, although it may perhaps be questioned whether the Ionic metre, which occurs above in 11. 212 ff., is not more suitable here and in 517. The other metres in the Ist strophe and antistrophe are logaoedic, with one iambic colon (518 = 532); those of the 2nd strophe and antistrophe are mostly iambic. The scheme is the following :clcclcla=alalcc-a (?) 기기 9-
509. mvp-comment-281-2 The distribution of the parts amongst the members of the chorus is very uncertain. Most probably the coryphaeus speaks throughout the Ist strophe, and then the others interpose in turn.
510. mvp-comment-282-1 δεινὸν μὲν τὸ πάλαι κείμενον ἤδη κακόν, ὦ ξεῖν, ἐπεγείρειν Cp. the proverb, μὴ κινεῖν κακὸν εὐ κείμενον (Plat. Phil. p. 40), and Plat. Legg. 2. 657 E (of the poet's power of recalling the feelings of youth), τοῖς δυναμένοις ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν νεύτητα μνήμῃ ἐπεγείρειν.
514. mvp-comment-283-1 The hapless misery which you encountered. arising ing without remedy.' For the genitive (= περὶ τᾶς, κ.τ.λ.), see Essay on Language § 9. p. 13, and cp. El. 317, τοῦ κασιγνήτου τί φής;
514. mvp-comment-283-2 ξυνέστας] Cp Hdt. 7. 170, λιμῷ συνεστεῶτας : 8.74, τοιούτῳ πόνῳ συνέστασαν.
515. mvp-comment-284-1 πρὸς ξενίας An extension of the common idiom, πρὸς θεῶν, etc. Essay on Language § 19. p. 29, and cp. Aj. 492-493, πρός τ' ἐφεστίου Δίος | εὐνῆς τε τῆς σῆς, ἡ συνηλλάχθης ἐμοί.
516. mvp-comment-285-1 τᾶς σᾶς *ἃ πέπονθ᾽ ἀναιδή This conjectural reading. as well as the other which has been proposed, τᾶς σᾶς, πέπον, ἔργ᾿ ἀναιδῆ, has been suggested partly by the metrical difficulty, and party by the fact that the Scholiast appears to have taken ἀναιδή (ἔργα) to be governed by ἀνοίξῃς. Schol. μὴ πρὸς τῆς σῆς ξενίας ἀναπτύξῃς μου τὰ ἀναιδῆ ἔργα. Against πέπον it may be argued (1) that the word occurs nowhere in tragedy, (2) that where it occurs in Homer it is accompanied either by a noun in the vocative, or by the interjection 4, (3) that it is improbable that the first person (represented in the Scholion by μου) should be omitted. The word πέπονθα is in accordance with the spirit of other passages of the play (268, 537), and should be retained. ἃ πέπονθα is substituted for ἔργα, to which ἀναιδῆ is added as an emphatic epithet, My unwitting deeds of shame. Hence ἔργα was naturally inserted as a gloss. Besides the metrical objection to the MS. reading. ἀνοίξῃς requires an object, and the asyndeton takes from the smoothness of the passage without increasing its force.
517. mvp-comment-286-1 τό τοι πολὺ.. ἀκοῦσαι I would hear once for all aright what is matter of loud and still undying rumour.
517. mvp-comment-286-2 πολύ, i. e. σφόδρα λεγόμενον: cp. 305.
517. mvp-comment-286-3 πολὺ γάρ, ὦ γέρον, τὸ σὸν ὄνομα, κ.τ.λ.
517. mvp-comment-286-4 μηδαμὰ λήγον Cp. the similar expression, of a report still rife, in O. T. 731, ηὐδᾶτο γὰρ ταῦτ᾽ οὐδέ πω λήξαντ᾿ ἔχει. On the double accusative arising from the cognate use, see Essay on Language p. 25. For ξέν᾽ perhaps ξεῖν᾽, cp. infr. 530.
519. mvp-comment-287-1 στέρξον Be content, i. e. μὴ ἀγανακτοῦ ἐρόμενος ταῦτα. It is doubtful whether this line should be altered by adding δ' or γ', reading παῖδες with the MSS. in l. 532, or we should read as in the text. Cp. infr. 1692 and note. For _ _ u u _ _ in a similar passage, see El. 828, 830, 841, 843.
521. mvp-comment-288-1 ἤνεγκον κακότατα I was the victim of wretchedness. For the use of φέρω, cp. Ο. Τ. 1320, διπλά σε πενθεῖν καὶ διπλᾶ φέρειν κακά.
521. mvp-comment-288-2 ἤνεγκον *ἑκὼν μέν] If this reading is adopted, it must be acknowledged that we have here a trace of the philosophical ἀπορία (already suggested by the Epic oxymoron ἑκὼν ἀέκοντί γε θυμῷ) which is treated at length in Plato (Legg. 860, 867 A) and Aristotle (Eth. N. 3. 1), viz. whether a man acts voluntarily when he is ignorant of the circumstances. See Introd. p. 270. Oedipus must be supposed to mean that in killing Laius and in marrying Jocasta he had acted with a right good will (ср. О. Т. 422-423, τὸν ὑμέναιον ὃν δόμοις | ἄνορμον εἰσέπλευσας, εὐπλοίας τυχών), but that as he acted in ignorance, the actions were not his deliberate choice.
521. mvp-comment-288-3 ἄκων is certainly wrong and is due to some reminiscence of l. 694. Cp. Eur. Ι. Τ. 512, τρόπον γε δή τινα οὐχ ἑκὼν ἑκών. The expression is more forcible if, by a slight change. for θεὸς ἴστω, θεὸς ἴστωρ is read, as in the text.
523. mvp-comment-289-1 τούτων δ᾽ αὐθαίρετον οὐδέν For the transposition of the dactyl. in the glyconic line, see Christ's Metrik, § 119. P. 94. To avoid it here, ἐθελητόν, ἀκάθαρτον (G. Wolff), have been conjectured.
524. mvp-comment-290-1 ἀλλ᾽ ἐς τί But with regard to what? Sc. ἤνεγκες κακότατα. The curiosity of the chorus becomes impatient and peremptory.
525. mvp-comment-291-1 κακᾷ μ᾿ εὐνᾷ By an evil nuptial the city all unknowing bound me in a fatal wedlock. μέν has probably ἐν arisen from a gloss ἐν (κακᾷ μ' εὐνᾷ). Others read κακᾷ μ᾿ ἐν εὐνᾷ and alter l. 513. The correction ἴδριν is unnecessary. Oedipus has already proclaimed his own unconsciousness, and there is a certain point in adding that the citizens were equally unconscious of the nature of their gift. Cp. infr. 983, οὐκ εἰδότ᾽ οὐκ εἰδυῖα.
526. mvp-comment-292-1 γάμων ἐνέδησεν ἄτᾳ is Homeric. Il.2. 111, Ζεύς με μέγα Κρονίδης ἄτῃ ἐνέδησε βαρείῃ.
527. mvp-comment-293-1 Didst thou, as I hear it told. consummate a dishonoured nuptial with thine own mother?' ματρόθεν, i. e. πρὸς ματρός, in that relationship! !' The force of the middle voice in ἐπλήσω is ethical (Essay on Language § 31. p. 52): Didst thou to thy confusion, etc. For πίμπλημι here, cp. Aesch. Pers. 132, λέκτρα δ᾽ ἀνδρῶν πόθῳ πίμπλαται δακρύμασιν.
532. mvp-comment-294-1 My children and my curses.' Because sprung from an incestuous marriage. There is no allusion to the sons.
533. mvp-comment-295-1 ματρὸς κοινᾶς Of a mother who was also mine. It has been urged in defence of the MS. arrangement of the persons, that the responsive ἰὼ δῆτα is more suitable to the chorus. But in the present instance it belongs to the chorus to utter expressions of horror, and to Oedipus to confirm them. Cp. supr. 532, ὦ Ζεῦ.
534. mvp-comment-296-1 This line has been variously altered, but even if the true reading is lost. the general meaning is probably retained. The mistake about the persons has very naturally arisen from the suddenness with which Oedipus takes up the word. This helps to indicate the excitement of the situation.
535. mvp-comment-297-1 κοιναί γε γε assents to what the chorus were about to say, which Oedipus emphasises by the words κοιναί γε πατρός. On κοιναί, see Essay on Language p. 95. Own sisters of their own sire.
536. mvp-comment-298-1 ἰὼ δῆτα Cp. Εl. 842, ΗΛ.
536. mvp-comment-298-2 φεῦ. ΧΟ. φεῦ δῆτ᾽· ὀλοὰ γάρ: Eur. Troad. 1230, ΕΚ. οἴμοι. ΧΟ. οἴμοι δῆτα σῶν ἀλάστων κακῶν.
536. mvp-comment-298-3 μυρίων γ᾽ ἐπιστροφαὶ κακῶν Everrenewed onset of unnumbered woes. The image is that of an enemy who harasses an army by returning repeatedly to the attack with fresh forces. Cp. infr. 1045, δαΐων ἀνδρῶν .. ἐπιστροφαί, Αr. Eq 244, ἐπαναστρέφου. For the nominative after the interjection, cp. Tr. 1046-1047, ὦ .. μοχθήσας ἐγώ.
537. mvp-comment-299-1 I have suffered woes that will not be forgotten.' ἄλαστα is first governed by ἔπαθον, then ἔχειν is added pleonastically, and ἄλαστα is resumed. Sc. ἔπαθον ἄλαστα, ὥστε ἄλαστα ἔχειν τὰ παθήματα.
539-541. mvp-comment-300-1 I received a gift, which would that I, the much-enduring one, had never so benefited the state as to receive from her the privilege of choosing.' i. e. Would that I had not benefited the state so as to be honoured with the choice gift of Jocasta. In this rendering. which takes the words in a natural order, it is assumed that μή, with the past tenses of the indicative in a relative clause, may express the wish to reverse a fact in past time. Cp. Aesch. Cho. 363-366, μηδ' ὑπὸ κ.τ.λ. .. τέθαψαι. The analogy of the uses of the historical tenses with εἰ, ἄν, ἵνα, ὡς, ὅπως, to express an impossible supposition, inference, motive, or result, is all that can be urged in favour of this, except the comparison of a passage which has generally been thought corrupt, infr. 1713, ἰώ, μὴ γᾶς ἐπὶ ξένας θανεῖν ἔχρηζες. It may be further suggested, that in both these instances the unusual construction is assisted by an echo (or harmonic) of ὤφελον in ἐπωφέλησα, and of ἐχρῆν in ἔχρηζες. If this hypothesis is rejected, we must fall back on Hermann's interpretation of the words: Accepi, inquit Oedipus, donum, uxorem dicens, quod ego ut nunquam a civitate debuerim accipere, ei profui, i. e. quod ut mihi non unquam daret civitas, merui. quum eam a Sphinge liberavi. ταλακάρδιος is a poetical expansion of τάλας: cp. πυκνόπτερος, μελάμφυλλος, etc.
544. mvp-comment-301-1 παπαῖ Properly an exclamation of pain; here transferred to mental suffering, in accordance with the metaphor in έπαισας. The punctuation of the line is uncertain, i. e. it is uncertain whether δευτέραν is an epithet of νόσον, οι πληγήν is to be supplied with δεντέραν, and ἐπὶ νόσῳ νόσον is in apposition to the sentence. For ἐπὶ νόσῳ νόσον, cp. Hom. Il. 14.130, μή που τις ἐφ᾽ ἕλκεῖ ἕλκος ἄρηται.
545-546. mvp-comment-302-1 ἔχει.. πρὸς δίκας τι i. e. τὸ ἐμὸν ἔχει τι πρὸς δίκας. My case has some defence, something to be urged on the ground of justice. Cp. Ant. 598, οὐδ᾽ ἔχει λύσιν. Eur. Suppl. 64, ἔχομεν δ᾽ ἔνδικα.
546. mvp-comment-303-1 τί γάρ reiterates the expostulation of the chorus. τί γάρ has a different shade of meaning in each of the three lines, 538, 542.546: (1) Why, what then? (2) But what of this? γάρ implying that excuse will not stand. (3) Why, what is that?' 547. The MS. reading ἄλλους is condemned both by sense and metre, but the correction is uncertain. ἁλούς, adopted in the text. may be explained in two ways, (1) ἁλοὺς ἐφόνευσα = ἑάλων φονεύσας, manifesto occidi, I murdered, and was convicted of the murder:' ἁλούς proleptic. Essay on Language § 38. p. 70. Cp. Ο. Τ. 1213. ἐφεῦρέ σ᾽ ἄκονθ᾽ ὁ πάνθ᾽ ὁρῶν χρόνος. (2) Being overtaken (by destiny) I did commit the murder. The former meaning gives rather a better force to καί, and is on the whole preferable, although the construction of the participle is more natural in the latter interpretation. Porson conjectured ἄνους, (3) being infatuated. but this implies a degree of self-accusation, from which Oedipus in the Oed. Col. is wholly free.
546. mvp-comment-303-2 καὶ ὤλεσα The pleonastic expression has the solemnity of a legal indictment. Oedipus, while pleading innocence of intention, will not soften the actual crime.
548. mvp-comment-304-1 νόμῳ δὲ καθαρός The construction of these words is absorbed in the remaining clause. The word καθαρός was specially applicable to one who had been acquitted of the crime of homicide. Cp. Plato, Rep. 5. 451 Β, ἀλλὰ μέντοι, εἶπον, καθαρός γε καὶ ἐκεῖ ὁ ἀφεθείς, ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει: Legg. 9. 865 Β, ἰατρῶν δὲ περὶ πάντων, ἂν ὁ θεραπευόμενος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἀκόντων τελευτᾷ, καθαρὸς ἔστω κατὰ νόμον. ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει and κατὰ νόμον in these passages answer to νόμῳ here. Essay on Language § 14. p. 20.
550. mvp-comment-305-1 κατ᾿ ὀμφὴν σὴν *ἀποσταλείς Brought by thy voice, i. e. by the message sent at the request of Oedipus (1.70). The word ὀμφή has sacred associations, and is used in this play, supr. 102, of Apollo; infr. 1351, of Oedipus again: not elsewhere by Sophocles.
550. mvp-comment-305-2 ἀποσταλείς, the reading of Turnebus, is nearer to the indications of our present MSS. than any other correction, and gives a better sense than ὃς ἐστάλη οι ἐφ᾽ ἁστάλη. See where our lord Theseus, Aegeus son, hath set forth at thy word, and is now come.' 551. The words from ἔν τε to διαφθοράς are introduced by an afterthought, and modify the rest of the sentence. Cp. Phil. 1411, foll., αὐδὴν τὴν Ἡρακλέους ἀκοῇ τε κλύειν λεύσσειν τ᾽ ὄψιν. See Essay on Language p. 65 f. VOL. I. Z
553. mvp-comment-306-1 ὁδοῖς ἐν ταῖσδε In thy present coming. Cp. Εl. 68, δέξασθέ μ᾽ εὐτυχοῦντα ταῖσδε ταῖς ὁδοῖς.
555. mvp-comment-307-1 σκευή Thine apparel: which, though travel-stained, is that of a noble Theban.
556. mvp-comment-308-1 ὃς εἰ A pronominal expression to avoid the repetition of the name. Ср. О. Т. 1036, ὥστ᾽ ὠνομάσθης ἐκ τύχης ταύτης ὃς εἶ.
556. mvp-comment-308-2 καί σ᾽ οἰκτίσας, κ.τ.λ. With a native generosity which Oedipus fully acknowledges (infr. 570), Theseus is ready to protect Oedipus, although not ignorant of the nature of his misfortunes (supr. 305 ff., 551 ff.). But he imagines himself to be conferring a favour, and knows not that the blind wayfarer has more to give than to receive. Once more, therefore, we have a fine contrast between the real and the apparent situation.
557. mvp-comment-309-1 θέλω *' περέσθαι This correction of the Laurentian reading (=τὶ) is more probable than the reading of B, in which o' is awkwardly repeated. For the aphaeresis, cp. Phil. 592, λέγω. 'πὶ τοῦτον, κ.τ.λ.
560. mvp-comment-310-1 δεινήν, κ.τ.λ. Either (r1) 'For that were a hard task indeed from which, on your mentioning it, I should recoil.' Or (2) For that would be a terrible fortune, of which the mention would make me shrink from giving relief. The latter rendering gives a more natural meaning to πρᾶξις (cp. Hdt. 3. 65, ἀπέκλαιε πᾶσαν τὴν ἑωυτοῦ πρήξιν), and is more in accordance with what follows (ὑπεκτραποίμην, κ.τ.λ.). And the usual question addressed to suppliants is, What is your misfortune? rather than, What would you have us do?' For the sentiment, cp. Eur. Suppl. 339. 40, (Θησ.) ὡς τοῖς ἐμοῖσιν οὐχὶ πρόσφορον τρόποις | φεύγειν τὰ δεινά. For the emphatic use of the adj., see Essay on Language p. 80.
562. mvp-comment-311-1 ὡς οἶδά γ᾽ αὐτός Yes, for I know, that I myself was brought up a stranger, as thou art now. Theseus was reared by his grandfather Pittheus at Troezen.
563. mvp-comment-312-1 χώς τις πλεῖστ᾽ ἀνήρ i. e. καὶ ὥς τις ἀνὴρ πλεῖστα (sc. ἤθλησεν). Ι have laboured, as any one hath laboured most:' i. e. as much as any one (ut qui plurima). The more usual expression would be ὅσα τις πλεῖστα.
564. mvp-comment-313-1 ἤθλησα κινδυνεύματα Cognate accusative.
564. mvp-comment-313-2 ἐν τὠμῷ κάρᾳ In my own person : i. e. they were dangers to my own life which I met by my own exertions, referring to the adventure with Sciron, etc. For ev, cp. the expression, ἐν τῷ Καρὶ ὑμῖν ὁ κίνδυνοos, Plat. Lach. 187 B.
565. mvp-comment-314-1 ὥσπερ σὺ νῦν For the nominative, cp. Aj. 525, ἔχειν σ᾽ ἂν οἶκτον ὡς κἀγώ: Il. 6.477, γενέσθαι | παῖδ᾽ ἐμόν, ὡς καὶ ἐγώ περ.
568. mvp-comment-315-1 σοῦ Essay on Language p. 13, 4 a.
569-570. mvp-comment-316-1 Theseus, your nobleness in brief speech hath spared me the necessity of saying much.' Either (1) βραχέα is the subject of δεῖσθαι, or (2) the object of φράσαι, the subject of δεῖσθαι being τὸ πρᾶγμα. The object of παρῆκεν is absorbed in the following clause. Cp. Eur. Fr. 310, πάρες .. ὑπερβῶαι . . νάπη. For δέομαι passive, cp. Hdt. 4. 11, ὡς ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι πρήγμα εἴη, μηδὲ πρὸς πολλοὺς δεόμενον κινδυνεύειν. Essay on Language § 31. p. 54. δεῖται in Plat. Meno, 79 C, although impersonal (sc. τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ ὁ λόγος), is middle voice and not passive as here.
572. mvp-comment-317-1 καὶ γῆς ὁποίας ἦλθον This was implied in σκευή, l. 555 .
574. mvp-comment-318-1 χώ λόγος διέρχεται ‘And our conference draws to an end." This is the reading of the best MSS. διοίχεται, which is much commoner in this sense (cp. e. g. Eur. Suppl. 530), is given as a various reading in Par. A, and appears in the text of two other MSS. διέρχε ται is best supported by comparing Dem. 541. 22, πάντα δ᾽ ἤδη διεξεληλύθει, and Plat. Rep. 6. 484 Α, διὰ μακροῦ τινος διεξελθόντος λόγου.
577-578. mvp-comment-319-1 τὰ δὲ .. καλή But the gain to be obtained from it is better than beauty. Cp. Eur. Fr. 552, νοῦν χρὴ θεᾶσθαι, *νοῦν· τί τῆς εὐμορφίας | ὄφελος, ὅταν μὴ τὰς φρένας καλὰς ἔχῃ; 580-581. For the datives, see Essay on Language § 11. p. 18.
577-578. mvp-comment-319-2 ἡ σὴ προσφορά 'The advantage which you bring.
583-584. mvp-comment-320-1 τὰ δ᾽ ἐν μέσῳ, κ.τ.λ. The construction is defined (with ποιεῖ) as the sentence proceeds. For the irregular accusative, see Essay on Language § 15. p. 22.
585. mvp-comment-321-1 ἐνταῦθα γάρ μοι κεῖνα συγκομίζεται For in this favour those other offices are comprised; i. e. To assure him burial by the hand of Theseus was to assure him protection from the attempt of Creon.
586. mvp-comment-322-1 (1) You have indeed summed up your request in one short word. Or (2) This favour which you ask consists in a little thing:' in re levi positam gratiam. Ellendt. For (1) cp. Εl. 673, ἐν βραχεῖ ξυνθεὶς λέγω.
587. mvp-comment-323-1 Yet be advised; this is no trifling matter.' ἁγὼν ὅδε, the struggle or endeavour or peril implied in granting the request.
588. mvp-comment-324-1 πότερα τὰ τῶν σῶν ἐκγόνων, ἢ μοῦ λέγεις;] In saying this, are you speaking of what relates to your sons, or of something that relates to me?' Theseus is bewildered by the words of Oedipus. Hearing of a contest in connection with the death of Oedipus, he naturally thinks of the impending conflict at Thebes, of which he cannot but have heard something. But, as he afterwards says more explicitly, he does not Z2 see how he is to be involved in this. Cp. Phil. 1384, λέγεις δ' Ἀτρείδαις ὄφελος, ἢ ἐπ᾿ ἐμοὶ τόδε;
589. mvp-comment-325-1 ἀναγκάζουσι If this is the right reading, which, from the frequent confusion of and o, is not quite certain (cp. 603), the present is used with future meaning, as in Aesch. Prom. 513, ὧδε δεσμὰ φυγγάνω: ib. 525, δεσμοὺς ἀεικεῖς καὶ δύας ἐκφυγγάνω. Cp. Phil. 1379, κἀποσώζοντας νόσου. The subject of κομίζειν (sc. τινά, cp. infr. 933) is to be gathered from the context. They will enforce my being taken thither;' i. e. They will force the consent of Theseus and the Athenians to this. Universe eos intelligit, qui tradendi Oedipi potestatem habeant. Herm. Another rendering has been proposed - They will use compulsion against me to carry me back thither.' But such a use of ἀναγκάζω with the infinitive is inadmissible.
590. mvp-comment-326-1 εἰ θέλοντ᾿ ἄν γ᾽, οὐδὲ σοὶ φεύγειν καλόν] The reading of this line is very doubtful, but that of L is as probable as any other. There would seem to be an ellipse of some such words as βούλοιντο κομίζειν or the like. But if they chose to fetch you in case of your being willing to go, then on your part it would not be becoming to remain in banishment.' Cp. Od. 15. 280, οὐ μὲν δή σ' ἐθέλοντά γ᾽ ἀπώσω νηὸς έΐσης. Hes. Op. D. 355. For the ellipse with el, see Essay on Language § 28. p. 47; and cp. Αj. 886, εἴ ποθι πλαζόμενον λεύσσων: Pind. Ol. 2. 56, εἰ δέ νιν ἔχων τις ? And, for av with the present participle, infra 761, κἀπὸ παντὸς ἂν φέρων, κ.τ.λ. Reisig's emendation θέλοντάς γ', But (consider) whether it be not unbecoming in you to be exiled from them desiring to have you back again, although not convincing, deserves consideration.
591. mvp-comment-327-1 ἀλλ᾽ οὐδ᾽, ὅτ᾽ αὐτὸς ἤθελον, παρίεσαν This line, at first sight, rather favours the emendation θέλοντάς γ' in 590. But αὐτός = of my own accord, may distinguish between mere willingness and the spontaneous wish, and the same word has not necessarily the same reference even in two consecutive lines. Cp. supr. 71, μόλοι and note.
592. mvp-comment-328-1 But then, foolish man, anger in calamity is hurtful.'
593. mvp-comment-329-1 ὅταν μάθῃς μου • When you have learnt the nature of the case from me.'
594. mvp-comment-330-1 ἄνευ γνώμης Without consideration.
596. mvp-comment-331-1 γένους Of your birth, rather than Of your race.
598. mvp-comment-332-1 τί.. νοσεῖς; What is this greater than human misery at which you hint?
598. mvp-comment-332-2 μεῖζον ἢ κατ᾿ ἄνθρωπον, because greater than the extreme calamities which had previously befallen him.
602. mvp-comment-333-1 Why then should they have you brought, if you are still to live apart from them? For the middle voice of πεμψαίατο, cp. Ο. Τ. 434, σχολῇ σ᾽ ἂν οἴκους τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἐστειλάμην.
603. mvp-comment-334-1 There is the same variance here as in 589. The future is unobjectionable.
605. mvp-comment-335-1 In that it is fated for them to be defeated,' either (1) ' in this land' or (2) by this land. For (1) cp. infr. 1546, μοῖρ᾽ ἀνδρὶ τῷδε τῇδε κρυφθῆναι χθονί, 621-622, ἵν᾽ οὗμος .. νέκυς .. αὐτῶν θερμὸν αἷμα πίεται, 644-646, ὁ χῶρός ἐσθ᾽ ὅδε.. ἐν ᾧ κρατήσω τῶν ἔμ᾽ ἐκβεβληκότων: 786, τῶνδ᾽ ἀπαλλαχθῇ χθονός. In favour of (2) (which the Schol. gives) it may be urged that it makes the rejoinder of Theseus appear more natural.
606. mvp-comment-336-1 τἀμὰ κἀκείνων For the omission of the article with the second word, cp. Εl. 991, καὶ τῷ λέγοντι καὶ κλύοντι σύμμαχος. Essay on Language § 21, p. 33.
609. mvp-comment-337-1 συγχεῖ Obliterates, and so destroys. Cp. Hdt. 4. 127, συγχέειν τοὺς πατρωΐους τάφους: 7. 115, τὴν ὁδὸν .. οὐ συγχέουσι : Eur. Ι. Α. 37, καὶ ταὐτὰ πάλιν γράμματα συγχεῖς: Plat. Theaet. 194 E, ἀσαφῆ δὲ (ἴσχουσι) καὶ οἱ τὰ ὑγρὰ (ἔχοντες μνημεῖα) ὑπὸ γὰρ τοῦ συγχεῖσθαι ταχὺ γίγνεται ἀμυδρά. Essay on Language p. 105.
609. mvp-comment-337-2 παγκρατής i. e. πάντα κρατῶν. Allmastering. Cp. ὁ παγκρατὴς ὕπνος, Αj. 675.
610. mvp-comment-338-1 φθίνει.. φθίνει Ε. on L. § 44. p.83. 612,13. καὶ πνεῦμα ταὐτὸν .. πόλει] 'And the same spirit does not last between friend and friend, nor between city and city. By a metaphor derived from the most ancient, and not altogether lost in modern times, the feeling of love or hatred is regarded as a breathing or exhalation. Cp. Aesch. Agam. 1206, ἀλλ᾽ ἦν παλαιστὴς κάρτ᾿ ἐμοὶ πνέων χάριν: Aesch. Cho. 34, κότον πνέων: ib. 952, ὀλέθριον πνέουσ᾽ ἐν ἐχθροῖς κότον: Aesch. Suppl. 30, δέξαιθ'.. αἰδοίῳ πνεύματι χώρας: Plut. Dion. p. 197, τὸ τῶν δημαγωγῶν πνεῦμα. Hence a change of feeling is further compared to a change of wind, as in Aesch. Ag. 219, φρενὸς πνέων δυσσεβῆ τροπαίαν. For the thought, cp. Aj. 679 ff. ὅ τ᾽ ἐχθρὸς ἡμῖν ἐς τοσόνδ' ἐχθαρτέος κ.τ.λ.
613. mvp-comment-339-1 βέβηκεν Almost = ἔστιν, -see Essay on Language p. 97,-but (in relation to πνεῦμα) retaining the notion of fixity or continued movement. For the perfect of βαίνω, expressing a settled state or condition, cp. esp. infra 1684, νῷν δ᾽ ὀλεθρία νὺξ ἐπ᾿ ὄμμασιν βέβακε.
615. mvp-comment-340-1 καὖθις φίλα It often happens in Greek that both sides of a complex statement are put forward when only one is relevant. Cp. Aj. 679 ff. quoted above, Trach. 134-135, τῷ δ᾽ ἐπέρχεται | χαίρειν τε καὶ στέρεσθαι. But the poet may have chosen to indicate the possibility of future reconcilement between Athens and Thebes.
616. mvp-comment-341-1 εἰ Emphatic, =κεί. Cp. Ant. 551, εἰ γέλωτ᾽ ἐν σοὶ γελῶ. Essay on Language § 28. p. 47.
616-617. mvp-comment-342-1 εὐημερεί καλῶς *τό Elmsley mentions that some MSS. give τέ acgive cented, which may be a remaining trace of the original reading τό or τά, εὐημερεῖ καλῶς τε, i. e. quasi eὖ καλῶς τε ἡμερεῖ, is indefensible, and the objection to the tautology καλῶς εὐημερεῖ is unfounded. See Essay on Language § 40. p. 75. And though on the part of Thebes towards you all be now serene as heart can wish. εὐημερεῖ continues the metaphor in πνεῦμα. τὸ πρὸς σε is epexegetic of the impersonal subject of εὐημερεῖ. All looks fair and well in relation to you:' or (bringing out the image a little more), There is no cloud in the heavens between Thebes and you. For the construction, cp. supra, πρὸς πόλιν πόλει, and Hdt. 3. 49. εἰ μέν νυν Περιάνδρου τελευτήσαντος τοῖσι Κορινθίοισι φίλα ἦν πρὸς Κερκυραίους.
617-618. mvp-comment-343-1 μυρίας .. ἰών There are countless nights and days which time begets in his onward course. For the form of sentence. cp. El. 1364-1366, τοὺς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ λόγους, πολλαὶ κυκλοῦνται νύκτες ἡμέραι τ᾽ ἴσαι, αἱ ταῦτά σοι δείξουσιν, Ηλέκτρα, σαφή-a passage which also illustrates the present tense, as used of something future but certain.
619-620. mvp-comment-344-1 ἐν αἷς .. δεξιώματα In which they will sunder with the sword on slight pretext your now well-plighted fellowship. The letter corresponding to a in L is rather an unfinished ∞ ( x ) than an a.
620. mvp-comment-345-1 ἐκ σμικροῦ λόγου Out of a small occasion. Cp. Εl. 415-416, πολλά τοι σμικροὶ λόγοι | ἔσφηλαν ἤδη καὶ κατώρθωσαν βροτούς.
621. mvp-comment-346-1 ἵν' On the very spot where. 623. Cp. Aj. 783, εἰ Κάλχας σοφός.
624. mvp-comment-347-1 τἀκίνητα For κινεῖν of breaking silence, cp. Ant. 1060, τἀκίνητα διὰ φρενῶν: Ο. Τ. 354, οὕτως ἀναιδῶς ἐξεκίνησας τόδε | τὸ ῥῆμα; 625-626. τὸ σὸν μόνον | πιστὸν φυλάσσων] Either, (1) ‘Only keeping care- fully thine own good faith, or (with πιστόν as supplementary predicate), (2) Only keeping thine own part faithful. The position of πιστόν favours (2).
630. mvp-comment-348-1 ἐφαίνετο is subjective middle.
630. mvp-comment-348-2 ἡ δορύξενος ἑστία The hearth of warlike friendship, the article introducing a general notion, as in Tr. 398, τὸ πιστὸν τῆς ἀληθείας. See Essay on Language § 21. p. 34. The abstract is express- Declared on his own part, or Declared through the concrete; i. e. ἑστία is ed himself ready to perform (ἐφαίνετο τελῶν). Essay on Language § 31. p. 53, d. Cp. Ο. Τ. 148, ὧν ὅδ᾽ ἐξαγγέλλεται: Aj. 1376-1377, τἀπὸ τοῦδ᾽ ἀγγέλλομαι.. εἶναι φίλος.
632-633.
mvp-comment-349-1
ὅτου.. ἑστία
Whose friendly alliance, first of all, has been ever known amongst us as a common possession; the family of Cadmus being πρόξενοι of Athens and not merely ξένοι of Theseus;
633. mvp-comment-350-1 αἰέν On all occasions,' i. e. independently of his other claims on us.
634-635. mvp-comment-351-1 ἔπειτα.. τίνει The sentence returns from the relative to an independent construction. Essay on Language p. 64. Theseus with noble brevity, (supr. 569), gives two or more reasons in one. Oedipus is (1) an ally, (2) a suppliant claiming Divine protection, (3) he promises to secure victory for Athens.
637. mvp-comment-352-1 ἔμπαλιν On the contrary. The conjectural emendation ἔμπολιν (Musgr.) is unnecessary, and if it were accepted the opposition of clauses would not be sufficiently marked by δé. The word ἔμπολις occurs only once, infra 1156. ('Non opus ἔμπαλιν : fortius ἔμπολιν.' Herm.)
638. mvp-comment-353-1 εἰ δ΄.. μίμνειν δέ = But with regard to the particular spot, referring to the comprehensive word χώρᾳ preceding.
640. mvp-comment-354-1 τούτων, κ.τ.λ. A general apodosis relating to both the preceding clauses is substituted for the apodosis of the latter clause.
640. mvp-comment-354-2 τούτων . . κρίναντι χρῆσθαι χρῆσθαι, sc. τῷ ἑτέρῳ. To make choice between these alternatives and use the one so chosen.' Cp. Ο. Τ. 640, δρᾶσαι.. δυοῖν ἀποκρίνας κακοῖν.
641. mvp-comment-355-1 τῇδε Sc. ᾗ ἂν σὺ κρίνῃς. Cp. Εl. 1301-1302, ὧδ᾽ ὅπως καὶ σοὶ φίλον | καὶ τοὐμὸν ἔσται τῇδ᾽.
641. mvp-comment-355-2 ξυνοίσομαι I will concur. 647. μέγ᾽ ἂν λέγοις .. συνουσίας] You seem to intimate a great boon which your abode with us will confer.' ἂν λέγοις = ἔοικας λέγειν, cp. El. 1372, οὐκ ἂν μακρῶν ἔθ᾽ ἡμὲν οὐδὲν ἂν λόγων | Πυλάδη, τόδ' εἴη τοὔργον. τῆς συνουσίας, genitive of relation (Essay on Language § 9. p. 13), A great gift in respect of your dwelling with us.
648. mvp-comment-356-1 If you abide by your words and make them good to me. τελοῦντι, with σοί, proleptic. Cp. O. Τ. 863, εἴ μοι ξυνείη φέροντι | μοῖρα τὰν εὔσεπτον ἁγνείαν λόγων, κ.τ.λ. Some take 76- λοῦντι as agreeing with μοι (cp. 630). But Oedipus has only to remain where he is. The fulfilment of his promise does not take place till after his death. There is no meaning in a condition which is so far in the future.
650. mvp-comment-357-1 Cp. the line attributed to Aeschylus, Fr. 385, οὐκ ἀνδρὸς ὅρκοι πίστις, ἀλλ᾿ ὅρκων ἀνήρ.
651. mvp-comment-358-1 You would gain nought more by that than by my simple word.' 652. Herm. reads άνδρες. But cp. 656, where if the sense was not unfinished the article would be equally required.
654. mvp-comment-359-1 ὅρα με λείπων Beware, in leaving me. ἃ.. δρᾶν] Nauck conj. ἃ χρή μ᾿ ὁρᾶν. But such a transition from the idiomatic imperative ὅρα to this rare use of the inf. ὁρᾶν, 'to provide for (Phil. 504, τὰ δείν᾽ ὁρᾶν), is very unlikely. For the use of a general word like δρᾶν in such a connexion, cp. Αj. 1373, σοὶ δὲ δρᾶν ἔξεσθ᾽ ἃ χρῆς. 658, foll. And many threats and many vain words have ere now been uttered in anger:' (Lit. 'Many threats have uttered many vain words:') but when the mind has power of herself again, nothing remains of all that was so threatened. For ἀπειλαὶ κατηπείλησαν, cp. infr. 794, τὸ σὸν.. στόμα πολλὴν ἔχον στόμωσιν : 779, ὅτ᾽ οὐδὲν ἡ χάρις χάριν φέροι : Plato, Theaet. 153 D, ἕως ἂν ἡ περιφορὰ ἢ κινουμένη, in all of which instances a process is personified and grammatically regarded as the agent. Also infr. 794, for a similar echo of sound. See Essay on Language § 44. p. 83. The conjecture πολλοὶ δὲ πολλοῖς πολλά gives a misplaced emphasis. Qy. πολλοὶ δ᾽ ἀπειλαῖς, κ.τ.λ.?
660. mvp-comment-360-1 αὑτοῦ In its own possession. For the genitive as predicate, see Essay on Language § 9. p. 12. A similar emphatic use of αὑτοῦ occurs in Tr. 144, τοιοῖσδε. - χώροισιν αὑτοῦ. 661 ff. And with regard to the Thebans, though they have had the audacity to boast great things about carrying you away, they will find, I am well assured, that the way hither would be over a long and dangerous sea.' δείν] δεῖν' L.
660. mvp-comment-360-2 αὑτοῦ αὐτοῦ LA.
660. mvp-comment-360-3 κείνοις is in a twofold construction with ἐπερρώσθη and φανήσεται. ἐπερρώσθη is impersonal, (sc. τὸ λῆμα, ἡ ῥωμή), so that κείνοις ἐπερρώσθη λέγειν is equal το ἐπερρώσθησαν ὥστε λέγειν.
662. mvp-comment-361-1 τῆς σῆς ἀγωγῆς is a genitive of respect.
664. mvp-comment-362-1 ἄνευ, having the force of a preposition, adheres closely to the word which follows it, and the spondee in the 5th foot is thus justified. See on 115 supr. ἐν γὰρ τῷ μαθεῖν.
666-667. mvp-comment-363-1 I am sure that, even in my absence (ὅμως.. ἐμοῦ μὴ παρόντος), my name will guard thee from ill.' There is a pause in the action of the play. Oedipus has now received from Theseus himself the final assurance of rest and protection. The scruples of the chorus have been pacified by the words of the king as well as by Ismene's performance of the sacred rites, and the anxiety of Oedipus has been calmed. Creon is on his way from Thebes, but his approach, though apprehended by Oedipus, is not yet present to the mind of the chorus. It is in this moment of tranquil security that the chorus give their welcome to the stranger, and sing the praises of Colonus and Athens.
668. mvp-comment-364-1 Couldst thou find a fairer dwelling-place than this bright land? Here the nightingale keeps haunt, and sings in deep impenetrable coverts of green dells, where no sun, nor wind, but only the joyous presence of Dionysus comes. Here daily blooms the saffron and Demeter's flower, nor do the waters of Cephisus fail, nor Aphrodite shun the spot.
668. mvp-comment-364-2 And there is a better plant than grows in Asian or Dorian soil, that flourishes of itself in this our land, the nurse of childhood, the terror of our foes, the grey-leaved olive, which Zeus and Athena ever protect from harm. Nor has Poseidon left us without his gifts. Our mother-state is famed for horsemanship and famed by sea. Here first the son of Cronos tamed the steed, here swiftly glides the oarèd bark, keeping pace with the multitude of sea-nymphs.
668. mvp-comment-364-3 The metres of this ode are composed with especial care.
668. mvp-comment-364-4 The ruling logaoedic rhythm of the 1st strophe is represented by the following line which, out of 13 lines, holds the Ist, 5th, 7th (and central), 11th, and 13th places. 2 and 12, the second and secondlast lines, also correspond
668. mvp-comment-364-5 u _ u u _ u _ u _ u
668. mvp-comment-364-6 In 3, 4, 8, the logaoedic is shortened to the ordinary glyconic metre
668. mvp-comment-364-7 u _ u u _ u _ _
668. mvp-comment-364-8 and in 6, to the Pherecratean
668. mvp-comment-364-9 _ _ u u _ _
668. mvp-comment-364-10 In 9, the rhythm changes to a purely dactylic movement
668. mvp-comment-364-11 _ u u _ u u _ u u _ u u
668. mvp-comment-364-12 which is followed, in 10, by an Iambic dimeter catalectic
668. mvp-comment-364-13 u _ u _ u _ _
668. mvp-comment-364-14 which smooths the way for the recurrence to the prevailing rhythm. Cp. supr. 229-236, infr. 1675-1676.
668. mvp-comment-364-15 The chief movement in the 2nd strophe is choriambic (II. 1, 2, 6, 8, ) varied with iambic and trochaic, which in 3, 5, 7, are combined in the antispastic or syncopated movement
668. mvp-comment-364-16 u _ u _ | _ u _ u _ x
668. mvp-comment-364-17 while 4 is trochaic dim. hyper-catalectic
668. mvp-comment-364-18 _ u _ u _ u _ u _
668. mvp-comment-364-19 The composition ends with a glyconic and Pherecratean, 9 and 10, recalling the rhythm of the former strophe. The rhythm of the 1st strophe is expressive of repose and gladness, that of the 2nd, of triumph (cp. Ant. 139, 153), ending in repose.
668-669. mvp-comment-365-1 Thou art come, stranger, to the homes of this land famed for steeds, the best homes on earth.
668-669. mvp-comment-365-2 εὐίππου Cp. supra 59, τόνδ' ἱππότην Κολωνόν, and note. The epithet is intended to apply first and specially to Colonus, and then generally to Athens. εὐίππου τᾶσδε χώρας is attributive to τὰ κράτιστα γᾶς ἔπαυλα. Cp. supra 45, ἕδρας γῆς τῆσδ᾽.
668-669. mvp-comment-365-3 γᾶς is partitive genitive with κράτιστα. Cf. infra 739, εἰς πλεῖστον πόλεως.
668-669. mvp-comment-365-4 ἔπαυλα Here generally dwellings, homes, with some association from the care of horses, which was an occupation of the Coloniatae. Cf. Aesch. Pers. 870, Θρηκίων ἐπαύλων.
670. mvp-comment-366-1 τὸν ἀργῆτα Κολωνόν An accusative added epexegetically in the same construction with ἔπαυλα. ἀργῆτα (cp.
670. mvp-comment-366-2 ἀργήεις, ἀργινόεις), gleaming, either from the colour of the rock, or rather from the marble structures, such as the altar of Poseidon, which made it conspicuous in the sunlight from a distance.
670-671. mvp-comment-367-1 ἔνθ᾽ ἁ The addition of the breathing which restores the metre, also, by introducing the article, rather improves the sense. Cp. El. 147, ἀλλ᾿ ἐμέ γ᾿ ὁ στονόεσσ᾽ ἄραρεν φρένας: infra 693, ἁ χρυσάνιος Ἀφροδίτα: 716, ὁ δ᾽ εὐήρετμος. The synaphea is not a strong objection where the metre is continuous, as here, and is at any rate more probable than that a glyconic verse should begin with a dactyl, and θεαῖν, at the end of l. 683, be taken for a monosyllable.
672. mvp-comment-368-1 θαμίζουσα Il. 18.386, πάρος γε μὲν οὔτι θαμίζεις.
673.
mvp-comment-369-1
χλωραῖς ὑπὸ βάσσαις
In coverts of green glades.ὑπό, with dative=
down in. Cp. Ant. 336-337, περιβρυχίοισιν περῶν ὑπ᾿ οἴδμασιν : Ovid, Fast. 4. 427,
675. mvp-comment-370-1 ἄβατον θεοῦ φυλλάδα μυριόκαρΔιόνυσος] ἀμφιπόλων πον The inviolable leafy grove, with countless berries, sacred to the God:' referring chiefly to the laurel and olive bushes, for the epithet ἀνήλιον can hardly apply to the vine: cp. supra 17, δάφνης, ἐλαίας, ἀμπέλου. For μυριόκαρπον, cp. O. T. 83. And for θεοῦ φυλλάδα, cp. Trach. 754, βωμοὺς ὁρίζει τεμενίαν τε φυλλάδα.
675. mvp-comment-370-2 θεοῦ Probably Dionysus, to whom such thickets are sacred, as δενδρίτης θεός. Pind. Fr. 130, δενδρέων δὲ νομὸν Διόνυσος πολυγαθὴς αὐξάνοι. The mention of him is suggested by the ivy, and he is presently spoken of by name as haunting the spot. Cp. the similar introduction of Poseidon in 709, foll., and of Nessus in Tr. 556-558.
676. mvp-comment-371-1 ἀνήλιον. - χειμώνων Cp. Od. 5. 478 sqq., τοὺς (θάμνους sc.) μὲν ἄρ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἀνέμων διάη μένος ὑγρὸν ἀέντων, | οὔτε ποτ' ἠέλιος φαέθων ἀκτῖσιν ἔβαλλεν, | οὔτ᾽ ὄμβρος περάασκε διαμπερές, ib. 19, 440, ff. For the genitive, see Essay on Language § 10. p. 16.
680. mvp-comment-372-1 θείαις.. τιθήναις The Nymphs of Nysa, who, according to a legend, were the nurses of the infant Bacchus, Il. 6.132, Διωνύσοιο τιθῆναι. Το the conjecture θεαῖς, which has been suggested for the metre, may be objected, (1) that the fem of θεόs is not elsewhere found as a monosyllable (unless in 683); (2) that the Nymphs are not properly spoken of as θεαί.
680. mvp-comment-372-2 ἀμφιπολῶν Careering round. A picturesque inversion, representing the confusion of the Bacchanalian rout, in which it is uncertain who leads and who follows. But qy. ἀμφίπολος, used passively, as in Pind. Ol. 1. 96, τύμβον ἀμφίπολον ἔχων ? 681-693. The antistrophe passes from the wooded hollow to the open height, on which the crocus and narcissus blow: and then to the meadow that is watered by the stream.
681. mvp-comment-373-1 οὐρανίας ὑπ᾿ ἄχνας ‘By the dew of heaven from above.
682. mvp-comment-374-1 καλλίβοτρυς With fair clusters,' i. e. with several heads upon a stem.
683. mvp-comment-375-1 μεγάλαιν θεαΐν The great Goddesses, Demeter and Persephone. See the Hymn to Demeter, 11. 6-18, where Persephone, after gathering crocus and other flowers, is tempted by a narcissus with a hundred heads, which Earth purposely causes to grow, so as to fix the attention of the maiden until Pluto comes. Ancient commentators observed that the chaplet worn in honour of Demeter and Persephone was not one of flowers, but of myrtle, or of ears of grain, and they proposed either to read μεγαλᾶν θεᾶν, referring to the Eumenides, whom Euphorion had described ας ναρκίσσῳ ἐπιστεψέες πλοκαμίδας, or to emphasize ἀρχαῖον, with reference to the former time before Persephone was carried away. But see note on 685.
685.
mvp-comment-376-1
χρυσαυγής Cp. Tennyson, Oenone,
687. mvp-comment-377-1 Κηφισού κηφισσοῦ Β Vat.
687. mvp-comment-377-2 ἐπινίσσεται ἐπινίσεται L. ἐπινείσεται AR. crocus an emblem of Demeter. οὐδ᾽ ἄϋπνοι κρῆναι μινύθουσιν Κηφισοῦ νομάδες ῥεέθρων] Either (1) Nor fail the ever-wakeful springs that feed Cephisus stream,' referring to the abundant fountain-heads on the slopes of Parnes: or (2) Nor do the ever-wakeful rills decrease, dispensers of Cephisus' flood,' referring to the system of irrigation (διανομή) that goes on to this day. Although this allusion to an artificial process may seem unpoetical to the modern reader, the latter interpretation agrees better with πεδίων ἐπινίσσεται, besides giving a more definite meaning to νομάδες, and one immediately connected with Colonus. For a similar allusion in lyric poetry, cp. Pind. Ol. 5. 12, καὶ σεμνοὺς ὀχετούς, Ιππαρις οἶσιν ἄρδει στράτον. For the meaning of νομάδες, cp. Plat. Legg. 11. 931 C, δίκαιοι νομεῖς .. ἀγαθῶν, where νομεύς is similarly used.
688. mvp-comment-378-1 ἀλλ᾽ αἰὲν .. χθονός But ever, each new day, with quickening power, he (Cephisus) pours his clear waters over the bosom of the plain. ἐπ᾽ ἤματι] Not=ἦμαρ ἐπ᾽ ἤματι ('day after day'), but on each day, like кат' ἦμαρ. Cp. Heracl. Fr., ἥλιος νέος ἐφ᾿ ἡμερῇ. The hiatus between this and the following line indicates a pause before the change of rhythm.
689. mvp-comment-379-1 ὠκυτόκος Schol. ὠκύτοκα ποιῶν τὰ πεδία καὶ ἔγκαρπα. Ellendt rightly observes that this explanation may stand although πεδίων is to be joined (in the first instance) with ἐπινίσσεται.
690. mvp-comment-380-1 For the general use of ὄμβρος for the element of water, cp. O. T. 1428, μήτ᾿ ὄμβρος ἱρός. Ε. on L. p. 98.
691. mvp-comment-381-1 στερνούχου Cp. Hes. Th. 117, γαῖ᾽ εὐρύστερνος. Schol. ἴσον τῷ γονίμου. Meineke conj. σπερμούχου.
691. mvp-comment-381-2 οὐδὲ Μουσᾶν, κ.τ.λ. Cp. the praise of Athens in Eur. Med. 830 ff. There was a temple of the Muses, near that of Athena, in the Academy. Paus. 1.30, 2.
692. mvp-comment-382-1 viv The region,' i. e. Colonus and the neighbourhood.
692. mvp-comment-382-2 οὐδ᾽ *ἄρ᾽ | ὁ χρυσάνιος Ἀφροδίτα There is some defect in the MS. text, as the hiatus οὐδὲ | å is not admissible between the two logaoedic lines. οὐδέ γ' | ἁ (Brunck), οὐδὲ | μάν (Herm.), have been conjectured. οὐδ᾽ ἄρ᾽ | ἁ may be suggested: ἄpa, i. e, as the beauty of the region testifies.
693. mvp-comment-383-1 χρυσάνιος Ἀφροδίτα Cp. χρυσόνωτον ἡνίαν, Αj. 847.
694. mvp-comment-384-1 ἔστιν δ᾽ οἷον . . βλαστόν In expatiating on the glories of their home, the religious mind of the Coloniatae dwells chiefly on the rival gifts of Poseidon, their patron deity, and of Athena, the special patroness of horsemen (infr. 1070), and of the Morian olives (706), as well as of Athens and of the tree in the Acropolis. The chorus are thinking chiefly of their own neighbourhood. Only in ll. 711, 716-9, do they speak of what relates to Athens apart from Colonus. The olive-plant immediately referred to is that in the Academy, mentioned by Pausanias as Division of 698.
694. mvp-comment-384-2 ἐκχέων Α. having sprung up independently of the one in the Acropolis :-δεύτερον τοῦτο λεγόμενον φανῆναι, Paus. 1. 32. On the sacred feeling attaching to the Athenian olive, see also Hdt. 5. 82, 8. 55. The genitive, γᾶς Ἀσίας, is rather partitive than possessive, and to be taken closely with ἐπακούω. A thing such as I cannot hear of anywhere in the Asian land, nor as having ever sprung, etc. The participle βλαστόν is introduced by an afterthought in the second clause. The Peloponnese is called a Dorian island by an anachronism similar to that by which the Athenian youth are called Theseidae in 1066. Asia and the Peloponnese are cited as the two rivals of Athenian greatness.
698. mvp-comment-385-1 φύτευμα is the subject of ἔστιν, although not thought of at the beginning of the sentence.
698. mvp-comment-385-2 ἀχείρωτον This reading is supported by the remark of Pollux, 2. 154, which probably refers to this passage, ἀχείρωτον δὲ Σοφοκλῆς εἶπε τὸ ἀχειρούργητον. The simpler interpretation, however, is more probable, unravaged, anticipating the thought in 699 and 702-705.
698. mvp-comment-385-3 αὐτόποιον Self-created, That springeth ever of itself; i.e. That needs not to be renewed by human agency.
700. mvp-comment-386-1 τᾷδε .. χώρᾳ i. e. (1) Along the banks of the Cephisus: or (2) in Attica generally. Cp. Hdt. 5. 82, λέγεται δὲ καὶ ὡς ἐλαῖαι ἦσαν ἄλλοθι γῆς οὐδαμοῦ κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνον τὸν χρόνον, ἡ Ἀθήνῃσι.
701. mvp-comment-387-1 παιδοτρόφου Simply childnourishing. Cp. Hes. Op. 226, εἰρήνη δ᾽ ἀνὰ γῆν κουρότροφος. The interpretations which refer to the custom of suspending an olive-crown where a male child was born, or to the propagation of shoots and offsets from the parent stock, are more ingenious than true. For the synecdoche, φύλλον ἐλαίας, cp. Αj. 14, ὦ φθέγμ᾽ Ἀθάνας.
702. mvp-comment-388-1 τὸ μέν τις οὔ, *νεαρὸς οὔτε γήρα This line seems to have been tampered with by some one who had an ear for the iambic rhythm. The simplest alteration is to omit te and place a comma after οὔ. Which no commander, young or old... For the order of τις οὔ, see Essay on Language § 41. p. 71, and for the omission of the first οὔτε, ib. § 39, p. 67, and Phil. 771, ἑκόντα μήτ᾽ ἄκοντα. For the variety of expression (veapὸς σημαίνων, γήρα σημαίνων), cp. Ant. 808, νέατον φέγγος λεύσσουσαν κούποτ' αὖθις: and for the dative γήρᾳ, which has given offence, Ο.Τ. 172, οὔτε τόκοισιν ἀνέχουσι γυναῖκες. μέν, assuredly. Cp. El. 1240, τόδε μὲν οὔποτ᾽ ἀξιώσω τρέσαι, κ.τ.λ. Sophocles, in his description, blends the olive of the region, whether that in the temple of Athena Polias in the Acropolis, which Xerxes could not destroy (Hdt. 8.55), or the olives of the Academy which according to Androtion, quoted by the Schol., Archidamus spared, with the olive generally.
703. mvp-comment-389-1 σημαίνω is used in the Homeric sense of to command an army. II.16.172, πέντε δ᾽ ἄρ᾽ ἡγεμόνας ποιήσατο, τοῖς ἐπεποίθει | σημαίνειν. The allusion which has been found in this passage to the invasions of Xerxes and Archidamus, is not improbable.
703. mvp-comment-389-2 Λακεδαιμόνιοι γὰρ ἐμβαλόντες ἐν τῇ Αττικῇ δέκα μυριάσι Πελοποννησίων καὶ Βοιωτῶν ἡγουμένου Ἀρχιδάμου τοῦ Ζευξιδάμου Λακεδαιμονίων βασιλέως, ἀπέσχοντο τῶν λεγομένων μορίων, Ἀθηνᾷ θύσαντες, (Ἀθηνῶν δείσαντες, Meineke conj.), ὡς Ανδροτίων φησί, Schol. See also the quotation from Istrus in Schol. on 701. The reading of L, εἰσαιὲν ὁρῶν, sustains the choriambic rhythm; and παραπτομένα in the antistrophe is justly suspected. See note on 717.
703. mvp-comment-389-3 κύκλος Phil. 1338, ὦ τὰ πάντ᾿ ἰδόντες ἀμφ᾿ ἐμοῦ κύκλοι.
705. mvp-comment-390-1 Μορίου Διός i. e. Zeus regarded as the protector of the μορίαι or sacred olives in the Academy. Cp. Ar. Nub. 1005. Apollodorus, quoted by the Schol., says, περὶ Ἀκαδήμειαν ἐστὶν ὅ τε τοῦ Καταιβάτου Διὸς βωμός, ὃν καὶ Μόριον καλοῦσι, τῶν ἐκεῖ μορίων παρὰ τὸ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερὸν ἱδρυμένων.
706. mvp-comment-391-1 γλαυκώπις occurs here only in the extant plays of Sophocles. Probably grey-eyed, cp. γλαυκᾶς supr. 701. Essay on Language § 44. p. 82. a
707. mvp-comment-392-1 ἄλλον . . εὐθάλασσον I have yet another mighty praise for this city that hath reared me, the gift of that great deity, to tell, her great pride, that she is renowned for the fairest steeds, the fairest colts, and for glorious sea. εἰπεῖν is added epexegetically in construction with ἔχω. The adjectives, εὔιππον, etc., agree with αὐτήν, which is to be supplied as the object of εἰπεῖν, if indeed some word equivalent to this has not been lost. Porson, to complete the metre, supplied χθονός before αύχημα. But perhaps the line may have stood, δῶρον τοῦ μεγάλου δαίμονος, εἰπεῖν γέ νιν, αὔχημα μέγιστον, κ.τ.λ. ματροπόλει = 'the state our mother.' Cp. 1480, γᾷ ματέρι. The word probably refers to Athens, as presiding over the smaller townships. But in ταίσδε .. ἀγνιαῖς, infr. 715, the neighbourhood of Colonus is meant.
712. mvp-comment-393-1 For, son of Cronos, it was thou... γάρ is postponed after the vocative.
713. mvp-comment-394-1 αὔχημ᾿ For the unconscious repetition of aὔχημα, see Essay on Language § 44. p. 84.
714. mvp-comment-395-1 The dative ἵπποισι depends immediately on κτίσας, and is to be resumed with ἀκεστῆρα. Having framed for horses the bit, which tames their rage. Cp. Pind. O1. 13. 85, φάρμακον πραῦ τείνων ἀμφὶ γένυι.
715. mvp-comment-396-1 ταῖσδε κτίσας ἀγυιαῖς Having instituted in these roads. κτίσας, having invented and brought into use. ταῖσδε . . ἀγυιαîs] In the roads about Colonus. The note of the Schol. here is curious: ὁ γὰρ Κολωνὸς ἱππεὺς ὠνομάσθη, παρ' ἃς ἐξεθέμην αἰτίας διὰ τὸν Ἄδραστον (κατ' Ἀνδροτίωνα, Rom. ed.). ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὸ σεμνότατον ἄγει τὸ πράγμα.
716-719. mvp-comment-397-1 These lines expand the epithet εὐθάλασσον. 'And the well-plied oar, passing through the sea, flits wondrously by the hand of man, and darts onward, following in the track of innumerable Nereids. ἁλία may be taken either as an attribute of πλάτα, or with the participle.
716. mvp-comment-398-1 εὐήρετμος Rather from εὖ ἐρέσσω than from εὖ ἐρετμόν. Join ἔκπαγλα θρώσκει.
716. mvp-comment-398-2 χερσὶ παραπτομένα has been taken to mean fitted to the hand. But this is prosaic, and interferes with the figure by which the oar is put for the ship. As in O. T. 17, πτέσθαι may be a syncopated form of πέτεσθαι. But the metre is doubtful, cp. supr. 704.
716. mvp-comment-398-3 ραϊσσομένα, περιπτυσσσομένα, παραιπεμ πομένα, have been conjectured.
716. mvp-comment-398-4 πα-
718. mvp-comment-399-1 ἑκατομπόδων As in ἑκατογκάρανος, ἑκατόγχειρος, ἕκατον is used vaguely to give the impression of multitude. The first part of the epithet is most important, as in πυκνόπτεροι, etc., the second part being chiefly pictorial. An allusion to the number 50 would be an awkward conceit; and the bare mention of an exact number, such as 100, would have no poetic force. 721 ff. Ismene is not yet returned. The dreaded Creon is seen advancing instead. The boast of a strong dwellingplace, and of the unconquered olivetree, will now be put to proof. νῦν σοὶ.. δὴ σοί, sc. πάρεστι, cp. Phil. 1165, ἀλλὰ γνῶθ᾽, εὖ γνῶθ᾽, ὅτι σοὶ | κῆρα τάνδ᾽ ἀποφεύγειν. The conjecture σόν in both places is unnecessary. δή emphasizes the whole sentence: cp. Ant. 726, οἱ τηλικοίδε καὶ διδαξόμεσθα δὴ | φρονεῖν, κ.τ.λ. The reading δεῖ may have arisen from the difficulty of σοί, and the unusual position of δή. φαίνειν] Causative, as in Phil. 297, ἔφην᾿ ἄφαντον φῶς. Cause these words to shine, shine,' i. e. manifest their truth in action : = ἀποδιδόναι ἐναργῆ. Cp. Τr. 239, εὐκταῖα φαίνων: Pind. Nem. 10. 11, Ζεὺς .. τοῦτον κατέφανε λόγον: Hdt. 3. 36, εὔνοιαν φαίνων.
723. mvp-comment-400-1 ἡμῖν ἡμῖν, the dative of remote reference, has greater liveliness than ἡμῶν, which has been conjectured here. Here is Creon coming to trouble us.
725. mvp-comment-401-1 τέρμα τῆς σωτηρίας The end of safety; i. e. The safety that is the end of my desire.
726. mvp-comment-402-1 θάρσει, παρέσται Fear not: you shall have your wish. The same words occur above (305) in a different connection. Elms. prefers κυρῶ to ἐγώ. 728-1043. Creon advances with his two attendants, and deprecating suspicion, attempts to persuade Oedipus to come home to Thebes, for his own and daughters' sake, according to the unanimous wish of the people. Oedipus, who is informed by Ismene, and by the oracles he had formerly received, of the real intention of the Thebans, indignantly resents the cruel meaning of the fair-sounding offer; taunts Creon with hypocrisy, in first banishing him against his will, and now trying to draw him unwillingly from Athens: and utters a curse on Creon and on his sons. altercation continues till Creon throws off the mask of gentleness, avows that he has seized Ismene, and threatens to carry off Antigone. The chorus (834 ff.) expostulate, and call for aid. He per- The
727. mvp-comment-403-1 γεγήρακεν L. sists, and sends her away by his servants, adding reproaches against Oedipus, and, on the chorus further expostulating, threatens to lay hands on Oedipus, who thus provoked, utters a special curse on Creon. A scuffle ensues between the two old men: Creon taking hold of Oedipus to drag him away. The chorus (877 ff.) again cry aloud for help, and Theseus, who has been sacrificing at a neighbouring altar, enters in haste. On learning what is the matter, he orders the people from the sacrifices to pursue the fugitives, and threatens Creon with arrest if the maidens are not produced immediately. He is sure that Thebes will not resent this. She cannot countenance such violence. Creon then speaks for himself. He could not have supposed that Athens would have cared to protect his kindred, or would have received an incestuous person and a parricide under the shadow of the hill of Ares. Hefurther excuses his assault by the curses of Oedipus. He is in Theseus' hands, but will resist harsh treatment. The mention of hisunwitting crimes calls forth a fresh outburst of passion from Oedipus. Theseus breaks off further conference by peremptorily commanding Creon to show him where the maidens are. Oedipus is left alone with the chorus. Cp. O. T. 512-862.
729. mvp-comment-404-1 ὁρῶ . . ἐπεισόδου I see that a sudden fear has overcast your eyes at my coming in. ὀμμάτων is a genitive of place, or of the part affected. For εἰληφότας, cp. Αj. 345, τάχ᾽ ἄν τιν αἰδῶ κἀπ᾿ ἐμοὶ βλέψας λάβοι: Eur. Suppl. 1050. ὀργὴν λάβοις ἂν τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων | κλύων: Plat. Soph. 243 C, ταὐτὸν τοῦτο πάθος εἰληφότες ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ. And for the whole expression, Aesch. Eum. 407, θαῦμα δ᾽ ὄμμασιν πάρα: Eur. I. A. 1128, Ar. Vesp. 447-
731. mvp-comment-405-1 μήτ᾿ ἀφῆτ᾽ ἔπος κακόν As often happens, the sentence passes out of the relative construction. Cp. supr. 467.
732. mvp-comment-406-1 Creon endeavours to allay the alarm occasioned by his coming, and to win confidence by dwelling (1) on his own age and apparent feebleness, (2) on the age and condition of Oedipus, which needed protection at home, (3) on his intention to use persuasion only. (4) on the public authority and responsibility of his mission, (5) on his personal and private motives for undertaking it.
734. mvp-comment-407-1 εἴ τιν᾿ Ἑλλάδος For the attraction, cp. Aj 488. εἴπερ τινὸς σθένοντος ἐν πλούτῳ Φρυγῶν. Ε. on L. § 35. p. 60.
735. mvp-comment-408-1 ἄνδρα τόνδε τηλικόνδ᾽ ἀπεστάλην The text, while giving a more natural order of the words than the VOL. I. Aa ï conjecture τηλικόσδ' ἀπεστάλην, is also capable of a suitable meaning. Creon, wishing to show the reasonableness of his coming, points to the extreme age and feebleness of Oedipus as a ground for inducing him to return under the protection of Thebes. There is a peculiar emphasis on the words τηλικόνδε and πείσων, i. e. To induce this poor old man by persuasion only to return home.' For the combination of the demonstrative with the pronominal adj., cp. Phil. 128, τοῦτον τὸν αὐτὸν ἄνδρα: ib. 572 πρὸς ποῖον ἂν τόνδ'..;
738. mvp-comment-409-1 οὔνεχ᾽ ἡκέ μοι γένει Since kindred makes it incumbent on me. For ἧκε, the simple for the compound verb, see Essay on Language p. 101-104, and cp. Phil. 141, σὲ δ', ὦ τέκνον, τόδ᾽ ἐλήλυθεν πᾶν κράτος ὠγύγιον. And for a similar use of προσήκει, cp. Hdt. 8. 100, οὐδὲν πρὸς Πέρσας τοῦτο προσήκει τὸ πάθος.
739. mvp-comment-410-1 εἰς πλεῖστον πόλεως Above all that are in the city.
742. mvp-comment-411-1 δικαίως Rightfully. Cp. Aj. 1108-1110, τόνδε δ'.. εἰς ταφᾶς ἐγὼ θήσω δικαίως.
742. mvp-comment-411-2 ἐκ δὲ τῶν] Essay on Language § 21. p. 30.
743. mvp-comment-412-1 πλεῖστον .. κάκιστος Cp. Phil. 631, τῆς πλεῖστον ἐχθίστης ἐμοὶ | κλύοιμ' ἐχίδνης.
745. mvp-comment-413-1 ὄντα μὲν. ἀλήτην A stranger, and not only so, but ever wandering.
746. mvp-comment-414-1 ἐπὶ προσπόλου μιᾶς With the support of one attendant. ἐπί, as it were leaning on. The expression is analogous to ὁρμεῖν ἐπ᾿ ἀγκύρας, Hdt. 7.188.
749. mvp-comment-415-1 ὅσον i. e. εἰς ὅσον, one preposition, as frequently happens, sufficing both for antecedent and relative.
751. mvp-comment-416-1 τηλικοῦτος At her age, i. e. just approaching womanhood. Cp. supr. 345-346, ἐξ ὅτου νέας | τροφῆς ἔληξε καὶ κατίσχυσεν δέμας. For the termination, cp. El. 614. 753 ff. Alas, I have uttered a sad reproach upon thee and me and our whole race. And yet, what is openly displayed cannot be concealed: wherefore do you, Oedipus. be induced by me to return voluntarily to thy city and palace and to hide thy disgrace there. For ἆρα, see Essay on Language § 29. p. 50. Creon professes to be horror-struck at his own words (ἆρ᾽ ἄθλιον τοὔνειδος, κ.τ.λ.): but excuses himself by the publicity which Oedipus gives to their common calamity in wandering from home. It rests with him to bury the reproach within the palace walls, where his daughter at least will find protection, and his kindred will not have the shame of seeing him an outcast. Cp. O. Τ. 1425, foll. τὴν γοῦν .. φλόγα | αἰδεῖσθ᾽ ἄνακτος Ἡλίου, τοιόνδ᾽ ἄγος | ἀκάλυπτον οὕτω δεικνύναι, κ.τ.λ.: Εl. 624-625, σύ τοι λέγεις νιν, οὐκ ἐγώ. σὺ γὰρ ποιεῖς | τοὔργον· τὰ δ᾽ ἔργα τοὺς λόγους εὑρίσκεται.
757. mvp-comment-417-1 θελήσας Consenting. Cp. Ο. Τ. 649, πιθοῦ θελήσας, κ.τ.λ.
758. mvp-comment-418-1 τήνδε τὴν πόλιν φίλως εἰπών First giving words of friendship to this city: for she deserves them well.' giving
759. mvp-comment-419-1 ἡ δ᾽ οἴκοι Sc. πόλις, cp. supr. 433, τὴν .. αὐτίχ᾽ ἡμέραν. ‘But the city you have left behind, which so long nourished you, has by right a stronger claim to be reverenced by you.'
760. mvp-comment-420-1 δίκῃ Essay on Language § 14. p. 20.
760. mvp-comment-420-2 σέβοιτο For the passive, which occurs here only, see Essay on Language § 31. p. 54.
760. mvp-comment-420-3 πάλαι i. e. in his prosperity, which is now regarded as long past.
761-762. mvp-comment-421-1 κἀπὸ .. ποικίλον Who out of every cause wouldst bring some subtle fabrication of a just plea.Cp. infr. 806-807, ἄνδρα δ᾽ οὐδέν᾽ οἶδ᾽ ἐγὼ | δίκαιον, ὅστις ἐξ ἅπαντος εὖ λέγει. The present participle, as in Phil. 1052, νικᾶν γε μέντοι πανταχοῦ χρήζων ἔφυν, is used to express a quality without reference to time (Essay on Language § 32. p. 55), and is combined with ἄν, so that ἂν φέρων = ὅστις ἂν φέροις.
763. mvp-comment-422-1 ταῦτα is cognate or adverbial accusative. Herm. reads καί με. But for the slight emphasis on the pronoun, see Essay on Language § 41. p. 78 €.
764. mvp-comment-423-1 In a matter, in which I should be most vexed if I were caught. ἐν οἷς = ἐν τούτοις ἐν οἷς. In that particular in which, i. e. in his relation to Thebes and to his sons, in which he was most bent on continuing the present estrangement.
765. mvp-comment-424-1 This is brought in to explain δεύτερον in 763.
765. mvp-comment-424-2 τοῖσιν οἰκείοις κακοῖς When I was absorbed in my own personal sorrows. Ср. О. Т. 1414-1415, τἀμὰ γὰρ κακὰ | οὐδεὶς οἷός τε πλὴν ἐμοῦ φέρειν βροτῶν. Probably not my self-inflicted evils, although this might be supported by comparing El. 215, οἰκείας εἰς ἄτας : Αj. 919. ἀπ᾿ οἰκείας σφαγῆς.
768. mvp-comment-425-1 ἡνίκ᾽ ἤδη μεστὸς ἢ θυμούμενος Cp. Dem. de Falsa Legat. 1175-1174, ἐπειδὴ δὲ μεστὸς ἐγένετο ἀγανακτῶν.
769. mvp-comment-426-1 The line καὶ μάνθανον τὸν θυμὸν ἐκδραμόντα μοι, repeated here from supr. 438. has been rejected by all recent editors. Cp. O. T. 1200. and v. rr.
770. mvp-comment-427-1 τότ᾽ ἐξεώθεις κἀξέβαλλες Then you began to thrust me forth and banish me.
771. mvp-comment-428-1 τὸ συγγενές τοῦτ' The tie of kindred of which you now speak; supr. 738 Cp. Aesch. Prom. 39, τὸ συγ γενές τοι δεινόν.
773. mvp-comment-429-1 καὶ γένος τὸ πᾶν 'And the Aa2 whole people,' i.e not only the authorities of the city (Theseus), but the inhabitants with one consent. Cp. Aj. 861, κλειναί τ' Ἀθῆναι καὶ τὸ σύντροφον γένος. The words in both places are intended to move the Athenian audience.
774. mvp-comment-430-1 You try to tear me away, with cruel speeches couched in flattering terms.
775. mvp-comment-431-1 τίς αὕτη appears not only in B Vat., followed by Triclinius, but also in L². The parallel of Thuc. 3. 12, τίς οὖν αὕτη ἡ φιλία ἢ ἐλευθερία πιστή; the frequent use of ὥσπερ without a definite antecedent in introducing an illustration, the doubtful correlation of τοσαύτη ὥσπερ (cp., however, El. 532, οὐκ ἴσον καμὼν ἐμοὶ λύπης, ὅτ᾽ ἔσπειρ᾽, ὥσπερ ἡ τίκτουσ᾽ ἐγώ), and the fact that the reading τίς αὕτη is not confined to one family of MSS, lead to the conclusion that the reading of LAV³, τοσαύτη, like σημαίνει for σαίνει, supr. 320, is a clerical error. τέρψις, repeated by unconscious tautology from supr. 766, is here active.
776. mvp-comment-432-1 σοί is accented because of the antithesis in 781, καὶ σὺ προσφέρεις ἐμοί. As in the speech beginning at l. 960, esp. in l. 992, Oedipus uses the argumentum ad hominem in the debate with Creon. And yet what kindness is there in befriending men against their will? Suppose, for instance, when you were eager to obtain some boon, one were to refuse and grant you nothing, and not choose to gratify you, but when your soul was already satisfied, were then to make the offer, when the kindness was no longer kind! Would not that be an empty satisfaction for you to obtain? Yet such is the favour you now offer me.
780. mvp-comment-433-1 The stress is on ματαίου. Would not the pleasure so received by you be vain?'
785-786. mvp-comment-434-1 πόλις δέ σοι... χθονός And your city may come off unharmed from her encounter with the land of these men.For ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι, to come out of a contest. cp Ar. Plut. 271-272, μῶν ἀξιοῖς φενακίσας ἡμᾶς ἀπαλλαγῆναι | ἀζήμιος: and for χθών personified, cp. infr. 912, Ant. 187. The natural pause after κακῶν ἄνατος prevents ambiguity in τῶνδε. Others read τῆσδ᾽ ἀπαλλαχθῇ χθονός, with the meaning, may get out of this land, which is less forcible.
787. mvp-comment-435-1 Join (1) ἐκεῖ χώρας. My evil genius ever lurking in the region of that land. The genitive is not strictly partitive. For a similar instance where the genitive and locative adverb are co-extensive, cp. Phil. 899, ἀλλ᾽ ἐνθάδ᾽ ἤδη τοῦδε τοῦ πάθους κυρῶ. Οr (2), χώρας ἀλάστωρ οὑμός, My vengeful spirit ravaging the land. But this twofold relation of ἀλάστωρ makes a harsh expression, and the pause before ἐκεῖ requires that the sense should run on to the word immediately following it. For the general meaning, cp. Aesch. Suppl. 413-415, μήτ᾿ ἐν θεῶν ἕδραισιν ὧδ' ἱδρυμένας | ἐκδόντες ὑμᾶς τὸν πανώλεθρον θεὸν | βαρὺν ξύνοικον θησόμεσθ' ἀλάστορα.
790. mvp-comment-436-1 'They shall inherit their father's land, only by dying there.' The comparison of Aesch. S. c. Τ. 730, ὠμόφρων σίδαρος | χθόνα ναίειν διαπήλας ὁπόσαν καὶ φθιμένοισι | κατέχειν, τῶν μεγάλων πεδίων ἀμοίρους, is just, but the thought is not identical, for ἐνθανεῖν is in apposition to λαχεῖν τοσοῦτον, and not merely epexegetic of τοσοῦτον = ἐν ὅσῳ ἐνθανεῖν. The words therefore do not refer to the six feet of earth, but to the fact that the only part of their inheritance the sons obtain is to die on Theban ground. Cp. Ant. 146-147. 794-795. But you are come hither with a feigned tongue full of sharpness.' For ὑπόβλητον, cp. Αj. 188, ὑποβαλλόμενοι κλέπτουσι μύθους. And for the play of words in στόμα .. στόμωσιν, see Essay on Language § 44. p. 82.
796. mvp-comment-437-1 τὰ πλείονα The article defines the more in contradistinction to the fewer.
797. mvp-comment-438-1 ἀλλ᾽ οἶδα γάρ (as often with ἀλλὰ γάρ) gives the reason for breaking off and saying no more.
797. mvp-comment-438-2 ταῦτα refers not to the whole tenor of the speech but to the γνώμη, ἐν δὲ τῷ λέγειν, κ.τ.λ. But I know that to this warning you will not attendenough then, begone!
798. mvp-comment-439-1 οὐ γὰρ ἂν κακῶς Said scornfully in answer to Creon's expressions of affected pity.
799. mvp-comment-440-1 εἰ τερποίμεθα If I have what I desire. The optative puts the case generally, because of the uncertainty of Oedipus' mode of life.
800-801. mvp-comment-441-1 Do you think that the course of our present talk is disastrous for me in my relation to your affairs? (referring to 787 ff., 795-796). Are not your words much more disastrous to yourself? Schol. ἀντὶ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ μὴ πείθεσθαί σε μᾶλλον σὺ δυστυχεῖς ἤπερ ἐγώ. i. e. You accuse me of ignorance of your and your sons' destiny (1.787, 8): but you show much greater ignorance of your own best interests by refusing to come.
802. mvp-comment-442-1 μήτ᾿ ἐμέ.. μήτε τούσδε The emphasis is on τούσδε : μήτ᾿ ἐμέ is taken for granted, and only introduced for the sake of the antithesis It would delight me, if you fail in persuading these men here as you will fail to persuade me.
805. mvp-comment-443-1 λῦμα τῷ γήρα For the dative, see Essay on Language § 13. c, p. 19.
807. mvp-comment-444-1 ἐξ ἅπαντος In every cause. Cp. supr. 761-762.
810. mvp-comment-445-1 οὐ δῆθ᾿ ὅτῳ γε νοῦς ἴσος καὶ σοὶ πάρα (1) My words are certainly not seasonable in the judgment of one who has so little sense as you have; i. e. A wise speech sleeps in a foolish ear. Schol. τοῖς κατὰ σὲ οὐ δοκῶ καίρια λέγειν. For the dative, see Essay on Language § 13. p. 20, e. Or (2), I do not speak seasonably, in speaking to one so devoid of understanding. Cp Cp. Aesch. Prom. 983, σὲ γὰρ προσηύδων οὐκ ἄν, ὄνθ᾽ ὑπηρέτην. For ἴσος καί, cр. О. Т. 1187.
812. mvp-comment-446-1 φύλασσ᾽ ἐφορμῶν ἔνθα χρὴ ναίειν ἐμέ Two explanations of this are possible, (1) Keep watching (lit. blockading) me and prescribing my abode;' the notion of dictation being implied in φύλασσ᾽ ἐφορμῶν: (2) Keep watching me and blockading my destined dwelling place. For (1) cp. El. 16, τί χρὴ δρᾶν ἐν τάχει βουλευτέον; supr. 654, μὴ δίδασχ' ἃ χρή με δρᾶν. But (2) is more pointed, and on the whole more probab'e.
813. mvp-comment-447-1 μαρτύρομαι τούσδ', οὐ σέ Το them I appeal and not to you! And for the terms of your answer to your friends, if I once take you --. The intended threat ('you shall answer at Thebes') is broken off by Oedipus' retorting, But who can take me,' etc. Creon angrily repels the claim of Oedipus to speak for the Attic elders (ἐρῶ πρὸ τῶνδε), whom he calls to witness Oedipus' treatment of him. The latter words refer (1) to the lines in which Oedipus curses his sons (ἔστιν δὲ παισὶν μόνον), which Creon treats as the answer to the message which he had brought from the Καδμείων λέως: cp. infr. 850, φίλους ὑφ᾽ ὧν ἐγὼ | ταχθεὶς τάδ' ἔρδω. The structure closely resembles Hom. Il. 1. 338, τὰ δ᾽ αὐτὼ μάρτυροι ἔστων, | πρός τε θεῶν μακάρων, πρός τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων, | καὶ πρὸς τοῦ βασιλῆος ἀπηνέος· εἴποτε δ' αΰτε | χρειὼ ἐμεῖο γένηται ἀεικέα λοιγὸν ἀμῦναι | τοῖς ἄλλοις, where the final threat is in like manner suppressed. In the present passage, however, dé is strictly adversative, distinguishing Creon's personal injury from the supposed offence against Eteocles and the Thebans: unless (2) φίλους refers to Creon himself, as professing friendly intentions and as next of kin. But cp. supr. 788-790.
816. mvp-comment-448-1 κἄνευ τῶνδε Without this, i. e. without my taking you. The ambiguity of τῶνδε would probably not be felt by a Greek, and is not a sufficient reason for altering the reading to τοῦδε, 817. Creon's tone implied that something had been done. Seeing that the chorus as well as Oedipus are impracticable, he breaks into open hostility, and avows the capture of Ismene, who had been seized and carried off before she could return from making her offering.
820. mvp-comment-449-1 οἰμώζειν τάδε (1) ‘Το exclaim at this;' τάδε, the capture of the maidens; or (2), τάδε, cogn. acc., thus to exclaim. Probably the first.
821. mvp-comment-450-1 τήνδε τ᾽ And this one ere long. The correction of γ᾽ to τ᾽ or δ᾽ seems to be necessary.
821. mvp-comment-450-2 οὐ μακροῦ χρόνου Sc. ἕξω.
823. mvp-comment-451-1 τὸν ἀσεβή Cp. 922, συλῶντα τὰ τῶν θεῶν βίᾳ | ἄγοντα φωτῶν ἀθλίων ἱκτήρια. He appeals to the known piety of the chorus.
825. mvp-comment-452-1 οὔθ᾽ ἃ πρόσθεν εἴργασαι In seizing Ismene.
826. mvp-comment-453-1 ὑμῖν, κ.τ.λ. Said to Creon's attendants; supr. 723.
826. mvp-comment-453-2 ἂν εἴη For a similar use of av with the optative, cp. Τr. 728, σιγᾶν ἂν ἁρμόζοι σε τὸν πλείω λόγον, Εl. 1372.
827. mvp-comment-454-1 εἰ.. πορεύσεται For the v. r. cp. πημαίνεις below, in v. rr. on l. 837.
830. mvp-comment-455-1 Creon, as next of kin, is guardian of the children of the outlawed Oedipus. Cp. O. T. 1448, καὶ γὰρ ὀρθῶς τῶν γε σῶν τελεῖς ὕπερ: Aesch. Suppl. 387-389, εἴ τοι κρατοῦσι παῖδες Αἰγύπτου σέθεν | νόμῳ πόλεως, φάσκοντες ἐγγύτατα γένους | εἶναι, τίς ἂν τοῖσδ᾽ ἀντιωθῆναι θέλοι;
832. mvp-comment-456-1 τοὺς ἐμοὺς ἄγω For the plural and masc., see Essay on Language § 20. pp. 30, 31. 835-836. The excitement, indicated by the broken lines, culminates in the dochmiac rhythm, to which the diiambus, ἰὼ πόλις, is introductory. 876-885, following the second attempt of Creon, are antistrophic to 833-843, agreeing very closely (except εἴργου – – in 836 = δοκῶ u - 879) even to the division of the words. This lyrical repetition, with the balanced rhythm of the intervening dialogue (containing one short outburst of Creon, 841-855, and one of Oedipus, 864-870), may be compared with O. T. 649-659, 678-688.
832. mvp-comment-456-2 εἴργου • Keep off!' 837. The Scholiast, who, according to the reading of L, rightly explains πόλει by ταῖς Θήβαις, evidently assigned this speech to Creon.
838. mvp-comment-457-1 Creon, while defying the chorus, refrains at present from taking part in the actual violence, which he leaves to his attendants. It is to one of these that the words of the chorus are addressed.
838. mvp-comment-457-2 οὐκ ἠγόρευον ταῦτ᾽ ἐγώ! Oedipus rather alludes to his prophecy in 605 ff., that war would come between Athens and Thebes, than to his warning in 653, which is already fulfilled. Creon's present threat (πόλει μαχεῖ γάρ) comes near to Oedipus' prediction.
840. mvp-comment-458-1 The chorus and Creon are giving opposite commands to the attendant.
840. mvp-comment-458-2 χαλᾶν Το leave hold.' 841. The change to ἔντοποι (cp. Phil. 211), is necessitated by the dochmiac metre.
842. mvp-comment-459-1 πόλις ἐναίρεται My city suffers violence. The chorus in their indignation, as Theseus afterwards in his scorn (903, ξένῳ .. τῷδε χειρωθεὶς βίᾳ) represent the attempt of Creon as an assault on the liberties of their city.
842. mvp-comment-459-2 σθένει By main force. Cp. infra 1089, σθένει ᾿πινικείῳ τὸν εὔαγρον τελειῶσαι λόχον. The expression here is more nearly equivalent to κατὰ κράτος than to Bíᾳ. Cp. Eur. Bacch. 953, οὐ σθένει νικητέον | γυναῖκας. The adverbial dative following the parenthesis is rather weak. Qy. πόλις ἐμὰ στένει? Cp. Aesch. S. c. T. 247, στένει πόλισμα.
844. mvp-comment-460-1 ὦ ξένοι ξένοι The last appeal of Antigone to the chorus is so worded as to recall her former supplication, ὦ ξένοι αἰδόφρονες, l. 237 .
848. mvp-comment-461-1 ἐκ τούτοιν .. σκήπτροιν With these to lean upon.' ἐκ = by means of, with the help of. Cp. Phil. 91, οὐ γὰρ ἐξ ἑνὸς ποδὸς | ἡμᾶς τοσούσδε πρὸς βίαν χειρώσεται.
851. mvp-comment-462-1 καὶ τύραννος ὢν ὅμως Although I am a prince. For τύραννos = one of royal blood, cp. Eur. Med. 957, τῇ τυράννῳ νύμφῃ. Creon is moreover regent of Thebes; O. Τ. 1418.
852. mvp-comment-463-1 τάδε = τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα.
856. mvp-comment-464-1 ἐπίσχες αὐτοῦ, ξεῖνε Creon, after launching the above speech at Oedipus, turns to follow Antigone and the attendants who are dragging her off. The chorus interfere to prevent him.
857. mvp-comment-465-1 τῶνδε The maidens, of whom Ismene, though in the background, is not far off.
858-859. mvp-comment-466-1 αὑτόν These lines may be differently explained according as πόλει is taken to refer to Thebes or to Athens. Either reference is possibl possible, but πόλει in Creon's previous speech, supr. 837, is clearly Thebes. ῥύσιον is that which is held by one party, and claimed or seized by another, who is said ῥυσίων ἐφάπτεσθαι (Aesch. Suppl. 412, καὶ μήτε δῆρις ῥυσίων ἐφάψεται, ib. 314, Ἔπαφος ἀληθῶς ῥυσίων ἐπώνυμος). (1) Then assuredly you will quickly pay moreover a heavier forfeit to my state, for I will seize not the maidens only. For this meaning of τίθημι see L. and S. s. v. A. II, 8. Or (2), 'Then assuredly you will cause your city to have a still greater prey to redeem. For πόλει in (2), cp. Eur. Suppl. 120, ἦλθον ἐξαιτῶν πόλιν, (Adrastus speaks of Thebes, which is not his city).
861. mvp-comment-467-1 δεινὸν λέγεις That is indeed a threat! Cp. supra 661, κεἰ δείν᾽ ἐπερρώσθη λέγειν. Know that this shall certainly be done forthwith (νῦν). For the ellipse with ὡς, cp. Αj. 39, ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι. The reduplicated future has not here the force of a future-perfect, but is simply emphatic.
863. mvp-comment-468-1 ή σὺ γάρ How? do you mean to say that you...
864. mvp-comment-469-1 μὴ γάρ γάρ gives the reason of an implied negative, repelling Creon's injunction of silence. Nay, but I will not. For I would not have these goddesses close my lips to this one curse.' 865. ἔτι adds emphasis to τῆσδε τῆς ἀρᾶς: i. e. Though they enjoin silence from cursing, let them not enforce it here.
866. mvp-comment-470-1 ὅς μ' The omission of the antecedent rather adds to the passionate force of the expression. Cp. supra 263, κάμοιγε ποῦ ταῦτ᾽ ἐστίν, οἵτινες, κ.τ.λ., and see Essay on Language § 22. p. 35. and § 39, p. 72.
866-867. mvp-comment-471-1 ψιλὸν ὄμμ' βίᾳ Who hast added to the former loss of my eyes by violently tearing away the poor defenceless means of sight that were still left to me.The ψιλὸν ὄμμα are his daughters, Antigone (τῆς ὑπέρ τ᾿ ἐμοῦ αὐτῆς θ' ὁρώσης, supra 33. 4) and Ismene, who brought him intelligence of things in Thebes. For the expression, cp. Shak., King Lear, 4. 6, Lear. Read. Gloster. What, with the case of eyes?' βίᾳ is to be joined with the phrase ἀποσπάσας.
868. mvp-comment-472-1 σὲ καὐτόν, κ.τλ. Cp. Phil. 620, τὸ σπεύδειν δέ σοι | καὐτῷ παραινῶ κεἴ τινος κήδει πέρι. The change to σε τ' αὐτόν is unnecessary here. The case is different in 1417, where σε τ' αὐτόν is a tmesis for σαυτόν τε.
870. mvp-comment-473-1 οἷον κἀμέ ἐμέ is accusative by attraction το σέ.
874. mvp-comment-474-1 ἄξω βίᾳ Cf. infra 922, βίᾳ ἄγοντα φωτῶν ἀθλίων ἱκτήρια.
875. mvp-comment-475-1 Creon, provoked by the curse of Oedipus, is about to carry out his threat (860), although, since the attendants are gone with the maidens, he has no one to help him. As to the reading, γηρῶν . . βαρύς; either γηρῶν has originated in a gloss on χρόνῳ βραδύς, and βαρύς, as elsewhere, from a misreading of βραδύς, or there was an early various reading, γήρᾳ βαρύς, for which, cp. O. T. 17. On the order of the words, see Essay on Language § 41. p. 78 8.
879. mvp-comment-476-1 τάνδ'. πόλιν Then I will no longer account this a city. The Scholiast, who explains by νομιῶ, seems to have read the future, which is therefore substituted for νέμω. Cp. El. 150, σὲ δ᾽ ἔγωγε νέμω θεόν.
880. mvp-comment-477-1 τοῖς τοι δικαίοις (1) In a just cause. Essay on Language § 11. p. 18. Or perhaps (2) the dat. is instrumental;- With weapons of justice. χώ βραχὺς νικᾷ μέγαν] Even slight men overcome the mighty. 882. Ζεὺς *γ᾿ ἂν εἰδείη, σὺ δ᾽ οὔ] There is a lacuna of an iambic penthemimer, or, if the correction Ζεὺς ταῦτ᾽ ἂν εἰδείη is right, of an iambic metre. The sense required is, ΧΟ. τά γ'᾽ οὐ τελεῖ.
880. mvp-comment-477-2 Ζεύς μοι ξυνίστωρ. ΚΡ. Ζεύς γ᾽ ἂν εἰδείη, σὺ δ' οὔ.
884. mvp-comment-478-1 ἰὼ γᾶς πρόμοι This is the summons to which Theseus, the chief of the land,' responds.
885. mvp-comment-479-1 ἐπεὶ πέραν | περῶσ' *οἵδε δή Elmsley's emendation has been generally adopted, and has the advantage of closely resembling 843, προβάθ᾽ ὧδέ μοι. But the correction is uncertain. (1) Since they are passing all bounds.' Cp. supra 155. Hermann's rule, that πέραν can never be used metaphorically, appears arbitrary, and when they have just left the stage it is too soon to say, (2) They are passing the frontier.' But possibly the words may mean, (3) They are passing out of reach.' Cp. infr. 902, ὡς μὴ παρέλθωσ' αἱ κόραι, and the hyperbolical expression in 842, πόλις ἐναίρεται.
887. mvp-comment-480-1 Theseus, perhaps moved by the strange advent of Oedipus. is sacrificing at the neighbouring altar of Poseidon, the chief guardian deity of Colonus. This act, which is natural in itself, is convenient, as the Scholiast remarks, for assigning a sufficient reason why Theseus, whose presence will be again necessary, should, when off the stage, be still within call. The sacrifice also occasions a gathering of people, who are ready to start in pursuit of Creon and frustrate his attempt. The trochaics are expressive of the haste with which Theseus comes-θάσσον ἢ καθ᾽ ἡδονὴν ποδός (890). They are conventionally associated with the sudden arrival on the stage or departure from it of important persons. Cp. Aesch. Pers. 155 ff.
888. mvp-comment-481-1 ἔσχετε Stayed ye my hand. Cp. 429, οὐκ ἔσχον οὐδ᾽ ἤμυναν.
891. mvp-comment-482-1 Dear friend (I know thy voice addressing us).' Cp. O. T. 1322-1326, ἰώ, φίλος .. οὐ γάρ με λήθεις, ἀλλὰ γιγνώσκω σαφῶς | καίπερ σκοτεινός, τήν γε σὴν αὐδὴν ὅμως. .. 894-895. Has torn away from me the two children that were my all. οἴχεται ἀποσπάσας, cp. supra 866, El. 809, 10, ἀποσπάσας γὰρ τῆς ἐμῆς οἴχει φρενός, κ.τ.λ. The use of μόνην is pathetic. Cp. ψιλὸν ὄμμα, supra 866.
897. mvp-comment-483-1 The readiness of Theseus in comprehending the situation, and his promptitude, are traits which assist the action while they excite the admiration of the spectators. Cp. supra 569, 631.
898. mvp-comment-484-1 τούσδε βωμούς This neighbouring altar.
899. mvp-comment-485-1 ἄνιππον ἱππότην τε Cp. Ant. 1104, οἱ τ' ὄντες οἱ τ᾽ ἀπόντες. If, as suggested by the writer of the 1st ὑπόθεσις (see Introd. p. 259), Colonus was a place where horses stood for hire, the presence of horsemen at the sacrifice is easily accounted for.
900. mvp-comment-486-1 σπεύδειν ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος The testimony of the grammarians (Phryn. ap. Bekker. p. 24, ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος τρέχειν ἵππον : οἷον ἀπὸ χαλίνου ἢ ἄνευ χαλίνου : Pollux l. 214, καὶ ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος ἀνεῖναι τὸν ἵππον), and the passages in Diodorus Sic. (19. 26), and Dion. Hal. (11. 40), leave no doubt that ῥυτήρ in this expression is not a trace but a rein, and that the use of ἀπό is emphatic. τρέχειν ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος, of a horse, would then mean, to gallop away from (i. e. without check from, without the effect of) the rein,' and in σπεύδειν ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος the notion is transferred from the horse to the rider = to ride at full gallop. The phrase is immediately connected with ἱππότην, but the notion of full speed is extended to the whole sentence. It is singular that the ancient Scholiasts should have lost the key to this expression as they seem to have done. If ῥυτήρ were a trace' as elsewhere (Il. 16.475 etc.), the meaning would be ⚫ without putting to,' i. e. riding, not driving.
900-901. mvp-comment-487-1 ἔνθα .. ὁδοί ‘Το just where the two hollow ways of travellers meet.' μάλιστα belongs in meaning to the antecedent clause, like the superlative in ἐπεὶ τάχιστα. δίστομοι suggests the appearance of the roads in a hill-country, each opening out of a narrow gorge of its own. Cp. Hom. h. Dem. 177, κοίλην κατ' ἀμαξιτόν.
900-901. mvp-comment-487-2 συμβάλλουσιν As rivers are said συμβάλλειν ῥοάς, or as persons are said συμβλῆσθαι ἀλλήλοιν, Hom. Il. 14. 27, etc. For the absolute use (on which see Essay on Language § 53. p. 98, c), cp. Eur. Or. 335, δάκρυα δάκρυσι συμβάλλει: Plat. Pol. 273 Α. ὁ δὲ μεταστρεφόμενος καὶ ξυμβάλλων. The two roads appear from 1047 to be those from Daphne and Phyle.
902. mvp-comment-488-1 The reason for so much haste is to prevent uncertainty as to the route taken by the enemy.
902-903. mvp-comment-489-1 γέλως δ᾽ ἐγὼ .. βίᾳ ·And I be vanquished and become a laughingstock to this foreigner; i. e. to Creon. The dative, though governed chiefly by γέλως . γένωμαι, also depends slightly ση χειρωθεὶς βίᾳ: cp. Plut. Dion. p. 199. Theseus angrily speaks of the success of Creon's exploit as a conquest over himself (supra 842, note). Cp. Ant. 485, εἰ ταῦτ᾽ ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη: ib. 525, ἐμοῦ δὲ ζῶντος οὐκ ἄρξει γυνή. 905 ff. Cp. Eur Suppl. 581 ff. (the whole speech reads like an echo of this), οὔτοι μ' ἐπαίρεις ὥστε θυμῶσαι φρένας | τοῖς σοῖσι κόμποις· ἀλλ᾽ ἀποστέλλου χθονός, | λόγους ματαίους οὔσπερ ἠνέγκω λαβών.
907. mvp-comment-490-1 * οὔσπερ .. ἔχων The MS. reading ὥσπερ κ.τ.λ has been explained, As he himself came hither under the protection of the laws, so he shall be corrected by the laws, (and not by violence). This makes a strong antithesis to 11. 904-906. But αὐτός is without point, and the reference to the laws without further qualification is un-Greek. Cp. Eur. Heracl. 1010, τοῖσιν Ἑλλήνων νόμοις. Either the correction οὔσπερ must be adopted, as in the text, or there is a slight inexactness of correspondence between the clauses. ('Etenim non τούτοισιν referendum est ad ὥσπερ, sed intelligendum οὕτω,' Herm. 1841. Rectius Reisigius, τούτοισι κοὐκ ἄλλοισι idem esse quod τοῖς αὐτοῖσι, quod minus infrequens est cum ὥσπερ compositum. Ellendt.). In any case the meaning is: (instead of being roughly handled) he shall be reduced to order according to those very rules of conduct which he brought with him in coming hither. i. e. As he has taken by compulsion so by compulsion he shall be checked in return.' Cp. infr. 916, supr. 832. For the meaning ning of vouos, see Essay on Language p. 88. And for the combination of the article and relative pronoun, cp. Ant. 404, ὃν σὺ τὸν νέκρον | ἀπεῖπας : Aesch. S. c. Τ. 553, τῷδ', ὃν λέγεις τὸν Ἀρκάδα.
907. mvp-comment-490-2 τούς has the force of a possessive pronoun: those principles of his.'
908. mvp-comment-491-1 κοὐκ ἄλλοισιν And these alone. ἄλλοισιν follows the construction of τούτοισι, without νόμοις or any other substantive being consciously supplied.
910. mvp-comment-492-1 Until you bring those maidens hither and set them before my face.' ἐναργεῖς] · Without possibility of mis- take.' Tr. 223, τάδε σοι βλέπειν πάρεστ᾽ ἐναργῆ : Ε1. 878, ἐναργῶς, ὥσπερ εἰσορᾶς ἐμέ.
911. mvp-comment-493-1 ἐπεὶ δέδρακας οὔτ᾽ ἐμοῦ καταξίως Since what thou hast done is unworthy alike of me and thine own lineage, and thy land.' The conjecture οὔτε σοῦ takes away the point from αὐτός in l. 912. Cp. infra 914, 915, 926.
912. mvp-comment-494-1 οὔθ᾽ ὧν πέφυκας αὐτός The royal house of Thebes. Cp. O. T. 1235, θεῖον Ἰοκάστης κάρα.
912. mvp-comment-494-2 Γκουσαν 913 δίκαι᾿ ἀσκοῦσαν] Cp. Hdt. 1.96, 1.90, (of Deioces), δικαιοσύνην ἐπιθέμενος ἤσκεε,
914. mvp-comment-495-1 κραίνουσαν Used here in the Homeric sense of accomplishing, perfecting, and so = determining.
914. mvp-comment-495-2 15. ἀφεὶς .. κύρια Casting off the authorities of this land. Cp. infra 1537, τὰ θεῖ ἀφείς.
916. mvp-comment-496-1 ἄγεις παρίστασαι βίᾳ Carry off and forcibly make subject to you what you will. Cp. Hdt. 3. 45, εἴπερ αὐτοὶ ἱκανοὶ ἦσαν Πολυκράτεα παραστήσασθαι. ἄγειν as in λείαν ἄγειν-originally of cattle.
917. mvp-comment-497-1 κένανδρον Spiritless. Aesch. Pers. 118, 121, uses κένανδρος and γυναικοπληθής of the city whose fighting men are slain. Cp. infra 939, ἄνανδρον, in the reply of Creon.
920. mvp-comment-498-1 It is not her wont to rear unrighteous men.
922. mvp-comment-499-1 3. βίᾳ | ἄγοντα Added in explanation of the preceding clause.
923. mvp-comment-500-1 φωτῶν ἀθλίων ἱκτήρια Poor suppliant mortals. The periphrasis (for which see Essay on Language § 10. p. 17) adds pathetic emphasis to both parts of the expression.
924. mvp-comment-501-1 οὔκουν And I would not. οὖν marks the accordance of what Theseus lays down as the rule of his own conduct with the claim he makes on Thebes. Cp. γοῦν.
927. mvp-comment-502-1 οὔθ᾽ εἰλκον .. ἦγον Would neither have dragged away nor carried off. εἶλκον expresses a greater degree of violence.
929. mvp-comment-503-1 ἀξίαν οὐκ οὖσαν, sc. αἰσχύνεσθαι. For τὴν αὐτὸς αὐτοῦ, cp. infr. 1356.
930-931. mvp-comment-504-1 καί σ'.. κενόν And length of years gives folly to be the companion of thine age. Lit. In making thee old makes thee at the same time void of wisdom. Cp. Ant. 281, μὴ 'φευρεθῇς ἄνους τε καὶ γέρων ἅμα.
933. mvp-comment-505-1 τὰς παῖδας .. τινά That the maidens be brought hither. The impersonal form of expression is here more dignified than if σε were repeated.
934. mvp-comment-506-1 μέτοικος The Schol. observes that this word is used in the general sense of ἔνοικος, and not in its ordinary special meaning. See Essay on Language § 52. P. 97. § 54. p. 99.
936. mvp-comment-507-1 These words come from my mind as truly as from my tongue.'
937-938. mvp-comment-508-1 ὡς .. δίκαιος Since judging by the city from which you spring, you are shown to be just, and are then found to be doing evil. The chorus point the moral of Theseus' speech. Cp. supr. 919, καίτοι σε Θηβαί γ᾽ οὐκ ἐπαίδευσαν κακόν, 912 ff.
939. mvp-comment-509-1 ἄνανδρον Without manhood, referring to κένανδρον, supr. 927. Some have tried to preserve the reading of L (λέγω) by joining ἄβουλον (940) with ἔργον (941), but the epithet does not agree with the tenor of Theseus' speech. Cp. Eur. Suppl. 314-323.
940. mvp-comment-510-1 οὔτ᾽ ἄβουλον Nor without counsel; referring to 913-914, δίκαι' ἀσκοῦσαν εἰσελθὼν πόλιν, κἄνευ νόμου κραίνουσαν οὐδέν.
941. mvp-comment-511-1 γιγνώσκων δ' ὅτι But judging that.
942-943. mvp-comment-512-1 οὐδεὶς.. βίᾳ They would never be seized with an officious desire of maintaining my relations against my will. αὐτούς, sc. τοὺς Ἀθηναίους, implied in τήνδε τὴν πόλιν supr. For the accusative αὐτούς, see Essay on Language § 16. p. 23, and cp. Ο. Τ. 713, ὡς αὐτὸν ἥξοι μοῖρα πρὸς παιδὸς θανεῖν.
944. mvp-comment-513-1 ἤδη δ' And I was sure. Cp. the use of ἐπίσταμαι in Herodotus.
945. mvp-comment-514-1 κἄναγνον κἄνανδρον in L. is clearly a misreading from l. 939. Ср. Ο. Τ. 894, ἔρξεται.
945. mvp-comment-514-2 6. Nor one who was discovered to be living in incest with his own parent.' Lit. With whom were found unholy marriages of children with parents. τέκνων is not genitive of the object, but attributive genitive (Essay on Language § 9. p. 12), sufficiently defining the ἀνόσιοι γάμοι, although τέκνων πρὸς γονέας might be a more complete expression.
947. mvp-comment-515-1 Such a seat of good counsel did I know them to possess, the hill of Ares in this land. εὔβουλον opposed to ἄβουλον supra 940. For the argumentative use of τοιοῦτον, see Essay on Language § 22. p. 35.
950. mvp-comment-516-1 To it I trusted when I seized this prey.' Creon, as the next of kin, claims the right of dealing summarily with the homicide.
954. mvp-comment-517-1 The Schol. here quotes the proverb, ὁ θυμὸς ἔσχατον γηράσκει, as being referred to by Alcaeus. Cp. Thuc. 2.44.6, τὸ γὰρ φιλότιμον ἀγήρων μόνον. For anger yields not to age, until death comes. No pain indeed can touch the dead.' Aesch. Fr. 250, ἄλγος δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἅπτεται νεκροῦ. After life's fitful fever, he sleeps well; Treason has done his worst: nor steel, nor poison, Malice domestic, foreign levy, nothing, Can touch him further.' Shak. Macb. 3. 2.
957. mvp-comment-518-1 ἐρημία Cp. 875. This, as Theseus presently suspects (1029-1031), is a false pretence.
957. mvp-comment-518-2 κεί δίκαι᾿ ὅμως λέγω i. e. ὅμως κεὶ δίκαια λέγω.
958. mvp-comment-519-1 σμικρόν Cp. βραχύς, supra 880.
958. mvp-comment-519-2 πρὸς δὲ τὰς πράξεις But still I will endeavour to resist violence, if it is offered, old as I am. πράξεις here is not a mere repetition of the notion of the verb πράξεις supra 956, but is spoken with some emphasis, in allusion to Theseus' threats of compulsion, supr. 908, 935.
960-961. mvp-comment-520-1 Oedipus means that Creon's language reflects disgrace upon himself as the brother of Jocasta, and as having made an outcast of his kinsman. Cp. supr. 770, 800, 1, πότερα νομίζεις .. ἐν τῷ νῦν λόγῳ; 753-754, ἆρ᾽ ἄθλιον τοὔνειδος.. ὠνείδισ᾽ εἰς σὲ κἀμέ; infr. 978 ff. And for λῆμα, Pind. Pyth. 3. 25, λῆμα Κορωνίδος.
962. mvp-comment-521-1 ὅστις φόνους μοι Who hast allowed to pass thy lips against me the mention of that murder and that disastrous marriage which I unfortunate endured unwittingly. The general word συμφοράς (here, as in O. T. 99, equivalent to ἄγος) sums up the preceding notions, and adds to them. Cp. O. Τ. 1407-1408, χὠπόσα | αἴσχιστ᾽ ἐν ἀνθρώποισιν ἔργα γίγνεται.
965. mvp-comment-522-1 Who would seem to have had some old cause of wrath against our race.' Cp. Plat. Phaedr. 244 D. πόνων τῶν μεγίστων, ἃ δὴ παλαιῶν ἐκ μηνιμάτων ποθὲν ἔν τισι τῶν γενῶν ἦν.
966. mvp-comment-523-1 The comparative innocence of VOL. I. Oedipus in his voluntary actions is a chief point in the tragic interest of the Oedipus Tyrannus, and is still more strongly asserted in this play.
966. mvp-comment-523-2 ἐμοί Sc. προσόν.
967. mvp-comment-524-1 ἀνθ᾿ ὅτου In retribution for which; involuntary crimes being regarded as a punishment for some previous crime.
970. mvp-comment-525-1 χρησμοῖσιν .. παίδων Poetical (generalizing) plural. Cp. O. Τ. 711-713.
970. mvp-comment-525-2 ὥστε 'That he should die by his son's hand;' i. e. an oracle, whose fulfilment lay in his being slain by his son. Cp. 1350, δικαιῶν ὥστ᾽ ἐμοῦ κλύειν λόyous, and see note on O. T. 713. 972-973. Who was not yet begotten or conceived, but at that time had not come into being.'
974-976. mvp-comment-526-1 And if, coming into the world as I came, marked by misfortune, I fought with and slew my father, all ignorant of what I was doing and to whom, how then can you in fairness blame me for what I did, seeing it was Bb unwitting?' ὡς ἐγὼ ᾿φάνην refers to the conditions of the oracle given to Laius. Cp. O. Τ. 1376, ὅπως ἔβλαστε.
977. mvp-comment-527-1 * δάν, ( = δὴ ἄν, cp. El. 314), is a correction of y' av, in which the reduplication of the particles makes γε doubtful. For a similar error in the MSS. cp. supr. 51, ἄτιμός γ᾽ ἔκ γ᾽ ἐμοῦ.
977. mvp-comment-527-2 ἶκον = ἀκούσιον. Essay on Language p. 94, cp. supra 239, ἔργων ἀκόντων.
980-981. mvp-comment-528-1 Being such as I will presently tell of: for no, I will not keep silence, when you have gone to such a height of impiety. οὖν represents Oedipus' speaking as the natural consequence of Creon's.
980-981. mvp-comment-528-2 εἰς τόδε.. ἀνόσιον στόμα (1) Το this height of impiety in speaking.' Cp. supra 132, τὸ τᾶς εὐφήμου στόμα φροντίδος ἱέντες. This is better than (2) taking ἀνόσιον στόμα separately, as an accusative of limitation. To such a height in thine impious speech.
982. mvp-comment-529-1 ἔτικτε.. οὐκ εἰδυῖα She was, she was my mother, though we knew it not; i. e. ἦν μητὴρ οὐκ εἰδότος οὐκ εἰδυῖα.
986. mvp-comment-530-1 Brunck's διστομεῖν was suggested not by levity, as Elmsley thought, but by the correction of Par. A.
987. mvp-comment-531-1 ἄκων is used in two senses: (1) unwittingly, δι' ἄγνοιαν, (2) against my will, βίᾳ.
988. mvp-comment-532-1 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρ But (your charge is groundless), for, etc. So in Tr. 552, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρ, ὥσπερ εἶπον, ὀργαίνειν καλὸν | γυναῖκα νοῦν ἔχουσαν: Εl. 595.
988. mvp-comment-532-2 ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γὰρ οὐδὲ νουθετεῖν ἔξεστί σε. Essay on Language § 25. p. 43.
988. mvp-comment-532-3 ἀκούσομαι I shall be reputed.
993. mvp-comment-533-1 κτείνοι Were to attempt to kill.
994. mvp-comment-534-1 ὁ καίνων He who was trying to kill you. Cp. Hdt. 3. 99, οἱ μάλιστά οἱ ὁμιλέοντες κτείνουσι.. ὁ δὲ ἄπαρνός ἐστι, κ.τ.λ. Eur. Phoen. 1600, (ΟΙΔ.) ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἐγενόμην, εὐθὺς ὁ σπείρας πατὴρ | κτείνει με, κ.τ.λ. Essay on Language § 32. p. 55.
995-996. mvp-comment-535-1 Methinks, as you love life, you would punish the aggressor, and not scrutinize too closely the justice of the case.
997. mvp-comment-536-1 εἰσέβην I came into. Cp. Aesch. Suppl. 470, ἄτης δ' ἄβυσσον πέλαγος οὐ μάλ' εὔπορον | τόδ' ἐσβέβηκα.
998. mvp-comment-537-1 And I do not think that my father's spirit, were he alive, would gainsay my words.' The antecedent to ois is the argument from 989-996.
1000. mvp-comment-538-1 εἰ γὰρ οὐ δίκαιος You, however, for you only profess to be just, and think any word decorous, whether fit to be spoken or not, you pour these reproaches upon me in the presence of these men. Cp. supra 992, σὲ τὸν δίκαιον, and Creon's reasons 941-952.
1000. mvp-comment-538-2 τοῦθ' τοῦδ᾽ LBVat.
1003-1004. mvp-comment-539-1 And it suits your purpose well to flatter the name of Theseus, and Athens and her noble institutions. 1003. τὸ Θησέως ὄνομα θωπεῦσαι] Viz. in the courteous address, ὦ τέκνον Αἰγέως, supra 940.
1003-1004. mvp-comment-539-2 καλόν So in Phil. 1155, νῦν καλὸν..
1003-1004. mvp-comment-539-3 κορέσαι στόμα.
1004. mvp-comment-540-1 καὶ τὰς Ἀθήνας, κ.τ.λ. Supra 733-734, 758-759, 943-953. κατώκηνται καλῶς] Cp. Plat. Legg. 683 Α, τὴν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα κατοίκισιν..
1004. mvp-comment-540-2 ἣν ὑμεῖς ὀρθῶς ἔφατε κατοικεῖσθαι καὶ Κρήτην ὡς ἀδελφοῖς νόμοις. 1005. And then amidst all your praises (join ὧδε πολλά), you forget this praise.' 1007. The correction of Par. F (2886), ῶν θεοὺς, suggests *θεῶν.. τιμάς.
1004. mvp-comment-540-3 τοῦθ' This land is foremost in that virtue. For the genitive in the reading of L, cp. El. 1095-1097, ἃ δὲ μέγιστ᾽ ἔβλαστε νόμιμα | τῶνδε φερομέναν ἄριστα. But the reading of A is in this case clearer and more harmonious. Bb2
1008. mvp-comment-541-1 τὸν ἱκέτην γέροντ᾽ ἐμέ Cp. O. T. 1153, Phil. 930.
1009. mvp-comment-542-1 Wert seizing me. and hast carried away my children. For the imperfect, cp. supr. 950. ἐχειροῦ is read in Par. F.
1012. mvp-comment-543-1 θ' is added from a corrector of Par. F.
1014-1015. mvp-comment-544-1 δέ is in each case slightly adversative. The stranger, my lord, is honest: his calamities, indeed, are horrible, but they deserve our help.' The mind of the chorus is divided between horror and pity. Cp. O Τ. 1296, τοιοῦτον οἷον καὶ στυγοῦντ᾽ ἐποικτίσαι. The subdued tone of this speech, compared with 1044-1095, affords a good instance of the different functions of the chorus in the dialogue and in the lyric passages.
1016. mvp-comment-545-1 οἱ ἐξηρπασμένοι Schol. oἱ θεράποντες Κρέοντος. This interpretation, (1) implies that ἐξηρπ. is perfect middle. See Veitch, Irr. Verbs, s. v. ἁρπάζω. The force of the middle voice would be, Having effected their purpose of capture. (2) The captured ones, i. e. they and their attendants, are speeding away. The masculine form is used because the captors are included in the expression. See Essay on Language § 20. p. 30, and cp. supr. 902, ὡς μὴ παρέλθωσ᾽ αἱ κόραι: infr. 1057-1060, and notes. An early corrector of L, without erasing the termination οι, has changed it to ην, making the accusative to be governed by σπεύδουσιν as a causative verb. This is the reading also of Vat. and Par. B.
1018. mvp-comment-546-1 τί δῆτ᾿ ἀμαυρῷ φωτὶ προστάσσεις ποιεῖν;] (1) What then are your commands for one who is powerless to resist them? This meaning of ἀμαυρός is sufficiently supported by Eur. Andr. 204, αὐτή τ᾿ ἀμαυρὰ κοὺ τύραννος ἦν Φρυγῶν. For φώς used by the speaker of himself, cp. infr. 1109, ὦ σκῆπτρα φωτός. Creon continues his pretence of helplessness: supr. 956-958. The excessive meekness of this expression may be thought hardly consistent with ll. 958-959, 1037, and the words may be construed as an expression of contempt for Oedipus, (2) What then is your bidding on behalf of this wretched nobody?' But the first interpretation (1) is probably right.
1019. mvp-comment-547-1 τῆς ἐκεῖ i. e. ἐκεῖσε. “To lead the way yonder.' Hdt. 7. 147, καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐκεῖ πλέομεν ἔνθαπερ καὶ οὗτοι.
1019. mvp-comment-547-2 πομπὸν δ᾽ * ἐμὲ | χωρεῖν That I, however, accompany you. The infinitive depends on the notion My will is, implied in the preceding words. ἐμέ in this connection is more expressive than με, and the authority of the MSS. respecting such a difference is slight.
1021. mvp-comment-548-1 τὰς παῖδας ἡμῶν The genitive ἡμῶν has something of a privative force. You have the maidens whom you have taken from us. Cp. supr. 821, τὴν παῖδ᾽ ἔχεις μου; Ο. Τ. 1522, μηδαμῶς ταύτας γ᾽ ἕλῃ μου. Theseus throughout represents himself as aggrieved by Creon's act. οἶμον is an ingenious but unnecessary conjecture. The word would be superfluous after ὁδοῦ, supr. 1019. 1022-1024. (1) But if men are fleeing with them in their power, we may spare our pains, for there are others urging that pursuit (supr. 897 ff.), whom to have escaped out of this land they shall never glory before the gods.' The reading of most MSS, ἐπεύχονται or ἐπεύχωνται, is not defensible. For the variation of x and §, cp. Ο. Τ. ξ έ 297, οὐξελέγχων. Par. B. has ἐπεύχωνται. For the mode of expression, cp. Plat. Soph. 235 C, οὔτε οὗτος οὔτε ἄλλο γένος οὐδὲν μή ποτε ἐκφυγὸν ἐπεύξηται τὴν μέθοδον : Legg. 10. 905 Α, οὔτε σὺ μήποτε οὔτε ἄλλος ἀτυχὴς γενόμενος ἐπεύξηται περιγενέσθαι θεῶν. Otherwise, (2) As having escaped from whom they shall never glory over the gods of this land. But although Theseus speaks hyperbolically of the success of Creon in capturing the maidens as a conquest over himself, he cannot speak of the Thebans as glorying over the defeat of Poseidon, Athena, the Eumenides, Dionysus (!), etc. who are not gods of Colonus and Athens only, but universally reverenced ἐπεύξωνται Βο. 1028, τόδ' in Hellas. And the order of the words, especially the position of φυγόντες, is adverse to this interpretation.
1024. mvp-comment-549-1 χώρας.. τήσδε (gen of motion) is added, because when they entered Boeotia they would be safe.
1024. mvp-comment-549-2 ἐπεύξωνται contains at once the notion of glorying and of thanksgiving. Cp. the exulting language of Ajax in his imagined victory to Athene, Aj. 92-96, ὡς εὐ παρέστης· καί σε παγχρύσοις ἐγὼ στέψω λαφύροις τῆσδε τῆς ἄγρας χάριν.. κόμπος πάρεστι κοὐκ ἀπαρνοῦμαι τὸ μή. 6
1025. mvp-comment-550-1 ἀλλά In repeating a command or request, as often in Plato. Come, lead the way.'
1026-1077. mvp-comment-551-1 In catching, you are caught; and fortune has taken you as you were pursuing after your prey.' The substitution of δίκη for τύχη is unnecessary and wrong. Fortune is continually regarded as the instrument of the Divine will. Cp. Phil. 1317, τὰς μὲν ἐκ θεῶν | τύχας δοθείσας: Shak. Hamlet, Act 3, Sc. 4. 'Take thy fortune; Thou find'st to be too busy is some danger.'
1026. mvp-comment-552-1 δόλῳ | τῷ μὴ δικαίῳ The dative is governed by the verbal notion'in κτήματα. Essay on Language p. 94.
1028-1031. mvp-comment-553-1 κοὐκ ἄλλον. τάδε And you shall have no one to help you in this; for I well know that you were not unaided or unprepared, when you reached the height of insolence which is implied in this daring deed; but there were others to whom you trusted when you acted thus.
1028-1031. mvp-comment-553-2 εἰς τόδε ‘For this task, viz. that of leading to where the maidens are. Cp. supr. 507, χωροῖμ᾽ ἂν ἐς τόδ᾽;
1029. mvp-comment-554-1 ὕβριν. τόλμης For the gen., see Essay on Language § 10. p. 17. Cp. Creon's assertion, supra 957-958, ἐρημία με κεὶ δίκαι᾿ ὅμως λέγω | σμικρὸν τίθησι. Theseus will not allow Creon to take any one with him, either of his own attendants, who may be lurking near, or of the Athenians, whom he may have corrupted. ψιλόν refers rather to the former suspicion, ἄσκευον (i.e. ἄνευ παρασκευῆς) to the latter. Cp. Thuc. 2. 12, ξυμπέμπουσί τε τῷ Μελησίππῳ ἀγωγοὺς ὅπως μηδενὶ ξυγγένηται.
1031. mvp-comment-555-1 πιστός Relying in confidence on some one. For πιστός active, cp. Aesch. Prom. 917, τοῖς μεταρσίοις κτύποις πιστός: Thuc. 3. 40, ἐλπίδα λόγῳ πιστήν: Plat. Legg. 824, νυκτερεύτην δὲ ἄρκυσι καὶ πλεκταῖς πιστόν.
1032-1033. mvp-comment-556-1 Which things I must look into, and not allow this state to be overpowered by a single man.' Cp. supra 842, 879, 933, and the similar feeling in Ant. 663-664, ὅστις.. τοὐπιτάσσειν τοῖς κρατύνουσιν νοεῖ: 678, κούτοι γυναικὸς οὐδαμῶς ἡσσητέα. These lines may be taken to hint at a suspicion of treachery within the city, to which ἄσκευον may also point. Cр. О. Т. 124-125, πῶς οὖν ὁ ληστής, εἴ τι μὴ ξὺν ἀργύρῳ | ἐπράσσετ᾿ ἐνθένδ᾽, ἐς τόδ' ἂν τόλμης ἔβη; and note; also Ant. 689-694, and esp. Lys. c. Eratosth. p. 128, τοσοῦτον δ᾽ ὑμῶν καταπεπεφρόνηκεν ἢ ἑτέροις πεπίστευκεν, ὧν ἀμφοτέρων ἄξιον ἐπιμεληθῆναι, ἐνθυμουμένοις ὅτι οὔτ᾽ ἂν ἐκεῖνα δύναιντο ποιεῖν μὴ ἑτέρων συμπραττόντων οὔτ᾽ ἂν νῦν ἐπεχείρησαν ἐλθεῖν κ.τ.λ.
1034-1035. mvp-comment-557-1 ἢ μάτην.. χώτε ταῦτ᾽ ἐμηχανῶ] Or are the considerations that I am urging as unmeaning to you now as they were when you devised this plot? The sentence is concluded as if the preceding words had been ἢ τὰ ἐμοὶ λελεγμένα δοκεῖ μάτην λελέχθαι ὁμοίως νῦν.
1036. mvp-comment-558-1 Join μεμπτόν. ἐμοί, Essay on Language § 41. p. 77.
1036. mvp-comment-558-2 νυν
1037. mvp-comment-559-1 χἡμεῖς I, in my turn.
1038. mvp-comment-560-1 χωρῶν ἀπείλει νυν Well, threaten as you please, but go on. qualifies the whole sentence, of which the participle is the emphatic word, and is used, as often elsewhere, with the imperative, e.g. supra 21, κάθιζε νύν με. For the emphatic participle, cp. Phil. 590, Ε. σὲ θήσομαι τῶνδ᾽ αἴτιον. Ν. ποιοῦ λέγων, I will make you responsible for this. Do as you please in making me responsible, if you will only speak.
1039. mvp-comment-561-1 πιστωθείς Under my assurance. As the middle πιστοῦμαι means to give mutual pledges, πιστωθείς is here used passively = having received pledge, i. e. being assured. a
1044. mvp-comment-562-1 While Oedipus remains alone upon the rock, an object of profound pity, the chorus burst into an exulting strain, anticipating the victory of Theseus and the restoration of Antigone and Ismene. The fray will soon begin. Would I were there to see! Where will the foemen turn to bay? At the pass of Mount Aegaleon, or by the Eleusinian shore? There will Theseus rouse the combat, and the maidens shall be present at the achievement of their deliverance. Or descend they now from Phyle, westward of the rock, the chariots with the pursuing cavalry? The enemy shall be overpowered. Mighty are the men of Theseus: valiant are the horsemen of our deme. They all are wor- α. shippers of Athene Hippia and of Poseidon. Are they engaged? or is the action still to be? My prophetic spirit pleads for the restitution of the muchenduring, much-wronged, maiden. O had my vision wings, that, lifted on some airy cloud, I might look upon the victory which I foretell! 'Zeus, grant our people the attainment of the fair prize and Pallas, his dread child, and ye, Apollo and Artemis, who love the chase, come jointly to our country's aid.' The metre of this chorus, at first glyconic, passes more and more into slow trochaic and iambic movements, with frequent long syllables. The whole is marked by great solemnity, with an occasional note of triumph. ―下CCICI IFCCICI ICCICI CICIトCCIILCI ーーーー トレーートレー トリートー 10= 10- ?? トトートー ICCI- LLACI 1, 2, 3, Glyconic with monosyllabic base, 5, 12, Pherecratean, 14, Adoniad, 6, 11, logaoedic, 4, 7, iambic dimeter with long syllables in the alternate feet, 8, 9, 13, trochaic, with long syllables in the alternate feet. The interweaving of the logaoedic with the iambic and trochaic rhythms is marked by the interposition of the iambics in 4 between the glyconic and Pherecratean, and the trochees in 13 between the Pherecratean and Adoniad. The epitritic movement, - - - - - - -, prevails throughout. Line ro of the strophe, if the text is right, may be compared with Phil. 1082, 1103, 1123, 1146, 1147, where the same form ㄥㄧㄥにトして! is combined with glyconic and Pherecratean measures. In Phil. 1147 it answers to a glyconic - - トー in 1124. But this does not remove the difficulty of finding a probable emendation of 1069, which may secure a tolerable correspondence between strophe and antistrophe. See note on 1069. β΄. D レレトート(I LLCI ートレビー alcllcC1I !!トC!!!いー Lullトーー LU ICICII LUIIトCIK CLLCICIU
1044. mvp-comment-562-2 The slow (epitritic) movement with frequent long syllables is continued in the second strophe and antistrophe, and only in lines 5 and 8 is quickened by the introduction of the dactyl. The opening syllables of 1 and 2 may have been exceptionally prolonged. Line 3 is probably to be scanned as an iambic dimeter with syncope of 3rd and 4th thesis. Syncope of thesis occurs also in 11. 5 and 10. Cp. O. T. 190, 193, 200, Christ's Metrik. § 393.
1044. mvp-comment-562-3 Might I be where soon the foemen shall wheel round and begin the fray with clanging arms.' The imagination of the chorus is excited by what Theseus has said, supr. 1022, 1029 ff.
1044. mvp-comment-562-4 δαΐων ἀνδρῶν ἐπιστροφαί i. e. δάϊοι ἄνδρες ἐπιστρεφθέντες: cp. Eur. Alc. 606, ἀνδρῶν Φεραίων εὐμενὴς παρουσία.
1046. mvp-comment-563-1 Ἄρη | μίξουσιν Like μάχην συνάπτειν, with the additional notion of a confused hurtling contest. Il. 20. 374, τῶν δ᾽ ἄμυδις μίχθη μένος, ὧρτο δ' ἀτή. 1048-1049. ἢ πρὸς Πυθίαις.. ἀκταῖς] Either by the cliffs of Pythium or those torch-lit cliffs... i. e. the shores of the Thriasian plain. ἀκταί seems to be a general expression for the seaward cliffs, including those not actually touching the sea. But the word is chosen to suit the mention of Eleusis. The question is whether the engagement will be in the pass of Daphne, or at some further point on the Eleusinian way. Cp the skirmish at ῾Ρειτοί in Thuc. 2.19. The Pythian cliffs' are so named from the Pythium, a shrine of Apollo in the deme of Oenoe, probably at the place now called Daphne. According to some authorities the Pythium was on the Megarian frontier. But the place so designated could not be on the way to Thebes. Philochorus, quoted by the Scholiast, says, ἐν Οἰνόῃ.. ἐν τῷ Πυθίῳ. For the adjective λαμπάς, cp. infra 1060, πέτρας νιφάδος. The Schol. quotes a line of Aeschylus describing the Eleusinian procession, Fr. 376, λαμπραίσιν ἀστραπαῖσι λαμπάδων σθένει.
1050-1052. mvp-comment-564-1 οὗ πότνιαι.. προσπόλων Εύμολπιδᾶν] (1) Where dread mysteries are dispensed to mortals by reverend goddesses, whose golden (i. e. sacred, cp. O. T. 158, 187) key holds fast the tongue of their attendants of Eumolpus' race.' καί introduces a further description of the goddesses who preside at the mysteries. The initiation of the Eumolpidae is mentioned, as being more solemn than that of the Mystae, inasmuch as they have received their consecration immediately from Demeter and Persephone:-'quae silentio sacro continent suorum ora ministrorum.' Reisig. Hermann objects that the duty of silence was imposed on all initiated persons He refers ὧν τo θνατοῖσιν, and would render (2), On whose tongue hath passed the sacred key of the ministering Eumolpidae. And the Scholiast gives the same explanation: ὧν· τῶν τετελεσμένων. καί in this case may be supposed to emphasise the necessity of initiation as a condition of seeing the mysteries, or to distinguish the act of the priests from that of the deities. In favour of the first rendering (1), it may be urged that it makes καί more intelligible, gives more force to προσπόλων, and suits better with the position of the words χρυσέα κλής.
1050-1052. mvp-comment-564-2 τιθηνοῦνται τέλη θνατοῖσιν, · Minister sacred rites to men,' as a nurse ministers to an infant. τέλη is a sort of cognate accusative, i e. ποιοῦνται οἷα ἂν τιθῆναι.
1054-1057. mvp-comment-565-1 ἔνθ᾽ Bo Where (i. e. somewhere on the sacred way) methinks that Theseus and the two virgin sisters will soon mingle in the fray of battle which is to deliver them:'or, taking αὐτάρκει in a more general sense, in the valorous combat, the rescue that achieves its purpose.'
1054. mvp-comment-566-1 † ἐγρεμάχαν Hom. Hymn to Demeter, 424, Παλλάς τ᾽ ἐγρεμάχη καὶ Ἄρτεμις ἰοχέαιρα. The various reading ὀρειβατάν or ὀρειοβατάν may have arisen from a confusion of the letters e, ο-μ, β-χ, τ. This would not be a greater perversion than τήνδε θεσπίζει γραφήν for τήνδ᾽ ἔθεσθ' ἐπιστροφήν, Ο. Τ. 134, or ἐμοῖς ἐπὶ πόνοις for ἐμὸς ἐπίπολος, ib. 1322. The line does not exactly correspond to that in the antistrophe; see note on infr. 1067-1070. νας.
1055. mvp-comment-567-1 Θησέα. So φονέα, Eur. Hec. 882.
1055.
mvp-comment-567-2
διστόλους i. e. δύο δισσῶς ἐσταλμέ- The word recalls the two bands of Thebans who had carried off Ismene and Antigone and would now resist their rescue. But the second part of the compound is subordinate. Elmsley says,
1056. mvp-comment-568-1 1056. ἀδμῆτας, virgin, perhaps with the further association of unconquered; i. e. exempt from captivity, cp. infr 1147. The latter part of the sentence is adapted to the nearer subject (Essay on Language § 36. p. 65, 2). The first intention was to speak of Theseus and the captors of the maidens as joining battle; then the thought occurs, the maidens also will be in the midst of the fray. Hence ξυμμίξειν with μάχην, or an equivalent word in the accusative, is changed to ἐμμίξειν with the dative, and the word for battle is expanded into the phrase αὐτάρκης βοά, i. e. either ἑαυταῖς ἀρκοῦσα, defending them, or αὐτὴ ἀρκοῦσα, sufficient without more ado. See Essay on Language § 43. p. 81, § 56. p. 102, § 3. p. 7. The latter meaning is probably right. The word is of good omen, like ἐσθλῶν, εὔαγρον, infra. ἐμμίξειν (intrans. cp.
1056. mvp-comment-568-2 προσμίσγω, συμμίσγω, συμβάλλω) is rightly construed with the dative, and Boa is used in the sense of a sudden rally or skirmish, almost = βοήθεια. Cp. supra 887, τίς ποθ' ἡ βοή; where βoή is the summons to such a sudden fight: Aesch. Ag. 1349: Suppl. 730, εἰ βραδύνοιμεν βοῇ: Od. 22. 77, βοὴ δ᾽ ὤκιστα γένοιτο,
1058. mvp-comment-569-1 τούσδ᾽ ἀνὰ χώρους This resumption of ἔνθα, which in 1054 summed up 11. 1047-1053, prepares the way for the fresh alternative, ἤ που, κ.τ.λ.
1059. mvp-comment-570-1 Or perhaps the scene of the contest is more distant. Or haply, leaving the pastures of Oea' (a deme of the Oenean tribe) they draw near the region that lies westward of the snowy rock.' τόν] Sc. χῶρον,
1060. mvp-comment-571-1 πελῶσ' γρ. πελάζουσι C2. mg. ῥίμφαρμαρτοσ C². ῥίμφαρμάτας.. ἁμίλλας Β. AR. Θησειδᾶν] θησιδᾶν L.
1060. mvp-comment-571-2 ρια .. ἄμβασισ. 1070. τὸν L. τὰν CA.
1060. mvp-comment-571-3 νιφάδος i. e. Where the snow lies longest. Schol. λέγων τὴν οὕτω λεγομένην λείαν πέτραν. The place meant is probably the precipitous western end of Parnes, overhanging the pass of Phyle, and clearly visible from Athens.
1060. mvp-comment-571-4 πελῶσι They will be drawing near. For πελάζω with the accusative in this sense, cp. Phil. 1163, πέλασσον.. πελάταν: Eur. Andr. 1167, Δελφίδος ἐκ γῆς δῶμα πελάζει.
1062-1064. mvp-comment-572-1 πώλοισιν ἁμίλλαις With their horses, or in the nimbly-racing chariots in which they flee. πώλοισιν refers to the pursuers, ῥιμφαρμάτοις φεύγοντες ἁμίλλαις to the pursued, who are supposed to have provided chariots for the capture of the maidens.
1065-1066. mvp-comment-573-1 ἁλώσεται.. ἀκμά ‘He' (the enemy, just referred to in φεύγοντες) will be overpowered. Terrible is the valour of our neighbours: terrible also is the youthful might of Theseus men.' For the singular number of ἁλώσεται, cp. Ant. 106, τὸν.. φῶτα βάντα πανσαγίᾳ : and for its absolute use, cp. Aj. 648-649, ἀλλ᾽ ἁλίσκεται | χὼ δεινὸς ὅρκος, κ.τ.λ.
1065-1066. mvp-comment-573-2 προσχώρων, cp. supra 493.
1066. mvp-comment-574-1 Θησειδᾶν The patronymic is used by an anachronism for the youth of Athens, with an allusion to the leadership of Theseus. Cp. Hdt. 1. 125, βασιλέες οἱ Περσείδαι. Of those who were assembled at the sacrifice of Theseus, some would be attendants of Theseus, but others would be gathered from the vicinity of the altar.
1067-1070. mvp-comment-575-1 πᾶς γὰρ .. ἄμβασις Although the emendation of these lines is uncertain, their general meaning is clearly a reminiscence of the command of Theseus to the horsemen in 899, 900, σπεύδειν ἀπὸ ῥυτῆρος, just as the description of the two passes is suggested by his words in 900-901, ἔνθα δίστομοι . . ὁδοί. Herm. (1841) conj. πᾶσα δ᾽ ὁρμᾶται χαλῶσ᾽ | ἀμπυκτήρια πωλικά : reading ὀρειβάταν in the strophe, and rejecting φάλαρα as a gloss. Bothe reads, κατά | ἀμπυκτήρια. Cp. Aj. 42,5, Tr. 510 (?). The rhythm lucul is not impossible (for the resolved trochee, cp. Phoen. 227, 237); but the change of rhythm from l. 10 of the strophe (1054) cannot be justified by such examples as Phil. 1124-1147. When all the difficulties are looked at together, it seems most probable that there is some corruption here or in l. 1054, if not in both. Qy. ἔνθ' οἴομαι ἐγρεκύδοιμον - (κατὰ) λάμπρ᾿ ἀμπυκτήρια πώλων, (-)? The words as they stand may be construed, The riders all are rushing on, in the direction of,' (κατά, cp. κατ' οὗρον, κατὰ πόδα) the bridles of the horses; i.e. Every horseman gives his steed its head.
1067-1070. mvp-comment-575-2 κατά may or may not be genuine, but Hermann's conjecture χαλῶσ᾽ ἀμπυκτήρια is somewhat prosaic.
1070. mvp-comment-576-1 ἄμβασις, abstract collective for ἀναβάται, ἱ. ε. ἱππόται. Cp. the common prose expression ἡ ἵππος. Essay on Language § 50. p. 94. For Ἀθήνη ἱππία and her temple in the Academy, see Paus. 1. 30.
1073. mvp-comment-577-1 Ῥέας One syllable, as in Il. 15.187, οὓς τέκετο 'Ρέα (where Poseidon speaks).
1074. mvp-comment-578-1 * ἔρδουσ᾽, ἢ μέλλουσιν; ὡς] Herm. corrected the antistrophe to ὦ Ζεῦ θεῶν πανταρχέτα. But the slow movement レレトート _ is characteristic. See note on the metre.
1074-1076. mvp-comment-579-1 ὡς προμνᾶταί τί μοι | γνώμα] How my thoughts are pleading!' προμνᾶσθαι is generally to plead for another: and the chorus (infr. 1096) say this in the interest of Oedipus. But προperhaps conveys the association of beforehand, anticipating the event. The thought of the chorus is like a messenger, who goes before to urge the claim of a sovereign. τὶ is cognate accusative. Cp. supr. 965, Tr. 67, μύθοις εἴ τι πιστεύειν χρεών.
1076. mvp-comment-580-1 τάχ᾿ ἀνδώσειν That they will quickly restore. Although Pind. Fr. Thr. 4, Φερσεφόνα .. ἐς τὸν ὕπερθεν ἅλιον . . ἀνδιδοῖ ψυχὰν πάλιν, is not a conclusive instance of this use of ἀναδίδωμι, the existence of such a meaning is not improbable (cp. ἀνακομίζειν, ἀνακτᾶσθαι, ἀναλαμβάνειν, and esp. ἀναπέμπειν in Pind. Ι. 6 (7), 10, Ἄδραστον ἐξ ἀλαλᾶς ἄμπεμψας ὀρφανὸν μυρίων ἑτάρων ἐς Ἄργος ἵππιον), and exactly suits this place. The subject, as in ἁλώσεται, supra 1065, is easily supplied. If ἐνδώσειν is read, the words must be construed in the same way: That they will soon surrender, etc. τάχ᾽ ἂν δώσειν is indefensible, and ἐνδώσειν τᾶν . . τλασᾶν . . εὑρουσᾶν . . πάθη. That Creon will yield from the maidens,' or That the sufferings of the enduring ones much wronged by their kindred will abate, is forced, and gives a poor sense.
1077. mvp-comment-581-1 τὰν .. τλᾶσαν i. e. Antigone, whom the chorus had actually seen carried off. She is the heroine of this play as well as of the Antigone.
1077. mvp-comment-581-2 δεινὰ τλᾶσαν, supra 345-351. Eur. I. A. 932, σὲ δ', ὦ σχέτλια παθοῦσα πρὸς τῶν φιλτάτων: ib. 942, ἡ δεινὰ τλᾶσα κοὐκ ἀνεκτὰ παρθένος. Linw. reads τὼ δεινὰ τλάσα, δεινὰ δ' εὑρούσα, suggested by Dindorf in 1842.
1077. mvp-comment-581-3 δεινὰ δ᾽.. πάθη Because Creon, who was her kinsman, had carried her off by the order of Eteocles.
1079. mvp-comment-582-1 τελεῖ Future.
1079. mvp-comment-582-2 τι Α thing;' ie. The thing we desire. Essay on Language § 22. p. 36.
1080. mvp-comment-583-1 (1) 'Í am a prophet on the side of the good contest.' i. e. My prophetic power takes part with the good cause. Cp. Ο. Τ. 879, τὸ καλῶς ἔχον πάλαισμα. Or (2) I prophesy a good issue of the contest. Cp. Εl. 1499, μάντις εἰμὶ τῶνδ᾽ ἄκρος. And for ἐσθλῶν, ib. 646, εἰ μὲν πέφηνεν ἐσθλά,
1082-1084. mvp-comment-584-1 (1) Would that as a stormswift dove of strong pinion I might from a lofty cloud light on this conflict, voyaging thither with mine eye. αἰθερίας νεφέλας is ablative genitive. From the cloud as from a watch. tower, οἷον ἀπὸ σκοπιᾶς.
1082-1084. mvp-comment-584-2 κύρσαιμι Lit. Might find;' i. e. Might descry. Or, (2) Might reach a lofty cloud and become spectator of this conflict,' etc.
1084. mvp-comment-585-1 θεωρήσασα τοὐμὸν ὄμμα Lit. Having gone as a spectator with mine eye. θεωρεῖν as in θεωρεῖν εἰς Ὀλύμπια and the like expressions. See esp. Plat. Legg. 12. 951. The construction of τοὐμὸν ὄμμα is difficult, but not more so than Tr. 914, κἀγὼ λαθραῖον ὄμμ᾽ ἐπεσκιασμένη φρούρουν, or Phil. 151, φρουρεῖν ὄμμ᾽ ἐπὶ σῷ μάλιστα καιρῷ. Such expressions as οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐθεώρουν (i.e. sent θεωροὶ) ἐς τὰ Ἴσθμια are not sufficient to establish a transitive use of θεωρεῖν. In Plat. Legg. 12. 951 C, ἂν κακῶς αὐτὴν θεωρῶσιν, αὐτὴν (sc. τὴν θεωρίαν) is cognate accusative. The peculiar attraction, or metaphor, by which θεωρήσασα agrees in gender with πελειάς, is in keeping with the lyrical wildness of the whole ode. ὄμμα is probably an accusative of limitation, restricting the imaginary voyage of discovery to the sense of sight; i. e. If I were there but in vision. Cp. Tennyson's In Memoriam, 12, As a dove when up she springs... Like her I go, I cannot stay; | I leave this mortal ark behind, | A weight of nerves without a mind, | And leave the cliffs, and haste away, And reach the glow of southern skies, And see the sails at distance rise. | and back return | To where the body sits, and learn, | That I have been an hour away.
1087. mvp-comment-586-1 δαμούχοις Protectors of the people;' i. e. Theseus. Plural for singular. Cp. supra 884, ἰὼ γᾶς πρόμοι, and note: infra 1348, τῆσδε δημοῦχος χθονὸς .. Θησεύς.
1089. mvp-comment-587-1 σθένει . . λόχον Το make triumphant their ambush by successfully taking the fair prey.' ἐπινίκειος for ἐπινίκιος for the sake of the metre. The dative is to be taken closely, as instrumental, with τελειώσαι.
1089. mvp-comment-587-2 ἐπινικείῳ σθένει is a periphrasis for νίκῃ. τὸν εὔαγρον is slightly proleptic (Essay on Language § 38. p 70), and contains an allusion to Antigone as the fair occasion of the expedition. λόχος is properly an ambush, but is here generalised to mean a foray, or skirmishing expedition.
1092. mvp-comment-588-1 πυκνοστίκτων Many spotted. Cp. Phil. 183, στικτῶν ἢ λασίων μετὰ θηρῶν: Eur. Alc. 584, ποικιλόθριξ νεβρός.
1092. mvp-comment-588-2 ὀπαδόν Following in the chase; ' i. e. ὀπάζουσ ὀπάζουσαν αὐτούς. Cp. Il. 8.341, ὡς Ἕκτωρ ἄπαζε καρηκομοῶντας Ἀχαίους.
1094-1095. mvp-comment-589-1 For the change to the third person, cp. O. Τ. 159-163, Ἀθάνα ..
1094-1095. mvp-comment-589-2 Αρτεμιν καὶ Φοῖβον ἑκαβόλον ἰώ, τρισσοὶ ἀλεξίμοροι προφάνητέ μοι: and for στέργω, I long, Ο. Τ. 11, δείσαντες, ἢ στέρξαντες, Plat. Legg. 10. 907, τὰ δ' ἐναντία πως ἤθη στέρξαι. The intense lyrical condensation of this chorus assists the illusion by which the pursuit, and capture, and return, are crowded into a few minutes. Cp. Shakespeare, Henry V. Prologue to Act. 3, Thus with imagined wing our swift scene flies, In motion of no less celerity Than that of thought.
1096. mvp-comment-590-1 The coryphaeus announces in senarii a new incident following the choral ode in Soph. only here: in Aesch. S. c. T. 369 ff., Ag. 258 ff.
1096. mvp-comment-590-2 τῷ σκοπῷ Your watchman; referring to the image in 1074-1084. 1097-1098. τὰς κόρας . . προσπολουμέvas] For here I see the maidens, brought near once more hitherward by an attendant band. προσπολουμέναs is well explained by Herm. Hoc dicit chorus, 1105. Om. L. add. C². mg. se virgines cernere illaesas observanterque curatas ab iis, qui eas raptoribus ereptas huc adducunt. Cp. infr. 1103, φιλτάτων τ᾽ ὀπαόνων.
1100. mvp-comment-591-1 τίς ἂν θεῶν i. e. πῶς ἄν τις θεῶν; Cp. Αj. 879, τίς ἂν δῆτά μοι ..
1100. mvp-comment-591-2 ἀπύοι ; ἰδεῖν] The momentary tense is expressive. But once to see.
1105. mvp-comment-592-1 βαστάσαι ‘Το hold in my embrace.' Cp. Aesch. Prom. 1019, πετραία δ᾽ ἀγκάλη σε βαστάσει. This and other expressions, meaning to 'hold in the hand, come to be used more generally for to touch, handle, embrace. Cp. El. 1226 (Electra to Orestes), ἔχω σε χερσίν ; For the passive form of expression, i. e. τὸ μηδαμὰ ἐλπισθὲν ἤξειν for ὁ μηδαμὰ ἤλπισα ἥξειν, see Essay on La § 31. р. 54.
1106. mvp-comment-593-1 You ask what you shall obtain, for desire accompanies the gift.' Essay on Language § 42. p. 80. Cp. Eur. H. F. 1408-1409, Ηρ. ποθῶ, πατρός τε στέρνα προσθέσθαι θέλω. Αμ. ἴδου τάδ', ὦ παῖ τἀμὰ γὰρ σπεύδεις φίλα.
1108. mvp-comment-594-1 τῷ τεκόντι πᾶν φίλον To the parent nothing is not dear; i. e. Even the children of such a marriage. So Hermann following Reisig. But perhaps this is merely a γνώμη, like 508-509, τοῖς τεκοῦσι γὰρ | οὐδ᾽ εἰ πονῇ τις δεῖ πόνου μνήμην ἔχειν.
1110-1111. mvp-comment-595-1 οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἂν.. εἴην Nor should I be all unhappy were I now to die. θανών, i. e. εἰ θάνοιμι.
1112. mvp-comment-596-1 ἐρείσατε, sc. μοι, suggested by τῷ φύσαντι following. The ἀμφιδέξιον is supplementary predicate, almost = ἀμφωτέροθι : (ὥστε μοι ἀμφιδέξιον γίγνεσθαι, Herm.). latter part of the compound is partly lost, but serves to suggest the notion of firmness in supporting.
1113. mvp-comment-597-1 The variety of reading is most easily accounted for by supposing an earlier reading ἐμφύντε (which Mudge conjectured). The singular ἐμφῦσα is inadmissible, and if ἐμφῦτε is read, the asyndeton, which is too abrupt for this place, has also the effect of separating the dative, τῷ φύσαντι, from ἐρείσατ', which seems to require a dative. Press your sides close to mine, supporting me on either hand, engrafted on your father. This seems better than Support both my sides, although ἐρείδω admits of TE either construction. For the παρονομασία, or verbal play, see Essay on Language § 44. P. 75- κἀναπαύσετον] And ye shall give me rest in my hapless wandering, which was lonely till ye appeared: i.e. And ye will relieve the loneliness of my unhappy wandering life. Cp. supra 500-502, μόνον δέ με | μὴ λείπετ· οὐ γὰρ ἂν σθένοι τοὐμὸν δέμας | ἔρημον ἕρπειν οὐδ᾽ ὑφηγητοῦ γ᾽ ἄνεν. The reading of Β Vat., κἀναπαύσατον, has been adopted by many editors.
1114. mvp-comment-598-1 τοῦδε δυστήνου πλάνου The effect of the pronoun is pathetic, and the repetition of the article in the other reading, τοῦ τε, has no sufficient reason. Oedipus is thinking generally of his condition, which, when his daughters were carried off, seemed as forlorn as it had been before Antigone came from Thebes to be his guide.
1115. mvp-comment-599-1 ὡς βράχιστα ‘As briefly as ye may. It may be doubted whether βράχιστα agrees with τὰ πρ. as supplementary predicate ('make the matter brief in telling it'), or is to be taken as a cognate or adverbial accusative after εἴπατε. The latter is more probable.
1118. mvp-comment-600-1 Cp. Phil. 1304, ἀλλ᾽ οὔτ᾽ ἐμοὶ τοῦτ᾽ ἐστὶν οὔτε σοὶ καλόν. She means that while she will be spared the recital, the tale as told by Theseus will not be tedious to her father. Cp. infr. ll. 1143-1144.
1119-1120. mvp-comment-601-1 O sir, think it not strange that I prolong my speech unduly to my children, who have appeared beyond my hopes. Some join πρὸς τὸ λιπαρές with θαύμαζε (cp. Tr. 1211, εἰ φοβεῖ πρὸς τοῦτο: Thuc. 2. 22, πρὸς τὸ παρὸν χαλεπαίνοντας). But the expression, τὸ λιπαρές = τὸ ἐμὸν λιπαρὲς τοῦ λόγου, even with the epexegesis following, seems too abrupt for Sophocles. Badham's conjecture, πρὸς τόδ', εἰ πάρος | τέκν᾽ ἐκφανέντ᾽ ἄελπτα (cp. the reading of Par. A. and infra 1141), besides changing poetry to prose, leaves πάρος without a correlative.
1119-1120. mvp-comment-601-2 πρός expresses result, as in πρὸς ἡδονήν. Cp. esp. Thuc. 2. 53, ταχείας τὰς ἐπαυρέσεις καὶ πρὸς τὸ τερπνὸν ἠξίουν ποιεῖσθαι : Eur. Οr. 606, γυναῖκες ἐμποδὼν ταῖς ξυμφοραῖς | ἔφυσαν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τὸ δυστυχέστερον.
1119-1120. mvp-comment-601-3 λιπαρές 'Persistent; here used with an association of blame.
1120. mvp-comment-602-1 For the construction of τέκνα (with μηκύνω λόγον), see Essay on Language § 16. p. 22, and cp. esp. O. T. 31, 32, σε ἑζόμεσθ' ἐφέστιοι. ..
1121. mvp-comment-603-1 γάρ explains μὴ θαύμαζε, Wonder not (as if I were ungrateful). I have a clear sense of my obligation to you.
1121. mvp-comment-603-2 την is Musgrave's conjecture for σήν, which Elmsley and others have defended. But σήν has probably been invented to supply the omission of ἢ παρὰ σοῦ after ἄλλου μηδενός, for which see Essay on Language § 39. p. 73, 6. Cp. infra 1250, ἀνδρῶν γε μοῦνος, and note. σήν, which must have a strong emphasis, would be awkwardly placed, and, as Hermann remarks, l. 1123 , would be superfluous. For τήνδε τὴν τέρψιν, cp. Ο. Τ. 1477, τὴν παροῦσαν τέρψιν ἤ σ' εἶχεν πάλαι.
1124. mvp-comment-604-1 ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω According to my wish. Cp. Hom. H. Cer. 137, δοῖεν κουριδίους ἄνδρας καὶ τέκνα τεκέσθαι, | ὡς ἐθέλουσι τοκῆες: Eur. Hel. 1405, θεοὶ σοὶ . . δοῖεν οἷ᾽ ἐγὼ θέλω.
1125. mvp-comment-605-1 αὐτῷ τε καὶ γῇ τῇδε Theseus' interests are throughout identified with those of Athens. Cp. supr. 308-309, εὐτυχὴς .. τῇ . . αὑτοῦ πόλει. . τίς γὰρ ἐσθλὸς οὐχ αὑτῷ φίλος; 1130 ff. The action which no doubt accompanied these lines would make them clearer to the spectator than they are to the reader. Oedipus reaches forth his hand towards Theseus, then draws it back, and on becoming aware that Theseus is bending towards him, repels him gently with a movement of his hand.
1131. mvp-comment-606-1 ψαύσω Sc. σου.
1131. mvp-comment-606-2 εἰ θέμις This expression occurs frequently in tragedy, ἢ θέμις rarely or never. Cp. esp. Phil. 661, εἴ μοι θέμις, θέλοιμ᾽ ἄν. It has been objected that καίτοι makes too strong an opposition, after such an expression of doubt. But the hesitation expressed in εἰ θέμις is only the courtesy of a stranger addressing a sovereign, whereas the following clause expresses the revulsion of feeling caused by the recollection of his misfortunes.
1132. mvp-comment-607-1 πῶς *σ᾽ ἂν .. ξύνοικος (1) Unhappy that I am, how should I desire thee to give thy hand to one, in whom what brand of evil is not found? Or, possibly. (2) reading πῶς δ᾽ ἄν, κ.τ.λ. as in the MSS, And how should I think of touching one who is a man, I, the ill-starred wretch, who bear in me the stain of every ill? Hermann's correction, τίς for τις, is borne out by ξύνοικος, which would be too emphatic if the meaning were a man, who has no stain upon him, as well as by the order of words in which the inversion τις οὐκ would have no point. Essay on Language § 41. p 78 yb: cp. supr. 702. Herm. also changed δ' τo σ', and in this he has been generally followed. But the words as they stand in the MSS. are not altogether impossible. The previous context, and the natural pause after ἀνδρός, may justify the reference of to the subject of θελήσαιμι. In this case ἀνδρός, although implying Theseus, is quite general: cp. О. Т. 1375-1379, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ τέκνων δῆτ᾿ ὄψις ἦν ἐφίμέρος · οὐ δῆτα οὐδ᾽ ἄστυ γ' οὐδὲ πύργος, οὐδὲ δαιμόνων ἀγάλμαθ᾽ ἱρά. δ', making a fresh beginning after τί φωνῶ, seems not unnatural, but is as likely to have been wrongly inserted as to be a corruption of σ'. Cp. supr. 52.
1134. mvp-comment-608-1 οὐκ ἔγωγέ σε Sc. θελήσω θιγεῖν μου, or some more general verb, expressing the whole action, e. g. ταῦτα ποιήσω.
1135. mvp-comment-609-1 No, nor shalt thou. ἐάσω] Sc. σὲ ψαῦσαι ἐμοῦ. For this ellipse, cp. El. 632, ἐῶ, κελεύω, θύε: supr. 407, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἐᾷ τοῦμφυλον αἷμά σ᾽, ὦ πάτερ. Essay on Language § 59. p. 73, 6. The word μόνοις in the following line implies the antithesis ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ σοί. The words in О. Т. 1414-1415, imply the same feeling, although in a different connexion : τἀμὰ γὰρ κακὰ | οὐδεὶς οἷός τε πλὴν ἐμοῦ φέρειν βροτῶν: cp ib. 1430-1431, τοῖς ἐν γένει γὰρ τἀγγενῆ μάλισθ' ὁρᾶν | μόνοις τ᾿ ἀκούειν εὐσεβῶς ἔχει κακά. In infr. 1632, where Oedipus bids Theseus to give the maidens the pledge of his right hand, he does not himself take the hand of Theseus. Cp. Hom. Od. 19. 346-348, where Ulysses refuses the services of the handmaids of Penelope, εἰ μή τις γρῆνς ἔστι παλαιή, κεδνὰ ἰδυῖα, | ἥτις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσὶν ὅσσα τ᾽ ἐγώ περ | τῇ δ᾽ οὐκ ἂν φθονέοιμι ποδῶν ἅψασθαι ἐμεῖο. The feeling of Fr. 814. ὃς μὴ πέπονθε τἀμά, μὴ βουλευέτω is slightly different, resembling that of Leonato in Shak., Much Ado, 5. 1, Nor let no comforter delight mine ear | But such an one whose wrongs do suit with mine.
1137. mvp-comment-610-1 σὺ δ᾽ αὐτόθεν μοι χαῖρε · But do thou receive my salutation from where thou standest,' without coming nearer.
1138. mvp-comment-611-1 ἐς τόδ᾽ ἡμέρας Hitherto : ἡμέρα used abstractedly for time, as in Aj. 131, 622. 1139 ff. This refers to 11. 1119 ff.
1139. mvp-comment-612-1 μήκος . . ἔθου Essay on Language § 40. p. 75. The slight formality of this expression and of θαυμάσας ἔχω belongs to the dignified courtesy of Theseus manner. It has not moved my wonder, that in the delight of having your children here you have been led to prolong your talk with them. For this use of τίθεσθαι, cp. Ο. Τ. 134, ἐπαξίως γὰρ Φοῖβος, ἀξίως δὲ σὺ | πρὸ τοῦ θανόντος τήνδ᾽ ἔθεσθ᾽ ἐπιστροφήν : Ant. 151, θέσθε λησμοσύναν.
1141. mvp-comment-613-1 Nor that in choosing to converse with them you thought not first of me.' The genitive to be supplied with τοὐμοῦ is not ἔπους, but something more general, e. g. μέρους. Elms. reads οὔτ᾽, perhaps rightly. τῶνδε is objective genitive, or rather expresses a reciprocal relation.
1142. mvp-comment-614-1 γάρ, as in 1121, refers to the general meaning of the preceding sentence. There is no need of an apology, for that gives me no offence.
1145. mvp-comment-615-1 ὧν The genitive is gen. of respect after ἐψευσάμην, and also partitive after οὐδέν.
1145. mvp-comment-615-2 ὤμοσ' Supr. 1039-1040.
1147. mvp-comment-616-1 ἀκραιφνεῖς τῶν κατηπειλημένων Untouched by the harm that VOL. I. CC was threatened them.' 1140 1145 1148. This is not the place for an episode like the description of the Isthmian races in El. 680, foll., or the history of Oedipus in O. T. 777. foll. The end is near, and the interview with Polynices is yet to come. The necessary omission is accounted for by the tender age of Antigone (1116-1118), and the magnanimity of Theseus, who prefers doing to speaking of his deeds. Cp. El. 1364 ff., τοὺς γὰρ ἐν μέσῳ λόγους, κ.τ.λ., Shak. Coriolanus, 1. 9, Pray now, no more: my mother, | Who has a charter to extol her blood, | When she does praise me, grieves me..... I have some wounds upon me, and they smart | To hear themselves remembered. an
1149. mvp-comment-617-1 ἅ γ' εἴσει.. ξυνών Since you will learn this without my telling you in conversation with your children here.Illud quaeri potest, verba τί δεῖ μάτην κομπεῖν utrum cum sequentibus construenda sint, quo facto quasi quaedam aposiopesis erit post ᾑρέθη, sint precedentibus jungenda, quo illa ἅ γ' εἴσει, explicationis causa adjecta esse censendum: an denique cum utrisque sint nexa: quod ego quidem nescio an praeferendum sit, quia saepe ita media inter duas protases est apodosis: de qua figura saepius alibi monitum.' Hermann. ye shows that the words are added in explanation. For αὐτός, cp. infra 1155, ὡς μὴ εἰδότ', αὐτόν, κ.τ.λ.
1150-1151. mvp-comment-618-1 But impart to us your counsel on a matter that has just now fallen in my way as I was coming hither. The construction of the antecedent λόγος is left undetermined, and this imperfect or pendent construction is smoothed over by the attraction, for which see Essay on Language § 35. P. 59, and cp. Eur. Or. 591 ff. Ἀπόλλων ὃς στόμα νέμει σαφέστατον, τούτῳ ..
1150-1151. mvp-comment-618-2 πιθόμενος τὴν τεκοῦσαν ἔκτανον.
1151. mvp-comment-619-1 συμβαλοῦ γνώμην In Hdt. 8.61, πόλιν γὰρ τὸν Θεμιστοκλέα παρεχόμενον, οὕτω ἐκέλευε γνώμας συμβάλλεσθαι, and Plat. Polit. 298 C, γνώμην συμβαλέσθαι, the phrase means to take part in conference. So Theseus may be supposed courteously to ask Oedipus for his opinion, although he might use authority. See below, 11. 1178, 1348. Otherwise (2), συμβαλοῦ γνώμην, sc. τῷ λόγῳ, may mean,' Bring your thought to bear on this matter, i. e. consider it. Cp. the Epic σὺ δ᾽ ἐνὶ φρεσὶ βάλλει σῇσιν. This is more consistent with the position of Oedipus, of which, however, Theseus is not yet thoroughly informed.
1152. mvp-comment-620-1 It is a small thing to tell of, and yet singular.' 1153. The Scholiast, who interprets ἄνθρωπον δέ φησιν ὄντα οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα κακίζειν δεῖ, must have read as in the text. πρᾶγος is too general a word to stand alone, as it must if we read οὐδέν᾿ ἀνθρώπων. For ἄνθρωπον, cp. Ο. Τ. 977, τί δ᾽ ἂν φοβοῖτ᾽ ἄνθρωπος, ᾧ τὰ τῆς τύχης | κρατεῖ, πρόνοια δ᾽ ἐστὶν οὐδενὸς σαφής; Man, who is the creature of circumstance, may not neglect anything that occurs.
1156-1157. mvp-comment-621-1 σοὶ μὲν ἔμπολιν οὐκ ὄντα, συγγενή δέ This must have been gathered from the terms of his supplication, or from his answer to those who questioned him.
1157. mvp-comment-622-1 προσπεσόντα πως Who had somehow suddenly come thither. Polynices had come when the altar was deserted for the pursuit, and while there was an ἡσυχίη τῶν ἀνθρώπων (Hdt. 1.45) about the sacrifices. Hence the indefinite adverb, marking that his coming was unobserved. Cp. Tr. 695, τὸ γὰρ κάταγμα τυγχάνω ῥίψασά πως. He was found there by the people returning thither, who brought word to Theseus when on his way to Colonus with the maidens (στείχοντι δεῦρο, 1151).
1158. mvp-comment-623-1 The use of παρά with the relative assists the locative use of the dative in the antecedent; ie. παρὰ τῷ βωμῷ, παρ' α...
1159. mvp-comment-624-1 ἔκυρον The form κύρω (cp. supr. 1082) is adopted by the Tragedians from Epic poetry.
1159. mvp-comment-624-2 ἡνίχ᾽ ὡρμώμην ἐγώ 'When I set forth, i. e. When I left the altar on the occasion which led to the pursuit. (Supr. 888, 897, 1019.) Elmsley, Hermann, and Schneidw. refer ἡνίχ᾽ ὡρμώμην τo προσπεσόντα, and transl. 'dum aberam ego. But ἡνίκα is not equi- valent to ἐν ᾧ. And such a departure from the obvious meaning is not justified by a trifling inconsistency, which is after all a verbal one, for although Theseus did not go direct from the altar to the pursuit, yet the swift action of 886-1041 is part of a continuous movement which began when he was called away from the sacrifice. There is therefore no reason for detaching the clause from the nearer antecedent.
1159. mvp-comment-624-3 ἐγώ belongs in meaning to ἔκυρον as well as to ὡρμώμην.
1160. mvp-comment-625-1 τί προσχρήζοντα τῷ θακήματι;] What does he want by sitting there? i. e. What is the meaning of his supplication? The dative is used πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον, as if προσχρήζοντα had been αἰτοῦντα.
1162. mvp-comment-626-1 οὐκ ὄγκου πλέων No great matter, i. e. Not likely to give trouble. Cp. infra 1341, βραχεῖ εὺν ὄγκῳ καὶ χρόνῳ.
1163. mvp-comment-627-1 οὐ γὰρ .. λόγου ‘For the manner of his supplication imports no trifling matter.'
1164-1165. mvp-comment-628-1 (1) His sole request. they say, is to be allowed to have conference with thee, and to be allowed to return, without receiving harm through his coming hither.' ὁδοῦ is a genitive of respect after the privative adverb. Cp. infra 1399, foll. Vauvillers' conjecture, μόνον, founded on Musgrave's μόνον τ', is justified both by the awkward pleonasm in ἐλθεῖν μολόντα, to come and be admitted, and by the synaphea, which cannot be defended by such examples as O. Τ. 332-333, τί ταῦτ᾽ ἄλλως ἐλέγχεις; where the running on is assisted by the pause immediately preceding. This is true even of Ar. Av. 1716-1717, θυμιαμάτων δ᾽ | αὖραι, κ.τ.λ., where the licence is caricatured. Schndw. joins μολύντ᾽ αἰτεῖν, “ He is come and asks, but the participle is then still more inopportune.
1166. mvp-comment-629-1 τίς δῆτ᾽ ἂν εἴη Who can it be? Until he hears of Argos, Oedipus is left to mere conjecture.
1167. mvp-comment-630-1 ὑμίν τοῖς Λαβδακίδαις.
1167. mvp-comment-630-2 ἐγγενής i. e. ἐν γένει ὤν. Cp. О. Т. 941.
1171. mvp-comment-631-1 ἀκούων τῶνδ' When I hear this, i.e. Your last speech, in which you mention Argos. For τῶνδε, where τούτων would be more exact, see Essay on Language § 22. p. 34, and cp. Phil. 628, οὔκουν τάδ', ὦ παῖ, δεινά; The reference to Ismene's information in 378, foll., which Reisig and Hermann supposed, would be too obscure.
1171. mvp-comment-631-2 ὁ προστάτης The suppliant. The word occurs in this sense only here and in 1278. But cp. El. 1378, λιπαρεῖ προὔστην χερί. CC2
1172. mvp-comment-632-1 For the optative, see Essay on Language § 36. p. 62, and cp. Thuc. 3. 84.
1172. mvp-comment-632-2 ἐστίν is equivalent to ἂν εἴη supra. Cp. Eur. Med. 599, μηδ' ὄλβος, ὅστις τὴν ἐμὴν κνίζοι φρένα.
1173-1174. mvp-comment-633-1 My son, O king, hated by me to whom of all the world I should most detest to listen. For the inexact use of the genitive ἀνδρῶν after the superlative, see Essay on Language § 9. p. 14. and cp. supra 105, μόχθοις λατρείων τοῖς ὑπερτάτοις βροτῶν. 1177,8. The sound of that voice has come to be abhorrent to his father's ear, and, I beseech thee, do not compel me to yield in this.' φθέγμα, see Essay on Language $ 50. p. 94, and cp. El. 1225, ὦ φθέγμ᾽, ἀφίκου; And for the meaning of ἥκει, see Essay on Language p. 97.
1179-1180. mvp-comment-634-1 But what if his suppliant posture necessarily compels you? Consider :-whether you do not owe a reverence to the God. εἰ is to be taken in the sense of whether, or what if. σκόπει is a double construction, with εἰ, κ.τ.λ., and μή, κ.τ.λ., the second clause being added in ex. planation of the first. The emphatic ἐξαναγκάζει refers to ἀνάγκῃ προσβάλῃς in 1178. Several editors have preferred μή μοι. But although it is suitable for Antigone in 1183 to speak of Theseus' religious scruples, it is more consistent with the tone of Theseus himself to give this friendly warning to Oedipus.
1179-1180. mvp-comment-634-2 ἐξαναγκάζει i. e. Is thoroughly sufficient to compel you, without any constraint from me.
1181. mvp-comment-635-1 νέα Essay on Language §. 23. p. 38. For the meaning, cp. Aesch. Suppl. 361, σὺ δὲ παρ᾽ ὀψιγόνου μάθε γεραιόφρων.
1182. mvp-comment-636-1 τὸν ἄνδρα.. τόνδε If these words referred to Polynices, as Hermann thought, Antigone would show less tact in addressing her father than in supplicating the Elders (supra 237). Theseus has indicated a strong wish, as Oedipus Oe perceives (1178, 1350), that Polynices should be allowed to come, and also has expressed a fear that to repulse him would be to dishonour the God. Antigone appeals to her father's respect and gratitude towards Theseus, and to his affection for his daughters, as the motives most likely to influence him.
1186. mvp-comment-637-1 The antecedent to a is a second accusative after παρασπάσει, SC.
1186. mvp-comment-637-2 ταῦτα τῶν λεγομένων. Fear not. He will not wrest thy judgment to such words of his as are against thy purposes.
1186. mvp-comment-637-3 συμφέροντα] Not = profitable, but in the more literal sense of agreeable to, conspiring with. Essay on Language p. 96.
1187.
mvp-comment-638-1
τά τοι καλῶς, κ.τ.λ. καλῶς is the MS. reading, and κακῶς, the emendation of Hermann, is not specially in point. His explanation is unsatisfactory.
1190. mvp-comment-639-1 This seems to be the better of two ways of emending this line. Essay on Language § 41. p. 77. Others read κακίστων δυσσεβέστατ', ὦ πάτερ.
1191. mvp-comment-640-1 θέμις is indeclinable here. See L. and S. s. v.
1192. mvp-comment-641-1 ἀλλ᾿ αὐτόν- The conjecture of the Ist London edition, ἀλλ᾽ ἔασον, has been accepted with various modifications s by by subsequent sub critics. The text is eloquently defended by Mr. Palmer, who observes: 'I think it not quite impossible to understand the brief expression, backed up as it is by the argument which follows, as the language of earnest entreaty, and that the verb is to be supplied by the mind. Antigone had fully presented her request at the commencement of her speech, so that what she then said may be considered as referred to in this short broken sentence, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτόν. Nay, but receive him graciously ... there are others who have had bad sons and fierce anger, and as they have been charmed into gentleness by the soothing persuasion of their friends, so be you. If ἀλλ' αὐτόν were uttered in a tone of earnest entreaty, and the speaker abruptly added what follows, I can conceive that it would be very intelligible, and if so, the touching effect of the entreaty would be heightened by the very fact that the sentence was unfinished. Antigone leaves her father to imagine all she meant to say, and supplies what is wanting in words by the earnestness of her manner and beseeching tone of voice.' There is force in these remarks, though the quotation of parallel examples would be more to the purpose. The MSS. are practically unanimous; but the aposiopesis is all but unique. Cp. however Aesch. Cho. 749 ff., where Schütz and other editors suppose a lacuna. And in this play there are several places where the original construction of a sentence is not carried out. Cp. esp. supr. 421 ff., 531 ff., infr. 1299 ff., 1370 ff., 1669. Comparisons between classical Greek and the New Testament are usually too remote to be of any use; but the language of affection has similarities in every age, and the ellipse in Philemon 12 is curiously parallel-σὺ δὲ αὐτόν (sc. προσλαβοῦ, which is added from the deferred apodosis in the Textus Receptus). The motive in both cases is the same, viz. a delicate tact, which shrinks from uttering the word of command or entreaty, and hastens to urge fresh topics of persuasion. The deferred apodosis is implied in line 1201, ἀλλ' ἡμῖν εἶκε. Cp. Aesch. Cho. 649 ff., where Dindorf supposes a lacuna, σε in Paris A (followed by R) is a gloss of some grammarian who understood the passage as it is explained in Canter's note: Insigne est hoc ἀναπόδοτον, ac singulare. Vult enim hoc dicere, ἀλλ αὐτὸν εἴκειν, καὶ νουθετούμενον ἐξεπάδεσθαι, etc.' For an equally difficult anacoluthon, see Thuc. 5. 22. Qy.
1192. mvp-comment-641-2 ἀλλ᾽ εἶξον (ΑΛΛΑΥΤΟΝ) ? 1193-
1194. mvp-comment-642-1 ἀλλὰ φύσιν But, on their receiving counsel, their nature is pacified by the counsels of friends, who charm away their passion.
1195. mvp-comment-643-1 μὴ τὰ νῦν (Sc. πήματα ἃ πάσχεις), i. e. Turn from the indignity which now enrages you to those former calamities which you suffered. not by your own fault, but by the fault of your father and mother. The correction μοι for μή is unnecessary, and gives a weak meaning to τανῦν. The note of the Scholiast, τὰ περὶ τὴν πήρωσιν λέγοι ἄν· οὐ γὰρ τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς πραχθέντα ὀνειδίζει αὐτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ἃ ἀπὸ τῆς ἄγαν ὀργῆς ἀπέβη. τούτου γὰρ αὐτὸν ἀποτρέπειν βούλεται, is right in spirit, for Antigone is not reproaching her father. But, in gently approaching the subject, she alludes only in the most general way to the miseries which came from the rash impetuosity of Laius, Jocasta, and Oedipus, and, to avoid reproaching him, refers them all to their source in the actions of his parents. Cp. supr. 268, 595 ff. And for the meaning of θυμός, Ant. 493-494. φιλεῖ δ᾽ ὁ θυμὸς πρόσθεν ᾑρῆσθαι κλοπεὺς | τῶν μηδὲν ὀρθῶς ἐν σκότῳ τεχνωμένων.
1199-1200. mvp-comment-644-1 For you have reasons enough to move you, when you think of your own sightless eyes, to which light returns not.' οὐχὶ βαιά] Hesych. Σοφοκλῆς δὲ Οἰδίποδι ἐν Κολωνῷ· οὐ βαιά, ἀντὶ τοῦ ἄφθονα καὶ πολλά. 1201-1202. λιπαρεῖν γὰρ οὐ καλὸν | δίκαια προσχρήζουσιν] (1) ‘It is not well that those whose request is just should make long supplication; i.e. They should be at once gratified. This involves a change of subject (Essay on Language p. 65), and requires that the acc.
1199-1200. mvp-comment-644-2 προσχρήζοντας should have been attracted into the dat. in construction with καλών (ib. § 35 pp. 59, 60). Both difficulties may be avoided by taking λιπαρεῖν in the general sense of ' obstinate continuance,' as in Hdt. 1. 94, etc., and προσχρήζουσιν as = πρὸς προσχρήζοντας, or as if λιπαρεῖν were λιπαρή φαίνεσθαι: (2) It is not well to be obdurate to a just request. Cp. supr. 1119, τὸ λιπαρές. For this meaning, cp. Fr. 76, τοῖς γὰρ δικαίοις ἀντέχειν οὐ ῥάδιον. And for the dative, cp. O. T. 1373, οἷν ἐμοὶ δυοῖν, κ.τ.λ., and see Essay on Language § 12. p. 18. β 1. But the constant use of λιπαρεῖν in Attic, in the sense of ' to press with requests,' renders this interpretation improbable, and the former (1) is to be preferred. The use of οὐκ (rather than μή) in 1203 is accounted for by the attraction of the previous οὐ, and by reference to the actual circumstances. Essay on Language § 29. p. 49.
1204. mvp-comment-645-1 βαρεῖαν ἡδονὴν νικᾶτέ με You win me by your words to grant your request against my will. ἡδονή may either refer (1) to the pleasure which Oedipus gives to his daughters, cp. Αj. 114, ἐπειδὴ τέρψις ἥδε σοὶ τὸ δρᾶν: or (2) to the pleasure which he feels in hearing them; either being accompanied with pain to himself. For the accusative in (2) see Essay on Language § 17. p. 24, and cp. Tr. 960-961, χωρεῖν πρὸ δόμων λέγουσιν, ἄσπετόν τι θαῦμα. The oxymoron is more pointed in (2).
1206. mvp-comment-646-1 εἴπερ is emphatic, expressing some impatience at his forced consent. If he must come.
1207. mvp-comment-647-1 Let me never be delivered into the power of any man; i.e. By no means let me come into his power. For the periphrasis with ψυχή, cp. esp. Ant. 1069, Phil. 54, 5. And for μηδείς, see Essay on Language § 22. p. 36.
1210. mvp-comment-648-1 σῶς ἴσθ᾽ Sc. ὤν, Essay on Language § 39. p. 72, 1, c. Know thyself safe. The reading of L. may be due to a gloss to this effect, viz. σῶς/ὤν.
1211. mvp-comment-649-1 How foolish to desire long life, which but increases sorrow; while joys depart before the joyless hour of death. Far best for a man is never to be born; but after birth to go with all speed whence he came is next best by far. For when once thoughtless youth is come, [who escapes from grief?] what grief is not there? Blood, faction, strife, war, envy, and, last of ills, hateful, cold, helpless, friendless age, wherein all the greatest evils make their dwelling. So I have found, and so too this unfortunate is buffeted with a sea of troubles, some fresh calamity ever breaking over him, some borne on the sunset breeze, some at the rising of the sun, some coming through the noontide blaze, and some from the winds of night.
1211. mvp-comment-649-2 The iambic and trochaic metres which are here mingled with the glyconic and logaoedic, are lighter and more resolved than in the previous ode. Strophe and Antistrophe. The equivalence of the long and short syllables in the 2nd foot of l. 9 is remarkable, and indicates a retardation of the rhythm. Epode. * See note on 1248. The third line, both of strophe and antistrophe, introduces the reasons of the two lines which form the prelude.
1211. mvp-comment-649-3 The coming of Polynices again mars the peacefulness of the scene. The old age of Oedipus appears to have sorrow upon sorrow. The theme of the chorus is not, as some have thought, the unprofitableness of riches, but the misery of old age and the folly of desiring long life.
1211-1212. mvp-comment-650-1 He whose desire of life keeps not the mean, but craves the larger share, will be convicted in my judgment of cherishing folly.' ζώειν must be closely connected with the genitives, and is rather to be explained as an accusative of respect than as epexegetic infinitive.
1211-1212. mvp-comment-650-2 τοῦ μετρίου παρείς (1) Neglecting the moderate portion, a poetical construction for παρεὶς τὸ μέτριον. Cp. Plat. Legg. 3, 691 C, ἐάν τις μείζονα διδῷ τοῖς ἐλάττοσι δύναμιν παρεὶς τὸ μέτριον. The same construction occurs in Plat. Phaedr. 235 Ε, παρέντα τοῦ . . ἐγκωμιάζειν. Οι (2), supposing an ellipse of the inf., παρέντα τοῦ μετρίου χρήζειν, Omitting to desire the mean. Thuc 8.41, ἀφεὶς τὸ ἐς τὴν Χίον ἔπλει ἐς τὴν Καῦνον. The article, as elsewhere with words of number and measurement, opposing what is more to what is less. The expression d πλέον μέρος occurs in Cleobulus quoted by Suidas; ἀβουλία τὸ πλέον μέρος ἐν βροτοίσιν. Bergk, Poet. Lyr. Gr. Mel. xi.
1212. mvp-comment-651-1 φυλάσσων An Homeric expression. Il. 16. 30, χόλος ὃν σὺ φυλάσσεις.
1212. mvp-comment-651-2 ἐν ἐμοί i. e. So far as the decision rests with me. Cp. O. T. 677, ἐν δὲ τοῖσδ᾽ ἴσος: supr. 422-423, ἐν δ᾽ ἐμοὶ τέλος | αὐτοῖν γένοιτο, κ.τ.λ.
1215-1216. mvp-comment-652-1 ἐπεὶ ἐγγυτέρω These words have been explained in two ways: (1) Since length of days brings many things (in life) nearer to grief. (Herm.) (2) Since length of days has in store much that is akin to sorrow.' (Elms.) A third way of taking κατέθεντο seems preferable. (3) Since length of days contributes much that is akin to sorrow; i.e. κατέθεντο is a subjective middle, like παρέχομαι. Not = Has laid up in store, which requires the perfect tense, but brings in,' sc. εἰς τὸν βίον. Cp Hesiod. Op. et D. 361. For the use of the adverb, cp. Ant. 933.4, θανάτου τοῦτ᾽ ἐγγυτάτω | τοῦπος ἀφῖκται, And see Essay on Language § 24. p. 40, 2.
1217. mvp-comment-653-1 οὐκ ἂν ἴδοις ὅπου Cp. Aj. 103, ἢ τοὐπίτρικτον κίναδος ἐξήρου μ' ὅπου; and esp. Aesch. Eum. 301, τὸ χαίρειν μὴ μαθόνθ᾽ ὅπου φρενῶν.
1219-1220.
mvp-comment-654-1
ὅταν . . θέλοντος (1)
1219-1220. mvp-comment-654-2 σθένοντος. For εἰς.. πίπτειν in this connexion, cp. Eur. Ion, 700, πολιὸν ἐσπεσοῦσα γῆρας. It may be worth suggesting that, in Eur. L. Α. 657, τὸ θέλον should be read for τὸ θέλειν.
1220. mvp-comment-655-1 *ὁ δ᾽ ἐπίκουρος The correction turns simply on the substitution of o for ou and vice versa. The old spelling of either reading would be οδεπικορος. When ὁ 8' had been changed to οὐδ' the other change was natural, as we see from the Schol. The order is ὁ δὲ θάνατός (ἐστιν) ἐπίκουρος ἰσοτέλεστος ἐς τελεύταν, But death is an impartial ally to finish all at last. Cp. H. h. Merc. 97, ὀρφναίη δ᾽ ἐπίκουρος ἐπαύετο δαιμονίη νύξ. For the use of the article, see Essay on Language § 21. p. 33,5. A slighter change from the MS. reading, οὐδ᾽ ἐπίκουρος, which obtained in edd. before Brunck, may be explained to mean, and they find no helper, when death, etc., etc., comes. But the clauses are not well balanced, the metre is improbable, and a change, such as το τ' αὖ κατάμεμπτον is required in 1235. The reading οὐδ᾽ ἔπι κόρος is ingeniously adapted to ὅταν . . θέλοντος, in the sense, When one has fallen into an excess of wishing,' viz. and cannot have enough: but cannot be turned so as to give a satisfactory and consistent meaning to the whole sentence; besides which μηδέ and not οὐδέ would be required. And the reading of Hermann, adopted in the text, metrically corresponds to the antistrophe.
1220. mvp-comment-655-2 ἰσοτέλεστος seems to be a verbal with an active meaning. For instances of this. see Essay on Language p. 98. 1221-1222. Ἄϊδος ὅτε μοῖρα .. ἀναπέφηνε] 'When Hades hath his hour, attended not by marriage song, nor dance, nor lyre.' For ἀναφαίνεσθαι, of an unlooked for coming, cp. Aesch. Cho. 328, ἀναφαίνεται δ᾽ ὁ βλάπτων. Ἄΐδος μοῖρα, like θανάτου μοῖρα, Aesch. Pers. 917: Eur. Med. 987. "Αΐδος μοῖρα is either (1) the right of Hades in men, or (2) man's share of death, like μοῖρα βιότοιο. Death is imagined as lurking near until the appointed time.
1220. mvp-comment-655-3 ἄλυρος ἄχορος Cp. Aesch. Suppl.681, ἄχορον ἀκίθαριν δακρυογόνον Ἄρη.
1225. mvp-comment-656-1 τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λόγον Stands first on the whole calculation; i. e. Is best of all. The construction is analogous to νικᾶν ἀγῶνα, μάχην, etc. Cp. Fr. 737, τἀληθὲς ἀεὶ πλεῖστον ἰσχύει λόγου. A similar expression of the early Ionic pessimism occurs in Theognis, 425, πάντων μὲν μὴ φῦναι ἐπιχθονίοισιν ἄριστον | μηδ᾽ ἐσιδεῖν αὐγὰς ὀξέος ἠελίου· | φῦντα δ᾽ ὅπως ἄκιστα πύλας Αίδαο περῆσαι. Cp. Hdt. 7. 46, ὁ μὲν θάνατος, μοχθηρῆς ἐούσης τῆς ζύης, καταφυγὴ αἱρετωτάτη τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ γέγονε. The words βῆναι κεῖθεν ὅθεν περ ἥκει come near to the language of Job 10. 19, I should have been as though I had not been; I should have been carried from the womb to the grave.
1225. mvp-comment-656-2 ἐπεὶ φανῇ] · When one hath seen the light. For the subjunctive without av, see Essay on Language § 27. p. 44; and for a similar omission of ἄν τις, cp. Ant. 1025, ἐπεὶ δ᾽ ἁμάρτῃ.
1226. mvp-comment-657-1 βῆναι κεῖθεν ὅθεν περ ἥκει To go from whence he came. A curious attraction of the antecedent for κεῖσε ὅθεν περ. Essay on Language § 35. p. 60.
1228. mvp-comment-658-1 πολὺ δεύτερον Is next best by far. The phrase is paradoxically adapted from πολὺ πρῶτον. Essay on Language § 37. p. 69.
1228. mvp-comment-658-2 ὡς τάχιστα. These words assist the connection with what follows. As soon as possible; for, once let youth be there, etc.' See note on 1229.
1229. mvp-comment-659-1 ὡς εὐτ᾿ ἂν τὸ νέον παρῇ ..
1229. mvp-comment-659-2 φέρον Bonitz, deriving παρῇ from παρίημι, interprets, Since when one has passed youth with its light unconsciousness. And this is favoured at first sight by the analogy of such passages as Tr. 144-151, Aj. 552-559. But 1. The plural ἀφροσύνας, and the meaning of φέρον, are both harsh according to this φέρο interpretation. Hence Nauck conj. ἀφροσύνας γέμον. 2.The comparison of Fr. 713, ὕβρις .. ἐν νέοις ἀνθεῖ, and of Il. 3.108, αἰεὶ δ' ὁπλοτέρων ἀνδρῶν φρένες ἠερέθονται, support the more obvious meaning, When youth is present. 3. The connexion with ὡς τάχιστα, and the dark colouring of the whole ode, are in keeping with the most natural meaning of the words. For when once youth is there with her thoughtless follies... Greek tragedy is continually reminding us that men are plunged by mere thoughtlessness into the deepest calamities. The interpretation of l. 1231 is doubtful. It is clear, however, that if the words φόνοι, στάσεις, etc., are in any construction, the Scholiast is right in explaining τίς οὐ καμάτων ἔνι to mean οὐδείς ἐστι κάματος, ὃς οὐκ ἔνεστιν. For the genitive, cp. Τr. 146, πνευμάτων οὐδὲν κλονεῖ. On the other hand the subject of τίς πλάγχθη πολύμοχθος ἔξω is generally supposed to be τίς ἀνήρ. (1) What trouble-vexed mortal wanders out of the way (i. e, the broad way of trouble)?' i. e. Which of all the suffering race is exempt from suffering? The proleptic use of πολύμοχθος, although curious, is not by any means fatal to this interpretation (Essay on Language § 38. p. 70). But the inversion of the subject ('What man escapes? What trouble is not there?' when combined with the ellipse of ἀνήρ, is somewhat harsh. And πλάγχθη ἔξω is a strange expression for ἐξέφυγε. For πλάζεσθαι is generally, To miss a desired end; or to be driven out of an intended course. Who misses of being miserable? (τίς ἔξω τοῦ πολύμοχθος εἶναι ἐπλανήθη; 2nd Scholiast) is a paradoxical expression in which the paradoxical form has no force or meaning. And if the paradox had been intended it would have been more pointedly brought out. The interpretation of the 1st Scholiast is on the whole more probable: τοῦτο ἰδίως ἐξήνεγκεν, βούλεται δὲ τὸ τοιοῦτο σημαίνειν· τίς ἂν πλαγχθείη τῶν πολλῶν μόχθων; (2) Which of the many troubles will be turned aside?' i. e. anticipating the notion of καμάτων, τίς πολύμοχθος κάματος πλάγχθη ἔξω, τίς καμάτων οὐκ ἔνι; What troublous woe misses the life? What woe is not found therein? The retention of the same subject, and the antithesis of ἔξω and ἔνι, are in favour of this. The personification (cp. supra 536, μυρίων ἐπιστροφαὶ κακῶν) is in harmony with the catalogue which fol- ἐπιλέλογχε] ἐπιλέlows, and with ἐπιλέλογχε in l. 1236. Aesch. Prom. 275-276, ταὐτά τοι πλανωμένη | πρὸς ἄλλοτ᾽ ἄλλον πημονὴ προσιζάνει. Ant. 613-614, νόμος ὅδ᾽ οὐδὲν ἕρπων | θνατῶν βιότῳ πάμπολις ἐκτὸς ἄτας. The ellipse (of τοῦ βίου) after ἔξω is not more difficult than the similar ellipse after ἔνι. The collocation of πολύμοχθος κάματος is like πολύπλανοι πλάναι in Aesch. Prom. 585, and even the construction, πολύμοχθος καμάτων, if that is necessary, would be Homeric, like ἆ δειλὲ ξείνων, Od. 14. 361.
1235-1236. mvp-comment-660-1 ἐπιλέλογχε πύματον Has allotted to him the last place of all.' πύματονis supplementary predicate agreeing with γῆρας, in the same construction as the adjective in πρῶτος λαχεῖν. ἐπι = Coming in after the rest. πύματος is an Epic word, stronger than ὕστατος.
1238. mvp-comment-661-1 κακὰ κακών Essay on Language § 40. p. 75, 4. For the thought, cp. Fr. 864, πάντ᾿ ἐμπέφυκε τῷ μακρῷ γήρᾳ κακά, νοῦς φροῦδος, ἔργ᾽ ἀχρεῖα, φροντίδες κεναί. And contrast that which should accompany old age, As honour, love, obedience, troops of friends, Macb. 5. 2. re-
1240. mvp-comment-662-1 πάντοθεν As Hermann marks, this word is to be referred to Oedipus rather than to the promontory to which he is compared.
1241. mvp-comment-663-1 κλονεῖται This, which is properly the apodosis, has been absorbed, as often happens in comparisons, into the relative clause, and the construction is therefore supplemented by the more explicit application of the simile in ὡς καὶ τόνδε, κ.τ.λ, Essay on Language § 35. p. 60.
1242-1244. mvp-comment-664-1 ὡς καὶ τόνδε . . ξυνοῦσαι So he too is buffeted by fearful woes, that break like billows over his head, and never cease from him.
1242-1244. mvp-comment-664-2 κατάκρας] Cp. Hom. Od. 5.313, ὡς ἄρα μιν εἰπόντ᾽ ἔλασεν μέγα κῦμα κατ᾿ ἄκρης. 1244, foll. The concluding lines are an expansion partly of πάντοθεν, partly of dei, the notions of space and time being confused. Cp. Hdt. 3. 114, Ἀποκλινομένης δὲ μεσαμβρίης, κ.τ.λ. where locality is signified in words expressing the time of day. Some from the region of the sunset, some with the break of day, some through the meridian brightness, some coming with the blasts of night.' The last expression has been variously interpreted. The Scholiast speaks of the Rhipaean mountains, which, he adds, were towards the west, and quotes a line of Alcman, ῥιπὰς ὄρος ἀνθέον ὕλᾳ, νυκτὸς μελαίνας στέρνον. The north rather than the west is the region of midnight. But it is not likely that after speaking so simply of morning, noon, and evening, the poet would have perplexed his reference to night with an obscure allusion to a remote locality. (2) Some modern interpreters compare Ε1. 106, παμφεγγεῖς ἄστρων ῥιπάς, and would render, From the twinkling fires of night, or, From the glimmerings of night.' Cp. τὰ νυκτερινὰ φέγγη in Plat. Rep. 6. 508 C. But this gives no distinct image, and the antithesis to ἀκτῖν' does not improve the sense. (3) Hermann with more probability says, De ventis, quos noctu maxime auribus percipimus, intelligenda vox ῥιπᾶν. Cp. Apollonius Rhodius, Apollonius l. 1015, οὐ μὲν ἰούσης | νυκτὸς ἔτι ῥιπὴ μένεν ἔμπεδον ἀλλὰ θύελλαι | ἀντίαι ἁρπάγδην ὀπίσω φέρον: Ib. 4. 1682,.. ἡ δ᾽ ὑπὸ νυκτὶ | ῥιπῇσιν μὲν πρῶτα τινάσσεται, ὕστερον αῦτε, κ.τ.λ. Perhaps with the image of the winds is associated some idea of ، impulse. The powers or influences of night.
1248. mvp-comment-665-1 *ἐννυχιᾶν The slight change recommended by Lachmann seems necessary in order to secure a probable rhythm. The substitution of the single for the double vor is one of the most frequent errors in L. And the Schol. says λέγει δὲ αὐτὰ ἐννύχια, κ.τ.λ. Cp. ll. 4-5 of the epode. The line does not make a harmonious ending here, and vυχιᾶν is improbable.
1250. mvp-comment-666-1 Here comes, as it would seem, the man from Argos, shedding copious tears:-and, father, it is indeed no other-. For ἡμῖν, cp. esp. supr. 81, and note. Here we have approaching to disturb us.' ἀνδρῶν γε μοῦνος] (1) Some appear to take this with λείβων δάκρυον, Weeping, unlike other men. Praeter morem virorum.' (Hermann.) But, besides the poverty of such a sense, the weeping of men is not uncommon in Greek poetry, or even in Greek history. Others (Schndw.) take μοῦνος = μονωθείς, Without companions, referring to the apprehension expressed in 1206-1207. This is rightly rejected by Dindorf. Antigone does not at once name Polynices, for fear of offending her father, but she cannot help ejaculating It is indeed no other; i. e. than Polynices, whom you supposed him to be (1. 1171). Cp. supra 321, μόνης τόδ᾽ ἐστὶ δῆλον Ἰσμήνης κάρα (' Ismene and no other'), 319, οὔκ ἐστιν ἄλλη: Τr. 261, μόνον βροτῶν : 355, μόνος θεῶν : Εl. 531, μοῦνος Ἑλλήνων. The imperfect expression makes the question of Oedipus more natural, τίς ούτος; Whom do you mean? 1252-1253. ὅνπερ καὶ πάλαι κατείχομεν γνώμῃ] Supra 1171.
1254. mvp-comment-667-1 Cp. the first words of Ismene, 11. 324-326.
1255. mvp-comment-668-1 τὰ τοῦδ᾽ ὁρῶν τά is in the same construction with κακά, governed by δακρύσω: but is also governed by ὁρῶν, which is added epexegetically. 1258, foll. In such raiment, whose hateful soilure hath grown old and settled on his aged frame, withering his side.' The conjectural emendation πίνος, which is due to Scaliger, agrees admirably with the context as well as with l. 1597, and the MS. reading is here indefensible.
1260. mvp-comment-669-1 The rhythm here curiously resembles that of supr. 314. 5.
1260. mvp-comment-669-2 κρατί is a locative dative, and ὀμματοστερής has a passive meaning.
1261. mvp-comment-670-1 ᾄσσεται The middle or passive form is used as in the Homeric expression ἀμφὶ δὲ χαῖται | ὤμοις ἀΐσσονται, ΙΙ. 6.510. 1263-1264. 'And of a piece with these miseries, as it would seem. is the provision for the poor belly's nourishment which he carries with him.' The word φορεῖ, taken in connection with the preceding context, shows that the remark of Polynices refers to the appearance of the scrip or wallet in which Oedipus, like the Telephus of Euripides, carried the scanted gifts which he received. (1. 3.)
1265-1266. mvp-comment-671-1 And I declare that thy neglected condition proves me basest of Ask not others about me. For the correction, cp. El. 1225, μηκέτ᾽ ἄλλοθεν πύθῃ. The confusion of µ and λλ would easily occur with μὴ ἐξ ἄλλων following. For the meaning of ἥκειν, see Essay on Language § 52. p. 97; and for the dative τροφαῖς, ib. § 14. p. 21 (2).
1267. mvp-comment-672-1 But seeing that even Zeus has Mercy at his side in all his counsels, let her have place also by thee, O my father.'
1269-1270. mvp-comment-673-1 For while it is possible to remedy the errors that have been committed, to add to them is now impossible; i.e. We can restore you to some comforts, but you cannot be made more miserable. For the expression, cp. Aesch. Eum. 645, πέδας μὲν ἂν λύσειεν, ἔστι τοῦδ᾽ ἄκος.
1269-1270. mvp-comment-673-2 μέν ἐστι .. οὐκ ἔστ' This accentuation was retained by Elmsley from previous editions. The stress in the first clause is on ἄκη, in the second on οὐκ ἔστι.
1271. mvp-comment-674-1 The interrupted verse marks the solemn pause in which Polynices waits for his father to break silence.
1274. mvp-comment-675-1 ἃ μηνίεις Ε. on L. § 17. p. 25.
1277. mvp-comment-676-1 To unlock our father's lips, that will not speak nor be spoken to.' δυσπρόσοιστον = χαλεπὸν προσφέρεσθαι.
1277. mvp-comment-676-2 ἀπροσήγορον has rather a reciprocal than either an active or a passive meaning. Cp. Phil. 1353, τῷ προσήγορος; Eur. Alc. 195, ὃν οὐ προσείπε καὶ προσερρήθη πάλιν. Cp. supr. 1141 and note. For κινεῖν = ‘Τo excite to speech,' cp. Plat. Rep. 329 D, βουλόμενος ἔτι λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκίνουν.
1279. mvp-comment-677-1 οὕτως *ἀφῇ γε The second με was rightly rejected by Turnebus. The second γε, on the other hand, gives an intelligible emphasis to οὕτως, which is further explained by μηδέν.. ἔπος. 1280 ff. The wisdom of this counsel is in keeping with the tact, beyond her years, which Antigone herself elsewhere displays.
1281-1282. mvp-comment-678-1 'For speech, when lengthened out, may either by gratifying some fancy, by awakening some impatience or some pity. For the causative use of δυσχεραίνω and κατοικτίζω, which is assisted by the active τέρψαντα preceding, see Essay on Language § 53. p. 98, and cp. the passive κατῳκτίσθην in Eur. I. A. 686. The more usual meaning, By expressing anger or pity, is unsuited to the circumstances (Polynices was not likely to move Oedipus by expressing anger or pity), and affords no suitable connection with the following line.
1286. mvp-comment-679-1 ἔνθεν From whose altar. ἀνέστησεν] On raising the suppliant, cp. supra 264. 276, and notes.
1290. mvp-comment-680-1 κυρεῖν To be made good. For this emphatic use of κυρέω, cp. Tr. 291, νῦν σοι τέρψις ἐμφανὴς κυρεῖ.
1291. mvp-comment-681-1 ἅ Cp. supra 1274, and note.
1294. mvp-comment-682-1 γονῇ ·· γεραιτέρᾳ Of elder birth. See Essay on Language § 42. p. 80.
1295. mvp-comment-683-1 φύσει By birth, answering to πεφυκώς, supra. Cp. Hdt. 7. 134, φύσει γεγονότες εὖ.
1297. mvp-comment-684-1 χειρὸς οὔτ᾽ ἔργου i. e. οὔτε χειρὸς οὔτ᾽ ἔργου. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 532, Πάρις γὰρ οὔτε συντελὴς πόλις, κ.τ.λ. The first οὔτε may be suppressed because of οὔτε preceding. But Hermann's conj., οὐδ', is not improbable.
1300. mvp-comment-685-1 The reading of Lis more distinct than that of Par. A, but there is still some degree of inexactness in the language. For μάλιστα μέν does not oppose Polynices' own opinion to the words of the prophets, but the anger of Oedipus to other causes of disaster at Thebes.
1301. mvp-comment-686-1 The connection shows that the μάντεις are the soothsayers of his new army, who had obtained information of the oracle given to the θεωροί from Thebes: infr. 1331-1332, cp. supr. 387 ff.
1301. mvp-comment-686-2 Ἄργος .. Δωρικόν) The plain of Argolis, as distinguished from the Pelasgic Argos in Thessaly. II. 2. 681. rex
1303.
mvp-comment-687-1
γῆς .. Ἀπίας
1304. mvp-comment-688-1 καὶ τετίμηνται δόρει And are honoured most in war. The superlative notion is continued from πρῶτοι. Ср. О. Т. 1205 and note.
1305. mvp-comment-689-1 τὸν ἑπτάλογχον.. στόλον The article is probably used by an anachronism: i. e. The well-known expedition of the seven chieftains. Cp. supra 1066, and note. For the adj. cp. infr. 1311.
1305. mvp-comment-689-2 ἐς Θήβας depends on the idea of motion implied in the sentence = στόλον στειλάμενος.
1306. mvp-comment-690-1 πανδίκως Might either die and make an end, as is fitting. The latter part of the compound is subordinate, but supplies a certain notion of fitness, i. e. πανδίκως = πάντως, ὡς δίκαιον. The same thought is present as in Aj. 479-480, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ καλῶς ζῆν, ἢ καλῶς τεθνηκέναι | τὸν εὐγενή χρή.
1310. mvp-comment-691-1 ἐμαυτοῦ On my own account. Essay on Language § 9. p. 12.
1311. mvp-comment-692-1 σὺν ἑπτά τε λόγχαις Cp. Ant. 106, τὸν . . Ἀργόθεν φῶτα βάντα πανσαγία: 141-142. ταχθέντες ἴσοι πρὸς ἴσους ἔλιπον Ζηνὶ τροπαίῳ πάγχαλκα τέλη. (1) The uplifted spear of each leader is singled out for special mention as that to which all eyes would turn for the signal to march, etc. Cp. Trach. 856, κελαινὰ λόγχα προμάχου δορός, Aesch. Eum. 766, εὖ κεκασμένον δορύ. Although λόγχη, like ἀσπίς, is sometimes used collectively, ἑπτὰ ἀσπίδες could never mean seven heavy-armed battalions. (2) If τάξις might have the special meaning of a troop of cavalry, it might mig be proposed to read λόχοις for λόγχαις.
1313. mvp-comment-693-1 Ἀμφιάρεως.
1314. mvp-comment-694-1 πρώτα δ᾽ οἰωνῶν ὁδοῖς And skilled before all men in the intricate meanings of the flight of birds.
1318-1319. mvp-comment-695-1 κατασκαφῇ Dative of the manner: πυρί, dative of the instrument: In utter demolition to burn with fire.
1320. mvp-comment-696-1 ὄρνυται Rushes on. The word indicates the fiery youth of Parthenopaeus.
1321. mvp-comment-697-1 ἐπώνυμος.. λοχευθείς Called so, because the late offspring of a mother, who beforetime was long a virgin. The genitive is governed partly by ἐπώνυμος and partly by λοχευθείς, which is added epexegetically. Cp. supra 1255, and note. Essay on Language § 43. p. 82.
1321. mvp-comment-697-2 χρόνῳ refers to the long-continued maidenhood of Atalanta, and is in construction either (1) with πρόσθεν, or rather (2) with λοχευθείς.
1322. mvp-comment-698-1 πιστός Steadfast: δίκαιος κἀγαθὸς παραστάτης, Ant. 671. An ornamental epithet, suitably applied by Polynices to one of his faithful companions. Cp. infra 1395.
1323-1325. mvp-comment-699-1 ἐγὼ δὲ.. ἄγω Polynices ends with the mention of himself, but, instead of continuing the enumeration, distinguishes himself from the rest as the leader of all.
1323-1325. mvp-comment-699-2 σός Sc. γόνος.
1323-1325. mvp-comment-699-3 τοῦ κακοῦ πότμου φυτευθείς Cp. Ο. Τ. 1080, ἐγὼ δ᾽ ἐμαυτὸν παῖδα τῆς τύχης νέμων, κ.τ.λ.
1323-1325. mvp-comment-699-4 Ἄργους is partly gen. of place = rdv ἐξ Ἄργους opposed to ἐς Θήβας, partly descriptive = 'Αργεῖον.
1326. mvp-comment-700-1 To make his supplication more impressive Polynices represents the whole army, which he has described, as joining in it. Ср. О. Т. 326-327, ἐπεὶ | πάντες σε προσκυνοῦμεν οἵδ᾽ ἱκτήριοι.
1326. mvp-comment-700-2 ἀντὶ.. ψυχῆς] 'By these thy children, and by thy life. This rare use of ἀντί is to be explained by the notion of equivalence. At the price of your children; i. e. As you love them. Cp. El. 537, ἀλλ ἀντ᾿ ἀδελφοῦ. 'But for his brother's sake.'
1328. mvp-comment-701-1 μήνιν εἰκαθεῖν Το yield your wrath.' The construction is singular, but εἰκαθεῖν = χαλᾶν. Essay on Language § 16. p. 23.
1330. mvp-comment-702-1 πάτρας The accusative would be an equally regular construction, but the genitive is preferred because admitting of a construction with both verbs.
1331-1332. mvp-comment-703-1 For, if any event is to be believed in as issuing from prophecy, the God declared the victory to be with those whom you support.' ἐκ χρηστηρίων, sc. ἀποβαίνον. προσθῇ, SC. ἀλκήν, or the like. Cp. Hdt. 2. 160, τῷ ἀστῷ ἀγωνιζομένῳ προσθήσονται.
1333. mvp-comment-704-1 Now, by the wells and by the Gods of our race. Although ὁμογνίων adheres closely to θεῶν, the same idea is extended to κρηνῶν, The wells of which our fathers drank. The v. r., πρὸς θεῶν, deserves attention.
1336. mvp-comment-705-1 ἄλλους.. θωπεύοντες Courting favours from others at Argos and at Athens. οἰκοῦμεν) We obtain a dwellingplace.
1337. mvp-comment-706-1 ἐξειληφότες Having received. Cp. Plat. Soph. 227 B, where there is a similar doubt between εἰλήφασι and εἰλήχασι and the MSS. are strongly in favour of εἰλήφασι. For ἐξειληχότες, which is equally probable, cp. El. 760.
1340-1341. mvp-comment-707-1 ὃν.. διασκεδῶ Whose forces I will scatter to the winds.' Eteocles stands for his power, as Polynices for his in Ant. 106, τὸν λεύκασπιν Αργόθεν φῶτα βάντα, κ.τ.λ.
1340. mvp-comment-708-1 τήμῇ · · φρενί If you will side with me. For this periphrasis, cp. Ant. 1015, τῆς σῆς ἐκ φρενός : ib. 1063, μὴ ᾿μπολήσων .. τὴν ἐμὴν φρένα: Τr. 538, ἐμπόλημα τῆς ἐμῆς φρενός.
1341.
mvp-comment-709-1
With little effort and in brief time.' ὄγκος, is originally bulk' or
mass. Hence it has the two secondary senses of (1)
importance, (2)
effort. Cp. Eur. Troad. 107-108, ὦ πολὺς ὄγκος ξυστελλομένων | προγόνων, ὡς οὐδὲν ἄρ᾽ ἦσθα. Virg. Aen. 1. 37,
1348. mvp-comment-710-1 The objections to δημοῦχοι, which has the authority of the first hand of L. (but cp. 1355), are well stated by Hermann: Reisigius ingeniose conjecit, ἄνδρες τῆσδε δημοῦχοι χθονός. Non est tamen credibile, ita scripsisse poetam, tum quia tam verbosa compellatio minus convenit homini irato, tum quod nudum nomen Thesei hic, ubi regia auctoritate se permotum indicare vult Oedipus, non satis grave est. For δημοῦχος, as applied to Theseus, cp. supra 1087.
1350. mvp-comment-711-1 For the amplification of the phrase with ὥστε, cp. Phil. 901, ἔπεισεν ὥστε μὴ μὲ ἄγειν ναύτην ἔτι; Eur. Hipp. 1327, ἤθελ᾽ ὥστε γίγνεσθαι τάδε.
1351. mvp-comment-712-1 ὀμφῆς τῆς ἐμῆς My voice. For the solemn association attaching to ὀμφή, cp. supra 550, κατ' ὀμφὴν σήν, and note.
1352. mvp-comment-713-1 νῦν δ᾽ ἀξιωθεὶς εἶσι But now this shall be vouchsafed him ere he go; yea, and he shall hear words that shall in nowise cheer his path of life: thine, O thou wretch,' etc.
1356. mvp-comment-714-1 τὸν αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ For αὑτοῦ = σεαυτοῦ, and for the order of words, cp. supr. 930.
1357. mvp-comment-715-1 στολάς Supr. 1258.
1357. mvp-comment-715-2 φορεῖν Governed by the notion of causation in ἔθηκας = ἐποίησας.
1359. mvp-comment-716-1 κακών Added to supplement πόνῳ. Cp. supra 1029-1030, ὕβριν τόλμης. .. 1360-1361. This is no case for tears. By me these things must be borne, however I live, never forgetting that you are my murderer.' κλαυστά] Some editors read κλαυτά. Dd2 The MS. reading is defended by Hermann, who says, Ego quidem suspicor in hoc nomine verbali idem accidisse, quod in γνωστός et γνωτός factum videri at Oed. R. 362 (361) adnotavi, ut hae formae subtili quodam significationis discrimine distinguerentur. Nam, nisi fallor, κλαυτός proprie est defletus, deinde autem ad exemplum aliorum verbalium lacrimabilis; κλαυστός autem lacrimandus, i. e. quem convenit defleri.
1361. mvp-comment-717-1 ὥσπερ ἂν ζῶ Whatever my life may be. Cp. Hom. Od. 17. 586, οὐκ ἄφρων ὁ ξεῖνος δίεται, ὅσπερ ἂν εἴη. Some take ὡs in this place for ἕως (see Essay on Language § 28. p. 47), but such a use of ὥσπερ is inadmissible. As above rendered, the words have an obvious reference to 1357-1359, and to supr. 1625, 6, I ask not for your compassion; whether I live happily or miserably, I shall equally regard you as my murderer.
1361. mvp-comment-717-2 μεμνημένος is nominative by attraction to the relative clause.
1363. mvp-comment-718-1 ἐκ σέθεν In consequence of your acts. Essay on Language § 19. p. 28. According to Sophocles in this play, Polynices was the elder brother. Supr. 1295.
1365. mvp-comment-719-1 For the position of μή, see Essay on Language § 41. p. 78. 1370-1371. (1) (Reading οὗ τί πω) Therefore the Avenging eyes are upon τροφαὶ ΑR. thee, not indeed as they will be by-andby, if once those battalions move towards the town of Thebes. The curse of Oedipus is absolute: but its immediate execution depends on the action of Polynices. Antigone may be supposed to have these words in her mind when she entreats her brother to turn his army back. Infr. 1416 ff. The apodosis to which μέν looks forward (εἰσόψεται δέ) is absorbed in the relative clause, ὡς αὐτίκα, SC. εἰσόψεται. (2) Retaining που from L, and supposing ὡs to be pleonastic as in various adverbial expressions (cp. esp. El. 1452, ὡς ἐτητύμως: Phil. 58, πλεῖς δ᾽ ὡς πρὸς οἶκον), a different turn may perhaps be given to the expression. Therefore the eye of Heaven regards thee, I do not say for immediate vengeance, since these battalions are on their march to Thebes.' In this case Oedipus contrasts the proud advance of Polynices at the head of the Argive host (cp. Ant. 119 ff.) with his impending ruin. For this momentary suspension of the curse, cp. Phil. 961, ὅλοιο μή πω, κ.τ.λ. The deferred apodosis is resumed by implication in 1372 ff. εἴπερ, with the indicative, suits better with (2): if. as you tell me. This is a real example of tragic irony. In this case που is slightly better than πω, because assisting the ironical expression. Not, I suppose, for instant retribution, since your great host is still upon its way. ὡς αὐτίκα, sc. εἰσορῶν, i. e. κολάζων. In support of the above suggestion (2), it may be urged that αὐτίκα rarely opposes future time to present, though it is occasionally so used by Plato (Gorg. 459 C, Rep. 495 С).
1371. mvp-comment-720-1 οἵδε .. λόχοι Oedipus speaks as if he saw the army which Polynices has described. Cp. supr. 1326 ff.
1372-1373. mvp-comment-721-1 οὐ γάρ, κ.τ.λ. The town, I say, for there is one who shall never call Thebes his "city." In the edition of Turnebus, ἐρεῖ τις is changed to ἐρείψεις, on which Hermann justly remarks, Etiam si illa fortasse codicis alicuju alicujus scriptura est, non levis manet suspicio, ingenioso eam correctori potius quam ipsi poetae deberi, non quod ἐρείψεις gravius verbum sit quam expectes, aut quod κείνην addi non opus fuerit; in hujusmodi rebus enim non est argutandum: sed quod codicum et veterum editionum scriptura tantum abest ut sensu careat, ut propterea tantum, quia difficilior est, correctione opus habuisse videatur.' The interpretation of the passage turns on the associations surrounding the word πόλις. (Cp. supra 837, 858.) Oedipus, in speaking to Polynices of Thebes, avoids the word πόλις, and uses ἄστυ instead, because, as he says with a sort of angry logic, Thebes shall never more be a city to Polynices, who shall be ἄπολις Θήβης as he is ἀπάτωρ ἐμοῦ (1383). It is to be remembered that the words πόλις and πατρίς were used by Greeks with the same affection. ate familiarity, and the same consciousness of the privileges attaching to them, as the words πατήρ, μήτηρ, ἀδελφός, and the like. This is not equally the case with ἄστυ, which is rather the place, while πόλις is the commonwealth, furnished well with men. Cp. Eur. Phoen. 613, Π. ὦ πόλις. ΕΤ. μολὼν ἐς Ἄργος ἀνακάλει Λέρνης ὕδωρ. On the use of the indefinite for the second personal pronoun, see Essay on Language § 22. p. 36. It may be further observed, against the reading of Turnebus, that Oedipus, who is looking forward to the defeat of the Thebans at his grave, is not likely thus to emphasize the impregnable strength of their city.
1375. mvp-comment-722-1 τοιάσδ᾽ ἀράς Viz. the curse of mutual slaughter. Sophocles here returns to the old legend, which he had altered so as to give a dramatic and ethical propriety to the curse of Oedipus. See Introd. p. 269. The curse thus solemnly recalled is the original curse of the old story, and not a mere accidental utterance like that in supra 421, foll.
1376. mvp-comment-723-1 ἀνακαλοῦμαι I invoke them anew in my behalf. So in Eur. Suppl. 626, κεκλημένους μὲν ἀνακαλούμεθ᾽ αὖ θεούς.
1377. mvp-comment-724-1 ἵν᾿ ἀξιῶτον, κ.τ.λ. For similar language accompanying a threat, cp. Ant. 310, 311: Tr. 1110-1111.
1378. mvp-comment-725-1 καὶ μὴ ἐξατιμάζητον, εἰ And may not think it a light matter that ye have been such sons to your blind father.
1378. mvp-comment-725-2 ἀτιμάζειν c. inf. in Eur. 608-609, is to neglect a duty. Hence ἐξατιμάζειν here means to persist in making light of a sin. For the compound, cp. ἐξουδενίζω. See Essay on Language p. 101. The clause εἰ.. ἔφυτον is the object of the verb. For the ethical force of ei='to think that,' see Essay on Language § 28. p. 46.
1378. mvp-comment-725-3 τυφλοῦ πατρὸς τοιώδ᾽ ἔφυτον is condensed for τυφλοῦ πατρὸς φύντες ἐγένεσθον τοιώδε: i. e. When your father was blind, you proved so undutiful.
1379. mvp-comment-726-1 Ultima hujus versus verba αἵδε γὰρ τάδ᾽ οὐκ ἔδρων, hac simplicitate sua admirabilem habent planeque divinam vim tum ad magnitudinem doloris propter impietatem filiorum, tum ad caritatem, quam filiae meruerunt, declarandam.' Herm.
1380-1381. mvp-comment-727-1 Therefore they have power to frustrate thy supplication and thy claim upon the throne.' They, viz. (1) my curses,' which are the main subject, the reflection αΐδε ἔδρων being inserted parenthetically. For this, cp. Phil. 351, οὐ γὰρ εἰδόμην: 668, καὶ δόντι δοῦναι: 1034, αὕτη γὰρ ἦν σοι πρόφασις ἐκβαλεῖν ἐμέ: supra 280, φυγὴν δε του μήπω γενέσθαι φωτὸς ἀνοσίου βροτῶν. Otherwise (2), they, viz. the daughters, whose virtues justify the repulse of the son: sc. αὗται τοιαῦται γενόμεναι. But, although the verb is thus made to agree with the nearer subject, the words do not naturally bear this meaning. τὸ σὸν θάκημα has been interpreted to mean thine enthronement,' the whole line thus recalling the words of Polynices, supr. 1293, τοῖς σοῖς . . ἐνθακεῖν θρόνοις. But θάκημα has been used twice previously of the supplication of Polynices (11. 1160, 1179; cp. also 1163, 1166); and this meaning is here in point. Polynices has appealed not only to his right of primogeniture, but to the protection of Poseidon, from whose altar Theseus raised him with a solemn promise (supr. 1285-1290, 1293-1294). Оеdipus rejoins that both these claims are quashed by the righteousness of his paternal curse, which is justified by the filial ingratitude of both his sons, ap- 1380 1385 pearing still darker when contrasted with the piety of Antigone and Ismene.
1381-1382. mvp-comment-728-1 If the righteousness of which old legends tell presides in the immemorial rule of Zeus. Demosth. Ρ. 772-725, τὴν ἀπαραίτητον καὶ σεμνὴν Δίκην, ἣν ὁ τὰς ἁγιωτάτας ἡμῖν τελετὰς καταδείξας Ὀρφεὺς παρὰ τὸν τοῦ Διὸς θρόνον φησὶ καθημένην πάντα τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐφορᾶν. The latter part of the compound παλαιφάτουis subordinate, so that it is little more than παλαιοῦ, but with an association from φάτις, φήμη, cp. Τr. 823; Hes. Op. 257. The laws of Zeus are personified, like the νόμοι ἄγραφοι in O. T. 866. But the eternal laws are here imagined rather as ruling over events than as claiming the allegiance of the heart: in their retributive more than their directive aspect. Cp. Ant. 604, ff., τεάν, Ζεῦ, δύνασιν τίς ἀνδρῶν | ὑπερβασία κατάσχοι ; τὸ τ᾽ ἔπειτα καὶ τὸ μέλλον καὶ τὸ πρὶν ἐπαρκέσει | νόμος ὅδ'.
1383. mvp-comment-729-1 ἀπόπτυστος.. ἐμοῦ Disowned, ay, and abhorred by me. Essay on Language § 41. p. 78, B, b. ἐμοί, from ἐμοῦ following, is probably to be supplied with ἀπόπτυστος. For the genitive of respect after the privative, see Essay on Language § 10. p. 16.
1385. mvp-comment-730-1 ἅς σοι καλοῦμαι Which I invoke on thee. Cp. infr. 1389, 1391. The force of the middle voice here is to mark the intensely personal nature of the act: which I invoke on them from my very soul. In supr. 1376 it is rather, which being my own, I summon to my aid. σοι is dative of direct reference. Essay on Language § 12. p. 18.
1385. mvp-comment-730-2 γῆς ἐμφυλίου The land of thine own kin. The word marks the sacrilegious nature of Polynices' enterprise. Cp. αἷμ' ἐμφύλιον.
1387. mvp-comment-731-1 τὸ κοῖλον Ἄργος The vale of Argos, as in supra 378. Cp. 1301, and Homer's κοίλην Λακεδαίμονα.
1387-1388. mvp-comment-732-1 συγγενεῖ χερὶ . . ἐξελήλασαι] i. e. With brother's hand to slay and to be slain.' συγγενεῖ χερί and ὑφ' οὗπερ ἐξελήλασαι belong equally to both the infinitives. The phrase ὑφ' οὗπερ ἐξελήλασαι is a formal amplification, giving greater solemnity. For the legend, see Pind. Isthm. 7. (6.) 10.
1389-1390. mvp-comment-733-1 And I invoke the hated gloom of the abyss to carry thee away to his place. πατρῷον is obscure. Either (1), there is an allusion to the curse upon the Labdacidae, I invoke on thee the horrid gloom of Erebus, thy sole inheritance from our sire: or (2) simply, where my father is: or (3), πατρῷος is used as an epithet of Tartarus, to mark off a special function; cp. ZΖεὺς ξένιος, ἱκετήσιος, etc. The gloom of the nethermost abyss, that avenges fathers.The dreadful hell that waits upon a father's curse.' Taken either way πατρῷον conveys more of horror than Nauck's κάτωθεν, or Meineke's στυγνοπρόσωπον. Τάρταρος, like Όλυμπος, is less definite in Sophocles than in earlier poetry. 1395
1389. mvp-comment-734-1 τό τοῦ LA.
1389. mvp-comment-734-2 τοὺσ-ουσ Β Vat.
1389. mvp-comment-734-3 ἐμβεβληκότα ἐ(κ?)βεβληκότα LL². ἐμ1393. κἀξάγγελλ' κἐξάγγελ' Α.
1391. mvp-comment-735-1 τάσδε δαίμονας Oedipus invokes the Eumenides against Polynices, as against Creon supr. 1010 ff., rather as his patron deities than in their primary character as Erinyes. See Introd. p. 281, and contrast Ajax' invocation of the same deities, Aj. 843.
1391. mvp-comment-735-2 Ἄρη The God of strife and destruction, who in Sophocles is often regarded as an evil power. Cp. O. T. 190.
1392. mvp-comment-736-1 For δεινόν, cp. supr. 336.
1397. mvp-comment-737-1 οὔτε.. ξυνήδομαι For the indirect mode of expression, see Essay on Language § 42. p. 72, and cp. Eur. Med. 136, οὐδὲ συνήδομαι, ὦ γύναι, ἄλγεσι δώματος.
1397. mvp-comment-737-2 ταῖς παρελθούσαις ὁδοῖς By reason of your journies hitherto; with special reference to the journey to Argos: supr. 378. See Essay on Language § 14. p. 21, § 51. p. 96.
1399. mvp-comment-738-1 κελεύθου For my coming hither. For τῆς ἐμῆς only expressed in the second member of the clause, see Essay on Language § 21. p. 33. b.
1399. mvp-comment-738-2 δυσπραξίας refers especially to the failure of his present mission, in which he is worse than ἄπρακτος.
1400. mvp-comment-739-1 Cp. Pind. Isthm. 6. (7). 10, quoted on l. 1076. οἷον ἄρ᾽ ὁδοῦ τέλος | Ἄργους ἀφωρμήθημεν] The accusative τέλος may be accounted for in one of two ways: either (1) as the accusative of motion transferred to time, or (2) as an accusative in apposition with the action of the verb expressing the result of the action. The latter is probably right. We set forth from Argos, with what a consummation of our enterprise!' Essay on Language § 16. p. 22, § 17. p. 25.
1400. mvp-comment-739-2 ὁδοῦ ie. The whole march from Argos to Thebes. Cp. infr. 1439-1440.
1402. mvp-comment-740-1 The words τοιοῦτον, κ.τ.λ. are epexegetic of olov in l. 1400.
1403. mvp-comment-741-1 οὐδ᾽ ἀποστρέψαι πάλιν Cp. infr. 1416. The sentence has passed out of the construction with olov. The object of ἀποστρέψαι is easily supplied. Cp. Hdt. 4. 43, ἀποστρέψας ὀπίσω, ἀπέπλεε.
1404. mvp-comment-742-1 ἀλλ᾽ ὄντ᾿ ἄναυδον, κ.τ.λ. The positive notion is here elicited from the negative (see Essay on Language p. 64); i. e. these words depend on χρή implied in οὐκ ἔξεστι. Cp. esp. O. T. 816-818.
1405. mvp-comment-743-1 ὦ τοῦδ᾽ ὅμαιμοι παῖδες O my own sisters, daughters of this my father. Against explaining τοῦδε as = ἐμοῦ, it is enough to urge that there is no other instance in Sophocles in which this pronoun stands alone for the first person. In the only two places where it is so used substantively (Tr. 305, τῆσδε, 1012, τῷδε) it is immediately followed by a participle in agreement with it. In ὅμαιμοι there is no reference (as in ὦ σπέρμ᾽ ὅμαιμον, 331) to the incestuous birth, an allusion which, though in character with Oedipus, supr. 328, would not be in character with Polynices here. Cp. infr. 1772: Ant. 512-513.
1406. mvp-comment-744-1 κλύετε †τοῦδ᾽ ἀρωμένου τοῦδε occurs three times in these three lines, and ταῦτα seems to be required to complete τὰ σκληρά. It may seem justifiable therefore to read ταῦτ᾽ for τοῦδ' in this line. But it may be observed that a certain amount of iteration of the dominant thought is natural to the broken language of such an entreaty. See esp. ll. 1407-1409. and cp. Phil. 473 ff. The thought of his father has a terrible fascination for Polynices at this moment.
1407. mvp-comment-745-1 *ἐάν The a is long here and in Aristoph. Vesp. 228. It is strange that car should occur so seldom before a vowel.
1408. mvp-comment-746-1 Cp. infr. 1769 ff.
1410. mvp-comment-747-1 But yourselves lay me in the tomb, and afford me funeral rites.' ἐν κτερίσμασιν is placed in construction with θέσθε in a slightly different sense, = περιστείλατε κτερίσμασιν. See Essay on Language pp. 60, 65, 2. The middle voice in θέσθε is subjective, i. e. it emphasises the personal nature of the action: θέσθε, i. e. προθυμήθητε θεῖναι. Essay on Language § 31. P. 53.
1411. mvp-comment-748-1 And the praise you now receive from him for your labours in his behalf shall have added unto it another praise moreover for the service done to me.' For the turn of expression, cp. O.T. 666-667, τάδ᾽ εἰ κακοῖς κακὰ ἡ γῆ) προσάψει τοῖς πάλαι τὰ πρὸς σφῷν. And for the use of φέρω, Αj. 293, γυναιξὶ κόσμον ἡ σιγὴ φέρει.
1412. mvp-comment-749-1 τοῦδ᾽ ἀνδρός is, ist, genitive of origin, You receive from him:' but, 2nd, suggests the object of πονεῖτον, sc. τῷδε or ὑπὲρ τοῦδε. οἷς = τούτοις ἅ: By reason of your labours.'
1413. mvp-comment-750-1 ἔτ᾿ ἄλλον οἴσει Cp. Tr. 618-619, ὅπως ἂν ἡ χάρις κείνου τε σοι | κἀμοῦ ξυνελθοῦσ᾽, ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ.
1413. mvp-comment-750-2 τῆς ἐμῆς ὑπουργίας ‘By reason of, etc. Essay on Language § 10. p. 15.
1414. mvp-comment-751-1 The two trisyllabic feet coming together at the beginning of the line produce a singular effect, corresponding to the trembling eagerness of Antigone.
1415. mvp-comment-752-1 Some MSS. have ὦ φιλτάτη μοι ποῖον, which Hermann admitted. But if Par. A. has preserved the true reading, μοι was not unlikely to be conjectured to supply the syllable which was lost in L. On the other hand, μοι expresses greater tenderness. But in a point of such uncertainty, even a slight MS. preponderance must be allowed to determine the text.
1416. mvp-comment-753-1 γε, qualifying the whole sentence, marks the earnestness of the entreaty. Essay on Language § 26. р. 44. Meineke conj. σε. In this case στρέψαι is infin. active. As the text stands, it is either (1) infin. active (for imperative), or (2) imperative middle, i. e. στρέψον τὸ στράτευμά σου.
1418. mvp-comment-754-1 For how, if I once falter, can I again lead the same army the same way?᾽ αὖθις, another time, πάλιν, back to Thebes. Some would read ἄν for aὖ. This is unnecessary, see Essay on Language § 27. p. 45, (2), and gives av an awkward position, but makes no difference to the sense. Antigone meant Give up the expedition. But this idea can find no entrance to Polynices' mind. He only thinks of the possibility of a temporary yielding, like that of a general who meets with some unfavourable omen. And against this he argues, I cannot go back now, for if I did, my attempt falls through entirely. I could no longer command the army, which must sooner or later be led by me against Thebes.
1420. mvp-comment-755-1 But why need you again suffer your wrath to rise? Antigone vainly tries to reason against the fixed idea in Polynices' mind, and assumes that his passion may cool, and not be kindled again. αὖθις echoes αὖθις in 1418.
1422. mvp-comment-756-1 It is ignominious to be in exile, and that I, the elder-born, should be a laughing-stock to my brother, as I now am. Cp. supra 1339.
1424. mvp-comment-757-1 Seest thou, then, how his prophecies advance unchecked to their certain end? Vides ergo ut hujus vaticinia ad eventum ruunt.' (Herm.) ἐκφέρεις, the conjecture of Tyrwhitt, certainly deserves notice, and is supported by Pind. Nem. 4. 60, 1, ἄλαλκε δὲ Χείρων, καὶ τὸ μόρσιμον Διόθεν πεπρωμένον ἔκφερεν. But the image of the prophecy moving on steadily to the event is more impressive. For the absolute use of ἐκφέρει, cp. Tr. 824, ὁπότε τελεόμηνος ἐκφέροι | δωδέκατος ἄροτος.
1425. mvp-comment-758-1 ἐξ ἀμφοῖν From your mutual hands. Cp. supr. 1387, and note.
1426. mvp-comment-759-1 The existence of a verb χρήζω from χράω, suggested by the scholiast here, is questionable. See Eur. Hel. 516. At all events, the common meaning of χρήζει is suitable here. Antigone speaks of the curse of Oedipus as a prophecy: Polynices avoids her inference by arguing that it would be weak to yield to a mere outburst of wilfulness. He speaks his wish; but it does not become me to give way. Cp. Aesch. Prom. 928, σὺ θὴν ἃ χρήζεις, ταῦτ᾽ ἐπιγλωσσᾷ Διός.
1427-1428. mvp-comment-760-1 τίς .. τἀνδρός On the order of words, see Essay on Language § 41. p. 77.
1429. mvp-comment-761-1 οὐδ᾽ ἀγγελούμεν (1) But we will not tell. δé adversative, arguing against the suggestion of Antigone. Or, (2) οὐδὲ ἀγγελοῦμεν, We will not even report bad news, i. e. and so they will not act upon them. For the thought in ἐπεὶ .. λέγειν, cp. the exhortation of Nicias to his men at Syracuse, Thuc. 7. 61.
1432. mvp-comment-762-1 Polynices contrasts the bitter business before him with what he hopes will be the lot of Antigone and Ismene.
1433-1434. mvp-comment-763-1 Rendered ill-starred and disastrous by this my father and his avenging spirit. For πρός, cp. Ant. 51, πρὸς αὐτοφώρων ἀμπλακημάτων. Polynices here, and supra 1299, speaks in the Homeric manner of his father's Erinyes, without any reference to the Erinyes at whose sacred place he is standing. Cp. supr. 1391 and note.
1435. mvp-comment-764-1 σφῷν δ᾽ εὐοδοίη Ζεύς ‘But for you may Zeus prepare a prosperous way.' Cp. Hdt. 6. 73, ὡς τῷ Κλεομένεϊ εὐωδώθη τὸ ἐς τὸν Δημάρητον πρήγμα, which shows that εὐοδόω is properly followed by the dative of the person as well as the accusative of the thing. In the present case an accusative (e.g. τὸν βίον, τὰ πράγματα) is easily supplied. Hence the correction σφώ is unnecessary, and the conjecture εὖ διδοίη, besides being unnecessary, destroys a beautiful image, and the connection with 1432.
1436. mvp-comment-765-1 θανόντ' To avoid the unusual elision of of the dative, this has been explained as an accusative, by a change of construction; cp. El. 479, ὕπεστί μοι θράσος ἁδυπνόων κλύουσαν ἀρτίως ὀνειράτων: Aesch. Pers. 913-914, λέλυται γὰρ ἐμοὶ γυίων ῥώμη | τήνδ᾽ ἡλικίαν ἐσιδόντ᾽ ἀστῶν: Choeph. 410, πέπαλται δ᾽ αὐτέ μοι φίλον κέαρ τόνδε κλύουσαν οἶκτον. But it should probably be admitted that here and in Trach. 677, ἀργῆτ' οἰὸς εὐείρῳ πόκῳ, there is an elision of the 1, as well as in Eur. Alc. 1118. Γοργόν᾽ ὡς καρατόμῳ, where however the conj. карато- μῶν in not improbable, and in any case the licence is taken with a proper name. After θανόντι some general word like ὑπουργεῖν is to be supplied from τάδ' εἰ τελεῖτε.
1436. mvp-comment-765-2 ἐπεὶ οὔ μοι ζῶντί γ'] Not τάδε τελεῖν, but some more general notion of paying the tribute of affection, is to be supplied. The inexactness of this is similar to that noticed in 1410. Elmsley's conjecture, οὐ μὴ ζῶντά γ᾽ αὖθις ἕξετον is therefore unnecessary, as 1440. Cp. Pind. Nem. 9. 21, speaking of the same expedition, φαινομέναν δ' ἄρ᾽ ἐς ἄταν σπεῦδεν ὅμιλος ἱκέσθαι (because of the adverse omens at their setting forth): Aesch. Prom. 1073-1074, 5, μηδέποτ' εἴπηθ᾽ | ὡς Ζεὺς ὑμᾶς εἰς ἀπρόοπτον | πῆμ᾽ εἰσέβαλεν.
1443. mvp-comment-766-1 εἴ σου στερηθῶ For the subjunctive with el, see Essay on L § 27. p. 44. Here the supposition is more definite than with ei and the optative, and more general than with ἐάν and the subjunctive, and the form of expression is therefore more suited to the expression of intense feeling.
1443. mvp-comment-766-2 ταῦτα .. χἀτέρᾳ But this is in the power of God, and may come to pass either in this way, or in some other. It rests with the Divinity that shapes our ends.Cp. Shak. Hamlet, 5. 2, Not a whit, we defy augury: there's a special providence in the falling of a sparrow:' Hom. Il. 12. 235-243.
1444. mvp-comment-767-1 For φῦναι, cp. Αj. 646-647, ἅπανθ' ὁ .. χρόνος | φύει τ' ἄδηλα καὶ φανέντα κρύπτεται.
1444-1445. mvp-comment-768-1 For you I pray to heaven that ye may never encounter woe.' The conjectures κακόν (Triclinius), and σφώ (Scaliger and Elmsley), are both unnecessary. Of the two, that of Triclinius is the more probable, = ' I pray that evil may never cross your path.' For κακόν, cp. Phil. 446.
1446. mvp-comment-769-1 For all may see that ye deserve no ill.'
1447. mvp-comment-770-1 Polynices departs, and the end is near. The chorus are reflecting on the new horror created by the curse of Oedipus, when a sound of thunder is heard, which awakens all their superstition, and is recognized by Oedipus as the promised summons. He calls for Theseus, and the chorus repeat his call. This part of the play consists of two strophes, divided by three sets of five iambic trimeters, each consisting of two couplets spoken by Oedipus, with a line between them. The prevailing metre is dochmiac, with iambic and trochaic movements interspersed. The dochmiacs, with frequent long syllables, increase in the second strophe. a'. First strophe and antistrophe. トリートトー CCICICICICICICI 15ートー つ 1 Iambic dimeter. 2 Diiambus and cretic, bis; but see note on 1454- β'. Second strophe and antistrophe. C- トートト ートートトー トトートトー 5a1clc!CIC!CICICI Cp. 1. 3 of strophe a'.
1447. mvp-comment-770-2 νέα ... ἄνω These are the reflections of the chorus after hearing the woe pronounced on Polynices. The remarks of the Scholiast show a curious perception of ancient Greek feeling: εἰ καὶ ὅτι μάλιστα ξενικά ἐστι τὰ πρόσωπα, καὶ τὰ κατέχοντα τούτους κακά, ὅμως συναλγεῖ ὁ χόρος] καὶ εὐλαβεῖται μὴ ἐκ τῆς ὁμιλίας τῆς σὺν αὐτοῖς ἀπολαύσωσί τινος κακοῦ καὶ αὐτοί· ἐν τοιούτῳ οὖν ἤθει καὶ ὁ λόγος αὐτοῖς διάκειται· τοιαῦτα πάρεστιν ἡμῖν, φησίν, ἄτοπα παρὰ τοῦ ξένου ἀπολαῦσαι, ἐκτὸς εἰ μὴ μοῖρά τις καταλαμβάνει ἡμᾶς, καὶ κατὰ μοίραν ἀπολαύομεν, ὧν ἀπολαύσομεν.
1447. mvp-comment-770-3 νέα New, i.e. In addition to the trouble he gave us before.
1447. mvp-comment-770-4 νεόθεν From a new source, Springing from a new occasion, i. e. from his interview with Polynices.
1449. mvp-comment-771-1 *νέα, added by Hermann, for the sake of the metre, also rather improves the sense. ،
1450. mvp-comment-772-1 εἴ τι μοῖρα μὴ κιγχάνει Polynices (1426) referred the curse to his father's caprice: Antigone (1424, 1440) to some higher inspiration. The chorus waver between the two suggestions. Coming from the blind stranger: if this be not haply the hand of fate. The Homeric expression κιχάνει or κιγχάνει, is here left without a distinct object. The Scholiast suggests ἡμᾶς: later critics αὐτόν: and some have rendered, Evil comes to me from the stranger, unless his fate overtake him now. Cp. II. 22. 436, νῦν αὖ θάνατος καὶ Μοῖρα κιχάνει. But the emphasis is on μοῖρα, and the verb is used absolutely. Lit. Unless it be Fate who in some respect attains her aim. τι as cognate accusative in part supplies the place of the regular object. This explanation harmonizes with the next line.
1451. mvp-comment-773-1 For I cannot tell of any decree of Gods that hath been in vain.' For ἔχω φράσαι, cp. Aesch. Ag. 367, Διὸς πλαγὰν ἔχουσιν εἰπεῖν. And for the adverbas predicate, see Essay on Language p. 40. 1454-1455. Either (1) 'Time ever keeps (the execution of the Divine Will) in view, one day making some things rise and grow, and other things again on the day following. For this interpretation, cp. Aj. 646, ἅπανθ᾽ ὁ.. χρόνος φύει τ᾿ ἄδηλα καὶ φανέντα κρύπτεται: Ib. 131-132, ὡς ἡμέρα κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν | ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια: Τr. 132 ff.: Hdt. 1. 5, τὰ γὰρ τὸ πάλαι μεγάλα ἦν, τὰ πολλὰ αὐτῶν σμικρὰ γέγονε· τὰ δὲ ἐπ᾿ ἐμεῦ ἦν μεγάλα, πρότερον ἦν σμικρά. τὴν ἀνθρωπηΐην ὧν ἐπιστάμενος εὐδαιμονίαν οὐδαμὰ ἐν τωὐτῷ μένουσαν, ἐπιμνήσομαι ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως. And for αὔξων ἄνω, infr. 1567, πάλιν σε δαίμων δίκαιος αὔξοι. In this interpretation ἐπεὶ μέν is supposed to be used after the analogy of ὅτε μέν. And this is hardly admissible, if the usage, ὅτε μὲν ὅτε δὲ.. is to be explained, as seems most probable, by the original identity of the relative with the demonstrative. Cp. ὃς μὲν .. ὃς δὲ .. (2) To meet the difficulty Canter conjectured ἐκεῖ, i. e. In yonder case. Others have supposed that ἐπεί is the corruption of a verb or participle. The words τρέπων τὰ ἤδη αὐξηθέντα, in the confused note of the Scholiast, have suggested στρέφων (Schndw., who reads δέδοικα δ' in the antistrophe), i.e. turning backward: (τρέπει is nearer to the MSS, but the indicative could not be followed by a participle with dé coming between). But although Eur. fr. 540 says φεῦ τὰ τῶν εὐδαιμονούντων ὡς τάχα στρέφει θεός, the word is less natural here. Another conj., which gives the same general meaning without altering the rhythm, is áveis, 'letting go'-the opposite of ἀνέχων οἱ ἐπέχων :-'dropping some things, and lifting others on high.' Cp. Aj. 1214, νῦν δ᾽ οὗτος ἀνεῖται : Pind. Pyth. 2. 89, (χρὴ δὲ πρὸς θεὸν οὐκ ἐρίζειν) ὃς ἀνέχει ποτὲ μὲν τὰ κείνων, τότ᾽ αὖθ᾽ ἑτέροις ἔδωκεν μέγα κύδος. 1455- έτερα CA.
1451. mvp-comment-773-2 (τάδ᾽ ἐπ᾽ ἤματ᾿ B Vat.) (3) The above conjectures suppose an alteration of the antistrophe. The conj. ἐριπὼν μὲν ἕτερα, suggested in our former edition, requires no further change, and, in common with that of Schndw., gives the rhythm (ト(レト υιυΐυιτών. Dind. conj.
1451. mvp-comment-773-3 ἄγων. Qy. ἀπάγων ? (4) It has been suggested to give ἕτερα the meaning of bad, ' sinister,' as in Pind. Pyth. 3. 34, 5, δαίμων δ᾽ ἕτερος | ἐς κακὸν τρέψας ἐδαμάσσατό νιν. But this does not help us to a clear context. (5) The MS. reading τὰ δὲ πήματ᾿ can be rendered metrical by the simple insertion of γε: τὰ δέ γε πήματ'. But πήματα αὔξειν ἄνω is not a natural expression, whether a succession of miseries is spoken of, as in Aesch. Cho. 1020, μόχθων δ᾽ ὁ μὲν αὐτίχ᾽, ὁ δ᾽ ἥξει, or αὔξειν πήματα is imagined to mean to cure misfortune. Although the text is uncertain, the general meaning probably is, Time casts down some things, and others that yesterday were mean, to-day he glorifies. Cp. Aj. 131-132, ὡς ἡμέρα κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν | ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια.
1457. mvp-comment-774-1 Some critics, including Elmsley, have imagined that the thunder is heard immediately on the departure of Oedipus. But a more natural connection is preserved if the chorus are supposed first to express the gloomy forebodings with which the curse of Oedipus has filled their minds, and then to be panic-stricken on hearing the thunder. If it had already thundered, this would in some way have been clearly announced. See Schol. on l. 1450, εἰ μὴ κατὰ μοῖραν ταῦτα πάσχω, εἴποιμι ἂν ἐκ τοῦ Πολυνείκους νέα μοι κακὰ ἐληλυθέναι. And on 1456, μεταξὺ οὖν τῶν τοῦ χόρου λόγων γίνεται τοῦτο.
1457. mvp-comment-774-2 εἴ τις ἔντοπος If there is any one at hand. Said with the uncertainty of a blind man. Cp. Phil. 212.
1458. mvp-comment-775-1 δεῦρο .. πόροι Bring hither. For this meaning of πορεῖν, in which there is a feeling of its etymological connection with πόρος, πορεύω, infr. 1476, cp. Hom. Il. 9. 513, πόρε .. ἕπεσθαι: 6. 228, κτείνειν ὅν γε θεύς γε πόρῃ ('May bring in my way'). See Essay on Language p. 99.
1459. mvp-comment-776-1 τἀξίωμα. The intention ; i.e. τί ἀξιοῖς γενέσθαι σοι τῇ κλήσει; Note the recurrence of the word after 1451.
1462. mvp-comment-777-1 ἴδε μάλα Lo! now again. μάλα emphasizing the repetition, as in μάλ᾽ αὖθις, cp. Aesch. Cho. 870, ἔα, ἔα μάλα: S. c. Τ. 915, δόμων μάλ᾽ ἀχὰν ἐς οὖς προπέμπει δαΐκτωρ γόος: Pers. 1045, οἱ μάλα καὶ τόδ᾽ ἀλγῶ: Hdt. 1. 181, καὶ ἕτερος μάλα ἐπὶ τούτου.
1462. mvp-comment-777-2 μέγας . . διόβολος There comes mightily crashing down the unutterable roar of the Zeus-hurled bolt. As in πτερωτὸς βροντή supra, the thunder has the attributes of the lightning.
1462. mvp-comment-777-3 ἄφατος, of an overwhelming sensation, as in O. T. 1314, νέφος.. ἐπιπλόμενον ἄφατον.
1464. mvp-comment-778-1 ἐς.. φόβαν (1) And fear hath crept even to the very hair of my head. ἄκραν, adverbial. Or (2) to the very tips of my hair; with a suggestion of the hair standing on end.
1466. mvp-comment-779-1 ἔπτηξα θυμόν 'I am cowed at heart. On the aorist used when the speaker reflects on his own state, see Essay on Language § 32. p. 55, and cp. esp. Αj. 693. ἔφριξ᾽ ἔρωτι. The MS. reading οὐρανία, which is metrically indefensible, can be best accounted for as a mistaken gloss on οὐρανοῦ, which, however, is not really a descriptive genitive (like ἄστρων .. εὐφρόνη in El. 19), but = from heaven, from the region of the sky. Meineke conj. οὐρανόν, i. e. Lights up the heaven.
1467. mvp-comment-780-1 μάν gives to the question a wondering expression.
1469. mvp-comment-781-1 τί.. τέλος 'What event will it bring forth?" Cp. φωνήν, ἀράς, χροιὰς ἀφιέναι.
1469. mvp-comment-781-2 δέδια τόδ' The reading of l. 1454 being uncertain, it is better not to alter this the corresponding line, for the sake of the metre only, seeing that IC is not an impossible rhythm. Hence it is better to retain τόδ', which has a good meaning (τὸ τῆς βροντῆς χρήμα) and also gives a reason for the neuter gender of ἅλιον.
1469-1470. mvp-comment-782-1 οὐ γὰρ.. ξυμφορᾶς For it never goes forth resultless, never without grave issues. For the repetition of οὐκ, see Essay on Language § 29. p. 48. Heath conj. οὐδ᾽.
1471. mvp-comment-783-1 ὦ μέγας αἰθήρ Tremendous power of the sky. Cp. Aj. 173, ὦ μεγάλα φάτις, in a similar expression of awe and dread.
1472. mvp-comment-784-1 θέσφατος Heaven-ordained;' i. e. Both decreed by the Gods and foretold by them. Cp. supr. 87-95, infr. 1511-1512. For ἐπί, see Essay on Language § 19. p. 27, and cp. ἐφήκω in Thuc. 8. 67, ἐπειδὴ ἡ ἡμέρα ἐφῆκε.
1473. mvp-comment-785-1 κοὐκέτ᾽ ἔστ᾽ ἀποστροφή And there is no avoiding it, now it is come.
1473. mvp-comment-785-2 ἀποστροφή here and Eur. Fr. 447 is not a place of refuge, but has the primary verbal sense.
1474. mvp-comment-786-1 There are two strong reasons for giving this and l. 1488 to Antigone: (1) The speeches of Oedipus are addressed to her and Ismene (1457, ὦ τέκνα, 1472, ὦ παῖδες, 1486, τέκνα, 1490, σφιν, 3rd person): (2) The antistrophic nature of the passage leads us to expect an entire correspondence with l. 1459. It may be added that the chorus are at present too much occupied with their own sensations to attend to Oedipus.
1478. mvp-comment-787-1 ἰδού Cp. Αj. 870, ἰδού, δοῦπον αὖ κλύω τινά.
1478. mvp-comment-787-2 ἀμφίσταται Envelopes me. Cp. Hom. Od. 17. 261, περὶ δέ σφεας ἤλυθ᾽ ἰωὴ | φόρμιγγος: 19.444, περὶ δὲ κτύπος ἦλθε ποδοῖῖν: 1. 352, ἥτις ἀκουόντεσσι νεωτάτη ἀμφιπέληται: Phil. 1263, τίς αὖ παρ᾿ ἄντροις θόρυβος ἵσταται βοῆς; Eur. Her. 73, τίς ἡ βοὴ βωμοῦ πέλας ἕστηκεν ;
1479. mvp-comment-788-1 διαπρύσιος ότοβος The deafening, booming sound. Sophocles and Euripides revived this adjective, of which (except in Hymn to Aphrodite, 1. 19) only the neuter in an adverbial sense is found in Homer.
1480. mvp-comment-789-1 ἵλεως Sc. γενοῦ. Cр. О. Т. 696. In favour of the form ἵλεως it may be observed (1) that the quantity of ἵλᾶος is improbable: (2) that Ionic forms are elsewhere retained in dochmiacs. Cp. supr. 884, λέως.
1481. mvp-comment-790-1 ἀφεγγές Gloomy, i. e. Of dark significance. The epithet is perhaps suggested by the lowering sky. (Schneidewin.) Cp. Shakespeare, Macbeth, 2. 4, Thou seest the heavens, as troubled with man's act, | Threaten his bloody stage: by the clock 'tis day. | And yet dark night strangles the travelling lamp: Is it night's predominance, or the day's shame, | That darkness doth the face of earth entomb, | When living light should kiss it?' 1482. (1) Reading ἐναισίου (see v. rr.), sc. ἀνδρός, translate: May I meet with a righteous man, and not from having seen an accursed man, partake in some way of his unenvied recompence. The construction of συντύχοιμι with the genitive follows the analogy of ἀντάω, οι ἐπαυρεῖν. (2) Reading ἐναισίῳ: May I share the fortune of the righteous. For ἄλαστος, abominable, cp. II. 22.261. The Scholiast on l. 1447 understands this also (as well as supr. 1447 ff.) of Polynices. But although suggested by recent impressions this reflection of the chorus is probably quite general. Such a reference to Oedipus at this point is certainly out of the question.
1488. mvp-comment-791-1 And what is it that you would have thus steadfastly rooted in your mind? Lit. What is the steadfast purpose, etc.; but πιστόν is proleptic. Antigone repeats her father's thought in κατορθοῦντος φρένα, in order to elicit from him the cause of his agitation; and asks him for what special reason he wishes to have his mind clear when Theseus comes.
1489-1490. mvp-comment-792-1 In return for their kindness (I desire) to pay them in full the promise which I made at the time of my obtaining my petition.' Cp. Plato, Legg. 11. 730 Α, οὐκ ἄν ποτε ἀτιμώρητος πάθοι ὁ τυχών: Hdt. 1. 213, δεηθεὶς .. ἔτυχε, ib. 5. 23, from which it appears that τυγχάνειν was used in reference to a suppliant, of obtaining a request. Cp. also Pind. Pyth. 3. 103.4. χρὴ πρὸς μακάρων | τυγχάνοντ᾽ εὖ πασχέμεν. τυγχάνων. here is = ὅτε ἐτύγχανον ὧν ἐβουλόμην, or ὧν ἔπασχον εὖ. The older explanation (as old as Eustathius) that τυγχάνων ὑπεσχόμην = ἔτυχον ὑποσχόμενος, besides making an imperfect tense equivalent to an aorist, makes τυγχάνων an unmeaning addition to the line. The correspondence in tense of ἔπασχον εὖ and τυγχάνων is a reason in favour of the explanation given above.
1490. mvp-comment-793-1 δοῦναι Sc θέλω. σφιν has been explained asol. But this is wholly without authority, and the common meaning need create no difficulty, when l. 1488 is given to Antigone. The case of supr. 547 is different, because the participle there is emphatic. For the communication of the secret to Theseus was the bestowal of a boon on the whole people. Cp. infr. 1496.
1490. mvp-comment-793-2 προβᾶθι was approved by Elmsley and Hermann, and secures correspondence with the strophe. θαυμαστῶς ὁ χόρος βοᾷ· ἐπείγει γὰρ τὸ πρᾶγμα. Schol. Observe the recurrence of ἄκραν in 1464, 1491, and of τυγχάνειν in 1491, 1493. Hol my son, come on thy way (from Athens), or if thou now art consecrating to Poseidon, God of Sea, the altar with its hollow surface that crowns the height,' or (2) ('that crowns the hill above the hollow place,') come hither! Chorus sic loquitur, ut qui domi esse Theseum putat: sed deinde ei in mentem venit, a sacris faciendis avocatum fuisse, ut ipse v. 1158 (1159) dixerat, et nunc fortasse in iis peragendis esse occupatum. Herm. Ср. О. Т. 517, 1104. τυγχάνεις is suited to express the uncertainty where Theseus is.
1490. mvp-comment-793-3 ἄκραν indicates the position of the altar of Poseidon on the top of Colonus.
1490. mvp-comment-793-4 ἐπιγύαλον is either (1) a descriptive epithet, referring to the concave surface of the altar, or (2) means above the hollow place, referring to some peculiarity of the ground, which is no longer visible. The agency of the Earthshaker may have been recognised in some rift of the rock of Colonus, near which his altar was placed. The read. ing Ποσειδαωνίῳ may have arisen from being written over the a of the Doric form.
1495. mvp-comment-794-1 ἁγίζων does not necessarily imply that the altar was being used for the first time. It was in a manner consecrated afresh for every sacrifice.
1496-1499. mvp-comment-795-1 σε.. παρασχεῖν For the accusatives πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον after the notion of benefiting, see Essay on Language § 16. p. 23. They are however first governed of ἐπαξιοῖ. The stranger honours thee, and thy city, and thy friends, claiming to render you a just meed for good received. πόλισμα καὶ φίλους, i. e. Athens and the Coloniatae. See Introd. The lacuna (= τοίγαρ or αὐτός) was filled up by Tricilinius with σπεῦσον. Elmsley, reading ᾄσσ', notes the absence of three syllables. Verbum σπεῦσον deest in antiquis libris, additum in Triclinianis. Id cur recentiores critici vel damnaverint, quum non ineptum sit, nec sciamus non esse e codicibus sumptum, vel posthabuerint deterioribus conjecturis, non assequor. Herm.
1500. mvp-comment-796-1 κοινός ὑμῶν τὲ καὶ Οἰδίποδος, Schol. Cp. the reading of L. supr. 843. The phrase in 1499 might be with more probability assigned to Oedipus, or he may be supposed to join in it. But his voice in 1457 and the other senarii VOL. I. Ee might well be heard as far as the top of Colonus.
1501. mvp-comment-797-1 αὐτῶν Theseus does not confuse the chorus and Oedipus in one address. He turns first to the chorus, and in proceeding to speak of Oedipus he uses a modification of the common idiom αὐτός τε καί: cp. supra 559.
1501. mvp-comment-797-2 ἐμφανής is used analytically= ἐν δὲ φαινομένη, Distinguishable amongst the other voices.
1502. mvp-comment-798-1 μή τις Διὸς κεραυνός Is it that a bolt from Zeus is fallen, or that some hail-shower has come dashing down? For one may imagine anything to have happened in such a storm as this. The construction is πρὸς τὸ σημαινόμενον, τίς ἠχεῖται κτύπος; being equivalent to τίς αἰτία ἐστὶ τοῦ ἠχεῖσθαι τοιοῦτον κτύπον; Cp. El. 122, τίν᾿ ἀεὶ .. οἰμωγάν; Essay on Language § 42. p. 81. For the nominative, cp. Od. 5. 476-477, θάμνους | ἐξ ὁμύθεν πεφυῶτας· ὁ μὲν φυλίης, ὁ δ᾽ ἐλαίης. θεός is here used in the vague sense in which the Athenians referred the changes of the weather to a divine agency. Cp. Xen. Cyn. 8. 1, ὅταν νίφῃ ὁ θεός.
1506. mvp-comment-799-1 τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ Lit. In re- gard of thy coming hither;' i. e. Has brought thee hither for a happy end. Cp. Τr. 26, τέλος δ᾽ ἔθηκε Ζεὺς ἀγώνιος καλῶς. The unaugmented form in the middle of the verse is doubtful. Some have read τῆσδ᾽ ἔθηκε, others ἧκε τῆσδε, for which cp. II. 1. 479, τοῖσιν δ᾽ ἴκμενον οὗρον ἴει ἑκάεργος Ἀπόλλων. For the habit of the MSS. in frequently omitting the augment, cp. supr. 438.
1507. mvp-comment-800-1 τί δ᾽ ἐστίν νέορτον αὐ; And what is the new emergency? Theseus anticipates some fresh incident, like the arrival of Creon or of Polynices.
1508. mvp-comment-801-1 ῥοπὴ βίου μοι i. e. τὸ τὸν βίον μοι ῥέπειν. The dative depends on the verbal notion in ῥοπή. It is my life that is verging to the grave. In O. T. 961, which has been compared with this line, ῥοπή has an active meaning.
1509. mvp-comment-802-1 μὴ ψεύσας θανεῖν i. e. τελέσαι πρὶν θανεῖν. For this inversion, see Essay on Language § 42. p. 80, and cp. Thuc. 1.20, δράσαντές τι καὶ κινδυνεῖσαι.
1510. mvp-comment-803-1 ἐν .. κεῖσαι On what sign of thine approaching end dost thou rely?
1510. mvp-comment-803-2 κείμαι, from meaning to lie, obtains the more general notion of resting, which is here used metaphorically with the preposition ev. Cp. the use of ἔγκειμαι in Dem. 294. 23. πολὺς τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται. He lays great stress on what has happened.
1511. mvp-comment-804-1 αὐτοὶ . . κήρυκες • The Gods announce it to me, and they are their own heralds.' 1512. ψεύδοντες προκειμένων] Failing me in none of the appointed signs. Cp. supra 94, 5, σημεῖα δ᾽ ἤξειν τῶνδέ μοι παρηγγύα, | ἢ σεισμόν, ἢ βροντὴν τιν', ἢ Διὸς σέλας. The omission of the article is poetical. Essay on Language § 21. p. 32. 1. 12.
1514. mvp-comment-805-1 αἱ πολλὰ βρονταί Sc. δηλοῦσιν τάδε. Here, as in 1502, the nominative is brought in without any exact connection with what precedes, as though the words What signs of this appear? had preceded. There is no reasonable doubt that πολλά is the true reading. The frequent thunderings. For other instances of adverbs attached to substantives, see Essay on Language § 24. p. 41. βρονταὶ διατελεῖς are to be joined in one expression, Prolonged thunderings.
1515. mvp-comment-806-1 * στράψαντα ἀνικήτου] Flashing from the invincible hand. The form στράπτω occurs in Apollon. Rhod. For a similar corruption, cp. O. T. 375, and v. rr.
1516. mvp-comment-807-1 Theseus has perceived the impression which the prophecies of Oedipus have made, and that none of his words are allowed to fall to the ground.
1519. mvp-comment-808-1 κείσεται Shall remain in store.
1524-1525. mvp-comment-809-1 That this may afford thee a continual defence that is preferable to a host of armed men and the alliance of neighbouring powers.' 1525. Of the two explanations of γειτόνων given by the Scholiast, εἰ μὲν βαρυτόνως, (1) γειτόνων, τῶν Θηβαίων· εἰ δὲ περισπωμένως, (2) ἀντὶ τοῦ γειτνιῶν, ὁ τάφος, the latter is preferable, and agrees with the point of view maintained throughout the play, in which Colonus is regarded, not as a part of Athens, but as a neighbouring dependency. γειτόνων ας obj. gen. is too far from ἀλκήν. But (3) with δορός it gives a proper sense, suggesting the natural feeling of the insecurity of an alliance with neighbours. And although the hero Oedipus might be said γειτνιᾶν τοῖς 'Αθηναίοις, the word is not used with equal propriety of his grave.
1526. mvp-comment-810-1 ἐξάγιστα Sacred; i.e. set apart from men.
1526. mvp-comment-810-2 μηδὲ .. λόγῳ And may not be profaned by speech. μή is partly generic or hypothetical, and partly prohibitive. Essay on Language p. 48. Ι. Ε. μ. κ. λ. = And is of a nature not to be spoken of. Cp. infra 1641, μηδ' ἃ μὴ θέμις | λεύσσειν δικαιοῦν. For κινεῖν, cp. supra 624, τἀκίνητ᾽ ἔπη: Ο. Τ. 354.
1526. mvp-comment-810-3 ἀφικνῇ ARV3.
1527. mvp-comment-811-1 μόνος is probably to be construed with μαθήσει as well as with μόλῃς.
1528. mvp-comment-812-1 ὡς.. ἄν Since I would not declare them. See Essay on Language § 27. p. 43.
1530. mvp-comment-813-1 σώζε Keep safe; i. e. At once remember and avoid divulging. Cp. Aesch. Prom. 522-525, ἄλλου λόγου μέμνησθε· τόνδε δ᾽ οὐδαμῶς | καιρὸς γεγωνεῖν, ἀλλὰ συγκαλυπτέος | ὅσον μάλιστα· τόνδε γὰρ σώζων ἐγὼ | δεσμοὺς ἀεικεῖς καὶ δύας ἐκφυγγάνω. The
1531. mvp-comment-814-1 ἀφικνῇ Elmsley observes that the imperf. makes better sense than the aor., besides being essential to the metre. When you are on the point of coming. When you are coming to the end of life. The words probably refer to some custom unknown to us. ceremonies at the grave of Oedipus may have been performed by the Archon Basileus, to whom, as Plato says, certain solemn traditional rites were entrusted: Polit. 290 E, τῷ γὰρ λαχόντι βασιλεῖ φασὶ τῖδε τὰ σεμνύτατα καὶ μάλιστα πάτρια τῶν ἀρχαίαν θυσιῶν ἀποδεδόσθαι. Cp Lys. adv. Andoc. p. 103. Plutarch, Mor. p. 578 B, says that the tomb of Dirce was only known to the chief magistrate for the time being at Thebes.
1532. mvp-comment-815-1 ὁ δ᾽ ἀεί The distributive ἀεί generalizes the subject of the verb so as to make the expression applicable to the whole line of succession. For a similar transition, cp. Thuc. 2. 36, ἄρξομαι· ἀπὸ τῶν προγόνων .. τὴν γὰρ χώραν ἀεὶ οἱ αὐτοὶ οἰκοῦντες ἐλευθέραν δι᾽ ἀρετὴν παρέδοσαν.
1534. mvp-comment-816-1 ἀπ᾿ ἀνδρῶν instead of ὑπ᾿ ἀνδρῶν, because of the privative notion in ἀδῇον, as if it were τηρήσεις ἀπό. This city of thine shall be free from the ravages of the children of the dragon's teeth.' Cp. Pind. Fr. H. 1, ἡ Κάδμον ἢ Σπαρτῶν ἱερὸν γένος ἀνδρῶν : Isthm. 6 (7). 10.
1534. mvp-comment-816-2 αἱ δὲ μυρίαι πόλεις i. e. But any one of the numberless states that are.' There is here a trace of that conception of the number and variety of civil communities which played such an important part in Greek political speculation. Cp. Plat. Polit. 302 A: Eur. Hec. 306, ἐν τῷδε γὰρ κάμνουσιν αἱ πολλαὶ πόλεις.
1535. mvp-comment-817-1 τις is a vague subject, with allusion to Theseus and Athens. Cp. Thuc. 2.2, εἰ μή τις προκαταλήψεται: ἱ. ε. εἰ μὴ οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι καταλήψονται. The allusion to Athens accounts for εὐ οἰκῇ, which is properly applicable to a city. an A καθύβρισαν] καθυβρίζω is generally found in construction with accusative or genitive. Hence it has probably here an implied object which is most easily supplied from τις. city, no matter where, may lightly insult even one who dwells circumspectly.' Oedipus again touches lightly on the apparent improbability of Thebes becoming 1535 1540 1540. hostile (supr. 606, foll.), while Athens was governed prudently. ῥᾳδίως = ἐκ σμικροῦ λόγου: i.e. Be as politic as you will, you cannot avoid wars with your neighbours. Scholiast, κἂν δικαίως τις πολιτεύηται, πολλαὶ πόλεις ἀδίκως ἐπέρχονται. In the more recent explanations (e.g. Hermann's 'pleraeque civitates, etiam si quis eas bene regat, proclives sunt ad temeritatem') καθύβρισαν is made equivalent to ἐξύβρισαν. For ὕβριs of a city, cp. Thuc. 3. 39, εἴωθε δὲ τῶν πόλεων αἷς ἂν μάλιστα καὶ δι᾽ ἐλαχίστου ἀπροσδόκητος εὐπραξία ἔλθῃ, ἐς ὕβριν τρέπειν.
1536-1537. mvp-comment-818-1 θεοὶ γὰρ .. τραπῇ For the Gods mark well, although they visit late, when men abandon reverence and become infatuated. This also has reference to Thebes. The impious quarrel of the brothers will bring a late retribution when Thebes shall invade Attica to her own defeat. For τὰ θεῖα, cp. Ο. Τ. 910, ἔρρει δὲ τὰ θεῖα.
1538-1539. mvp-comment-819-1 Oedipus, after thus alluding to the impiety of his sons, delicately hints to Theseus, in a single line, that such a warning is an additional reason for keeping his sacred promise inviolate. He then in the following line apologises for having said even so much as this.
1540. mvp-comment-820-1 χώρον Essay on Language p. 22.
1540. mvp-comment-820-2 τοὐκ θεοῦ παρόν ‘What God now sends; i. e. The disturbance of the elements and the inward intimation or δαιμόνιον σημεῖον, as Socrates would have said, under the influence of which Oedipus is speaking. See note on l. 97.
1541. mvp-comment-821-1 μηδ' *ἐπιστρεφώμεθα And not turn backward. Reisig's conjecture, μηδ' ἔτ᾽ ἐντρεπώμεθα, and let us no longer delay, rests on the explanation of the Scholiast (comparing έντροπαλιζόμενος), which is not satisfactory. The ordinary meaning οἱ ἐντρέπεσθαι, To regard with respect or awe, is also inadmissible. For Oedipus is demanding attention to the sacred goal, which he himself is thinking of with reverence, though not with fear. If ἐντρέπεσθαι can mean to turn aside from a greater object out of regard for lesser ones (the thunder, etc.), the reading may be defended, (1) in this sense, or again, (2) with a reciprocal meaning, Let us not be paying regard to one another, but follow the leading of the god. Cp. Polybius, 31. 12. 6 (quoted by L. and S.), ἐνετράποντο ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. If not, it will be better to read μηδ' ἐπιστρεφώμεθα, and let us not look back, for which, cp. Hdt. 3. 156, ἐπιστρεφόμενος, ὡς δὴ ἀληθέως αὐτόμολος. This is adopted in the text. For another conj. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐκτρεπώμεθα, cp. Ar. Plut. 837, οἱ δ᾽ ἐξετρέποντο κοὐκ ἐδόκουν ὁρᾶν μ᾽ ἔτι.
1542-1543. mvp-comment-822-1 For a new thing is coming to pass, and I am now your guide, who have been mine.'
1544. mvp-comment-823-1 καὶ μὴ ψαύετ' Nay, touch me not. καί adversative. The daughters cling to their father. Cp. supr. 1437.
1548. mvp-comment-824-1 ἥ τε νερτέρα θεός Persephone, whose name is omitted here and infra 1.1556. See Introd. pp. 281-282.
1549. mvp-comment-825-1 ὦ φῶς ἀφεγγές Ο light unseen, once I saw thee, and now for the last time my body feels thee.' The Greek love of sunlight is touchingly manifested in this valediction of the blind Oedipus to the light of day. In his first passionate despair he had prayed never more to see the light, on which, in his softened mood, he now casts one lingering look behind. O. T. 1183, ὦ φῶς, τελευταῖόν σε προσβλέψαιμι vûv. The edd. before Brunck read ποῦ, which is interpreted as expressing a feeling of exultation, that he who was blind now had the true sight. Formerly where wast thou?' (i.e. I had thee not): but now at the last I feel thee. πρόσθε πού ποτ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμόν] Erewhile methinks thou wast indeed mine.' In saying this he throws a momentary glance on the splendour of his former fortunes. Cp. О. Т. 1282-1283.
1551. mvp-comment-826-1 τὸν τελευταῖον βίον To end my life, and hide it in the dwelling of the unseen.' Musgrave's conjecture, ἤδη γὰρ ἕρπω τὴν τελευταίαν, βίον | κρύψων παρ' Ἅιδην, is ingenious, but unnecessary. For, as Elmsley says, Recte se habet haud dubie vulgata, licet loquendi genus novum videatur. Death is frequently spoken of in Sophocles rather as the entrance to a new state of existence than as an abrupt termination of the present one. Cp. Eur. Ion 1067, εἰς ἄλλας βιότου μορφὰς κάτεισι: Bacch. 1337, μακάρων δ᾽ ἐς αἷαν σὸν καθιδρύσει βίον. The words express rather the passing of Oedipus, than his death. Cp. βίου καταστροφή, 103.. ῥοπή, 1508. The last scene of his life (supra 583, τὰ λοίσθι᾽. . τοῦ βίου) may be described as hidden with the God of death. The verbal contradiction is analogous to that in another expression which has given trouble to interpreters, Phil. 1443, 4, ἡ γὰρ εὐσέβεια συνθνήσκει βροτοῖς | κἂν ζῶσι κἂν θάνωσιν οὐκ ἀπόλλυται: i.e. Follows them into the grave.
1553. mvp-comment-827-1 πρόσπολοί τε σοί And thy followers..:' the same who are called Θησείδαι, supra 1066 (cp. 1103), and some of whom are surrounding Theseus at this moment. The Ἄγγελος in the next scene is one of them.
1554. mvp-comment-828-1 κἀπ᾿ εὐπραξίᾳ i. e. And take occasion from your good fortune to remember me. Elmsley's conjecture, μεμνῇσθε (optative), though not necessary, has the merit of harmonizing with γένοισθε and εὐτυχεῖς. Cp. Od. 13.44-6, ὑμεῖς δ᾽ αὖθι μένοντες .. μή τι κακὸν μεταδήμιον εἴη. The apparent anti climax, Beloved of heaven, Fortunate, may be defended by comparing Hdt. 1. 32, where Solon prefers εὐτυχία to all else. 1556, foll. In a single strophe and antistrophe, the chorus address a solemn invocation to the powers of the lower world, Hades, Persephone, the Erinyes, the dog Cerberus, and Death, that Oedipus may have quiet consummation,' and pass without molestation to the Stygian home.
1554. mvp-comment-828-2 ἐπὶ βαρυαχεῖ ἐπιβαμήποτ᾽ ἐπίπονα μήτ᾽ ἐπὶ βαρυάχει Α. Reminiscences of the dochmiac movements of the last commation are mingled with iambic, trochaic, and glyconic measures. On this combination, see Christ, Metrik, § 477- The antistrophe is distinguished by the frequency of spondaic endings. This apparent irregularity may be removed by conjectural emendation, but it may possibly have been due to a purposed, retardation of the rhythm. For ср. supr. 412. For dochmiacs mixed with cretics and iambics in a similar place, cp. El. 1385 ff. and, for a recurrence of the paeonic rhythm, infr. 1682, 1709. ト いいいい |---|トー CICLトートー
1560. mvp-comment-829-1 λίσσομαι This has been changed το λίσσωμαι for the sake of the metre. Such a use of the subjunctive in the 1st pers. sing. can scarcely be paralleled from Attic Greek. But besides securing the correspondence of metre, it agrees with the context, and is not contrary to analogy.
1561-1564. mvp-comment-830-1 *ἐπιπόνῳ.. δόμον That by no painful, by no greatly to be lamented doom, the stranger may reach the all-hiding nether region, and the Stygian home. 1561. The omission of the first μήτε, which Seidler proposed, restores the metre without disturbing the sense. Cp. Aesch. Ag. 532, Πάρις γάρ, οὔτε συντελὴς πόλις, ἐξεύχεται τὸ δρᾶμα τοῦ πάθους πλέον.
1561-1564. mvp-comment-830-2 βαρυαχεῖ is treated by the Scholiast (see also v. rr.) as the Doric form of βαρυηχεῖ, a word which occurs several times, whereas there is only one doubtful instance, Aesch. Eum. 145, πάθος δυσαχές, of a compound derivative of ἄχος. The chorus, who have been frightened by the thunder, may be supposed to pray that the end of Oedipus may be neither painful nor alarming. In the report of the messenger they are reassured on this very point. Infra 1658, οὐ γάρ τις αὐτὸν οὔτε πυρφόρος θεοῦ | κεραυνὸς ἐξέπραξεν, οὔτε ποντία | θύελλα κινηθεῖσα τῷ τότ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ. For a similar feeling about εὐθανασία, cp. Plat. Phaedo, 117 Ε, καὶ γὰρ ἀκήκοα, ὅτι ἐν εὐφημίᾳ χρὴ τελευτᾶν. (2) But the metre is in favour of βαρυἄχεῖ, which, to avoid tautology, must be explained to mean causing severe sorrow. By no painful, by no lamentable doom.' Cp. infr. 1663, 4, οὐ στενακτὸς οὐδὲ . . ἀλγεινός. For the redundant ἐπί, see Essay on Language § 19. p. 27.
1562. mvp-comment-831-1 A correction which presupposes corruption both in strophe and antistrophe must necessarily bedoubtful.
1562. mvp-comment-831-2 ἄρα, in accordance with his presentiment. Cp. 1585. For the metre, cp. El. 1384=1391. Others (with Musgr.) read ξένον ἐξανύσαι, and λόγος αἰὲν ἔχει, 1565 1568 1564-1566. Division of lines, νεκύων
1564. mvp-comment-832-1 νεκρῶν νεκύων LA. Tricl. corr.
1564. mvp-comment-832-2 ἀνικάτου ἀνικήτου Α. in the antistrophe.
1565-1567. mvp-comment-833-1 For even although many sorrows have been coming on thee without bringing any good, it may be that a just Deity will again exalt thee.' For καί with a participle in the genitive absolute, having the force of καίπερ, cp. Εl. 657, τὰ δ᾽ ἄλλα πάντα καὶ σιωπώσης ἐμοῦ | ἐπαξιῶ σε δαίμον᾽ ὄντ᾿ ἐξειδέναι. ἱκνουμένων is in the imperfect tense, and the force of av extends to both parts of the sentence, as if it were πολλὰ μὲν ἂν πήματα μάταν ἱκνοῖτο, ὅμως δὲ κἂν αὔξοι σε δαίμων δίκαιος ὤν. The chorus now express their belief in the possibility of what Ismene had said, supra 394, νῦν γὰρ θεοί σ᾽ ὀρθοῦσι, πρόσθε δ' ἄλλυσαν. It is doubtful whether μάταν means (1) 'causelessly, as some have explained it, or (2) without result, i. e. bringing no good after them. The latter is more probable; i.e. Though no such result has been produced as yet. σε has been unnecessarily changed to σφε. The apostrophe gives liveliness to what would otherwise be a frigid sentiment. The change from the 3rd person to the 2nd is not more violent than the change a few lines below from the 2nd to the 3rd, 1568, ὦ.. σῶμα θηρός,... 1574, ὅν, κ.τ.λ. Cp. also Ο. ΤT. 1202, ff.
1568.
mvp-comment-834-1
ὦ χθόνιαι θεαί These words, elsewhere applied to Demeter and Proserpine, seem here to be addressed to the Erinyes, to whom, as daughters of Earth and Darkness, they are properly applicable.
1568-1569. mvp-comment-835-1 σῶμα.. θηρός And thou huge unconquered beast.
1569. mvp-comment-836-1 ὃν .. Ἀΐδᾳ Of whom they say that thou hast thy lair in the I olished gateway, and whom rumour ever declares to be snarling from thy den, a guardian invincible of Hades hall.'
1570. mvp-comment-837-1 πολυξέστοις The conjecture πολυξένοις is more convenient for the metre, and gives an apt enough sense. On the other hand, πολυξέστοις, ' Burnished, is a picturesque epithet for a gateway: and the tendency to spondaic endings in this antistrophe has been already noticed.
1573. mvp-comment-838-1 λόγος * ἐσαιὲν ἀνέχει Report constantly avers of thee. As the metre is doubtful (the corresponding verse in the strophe being corrupt), it appears unsafe to follow Tricilinius in altering ἀνέχει which looks idiomatic, to ἔχει: for which, however, cp. supra 674, and note, Hdt. 7. 26, τὸν ὑπὸ Φρυγῶν λόγος ἔχει ὑπὸ Ἀπόλλωνος ἀνακρεμασθῆναι. For the similar use of a compound of ἔχω, cp. Pind. Pyth. 1.96, ἐχθρὰ Φάλαριν κατέχει φάτις. And for ἀνέχω, cp. Pind. Nem. 7.89, εἰ δ᾽ αὐτὸ καὶ θεὸς ἀνέχοι. The correspondence of metre is kept by reading εὖ κατανύσαι in the strophe.
1574. mvp-comment-839-1 ὦ Γᾶς παῖ καὶ Ταρτάρου These words are addressed not to Cerberus, but in all probability to Death, who is invoked as a person more than once in Sophocles (Phil. 797, Aj. 854), cp. infr. 1578 and note. In what sense could Cerberus be called the child of Earth? In Hes. Theog. 211, foll., Death is the Child of Night, without a father, and Cerberus, ib. 310, is the son of Echidna and Typhon. But in these genealogies the poets used considerable freedom. And in the same spirit in which Sophocles calls the Erinyes daughters of Earth and Darkness, Death may be apostrophized as the son of Earth, who receives the bodies of the Dead, and Tartarus, which (cp. supra 1389), like Olympus, has less of a special and local meaning in Sophocles than in Homer. The name of Death is omitted, like that of Persephone, the Erinyes, and Cerberus, while the kingly title 'Αϊδωνεύς is given to Hades. Cp. supra 1548, and note.
1575. mvp-comment-840-1 ἐν καθαρῷ βῆναι (1) • To move in a clear space,' i. e. to leave the way clear: μὴ ἐμποδὼν βῆναι. A marked instance of oxymoron: cp. ἐκτὸς ὁμιλεῖ, Aj. 640, and see Essay on Language § 37. p. 70. Or (2) taking βῆναι in the sense of departing as in Ant. 120, ἔβα, κ.τ.λ., and ἐν καθαρῷ as proleptic, To go away and leave the coast clear =ἐκποδὼν βῆναι.
1578. mvp-comment-841-1 τὸν αἰένυπνον The reading of the Scholiast and Suidas, and of the earliest corrector of L, has sufficient authority, especially when recommended by the metre. αἰὲν ἄυπνον would certainly be applicable to Cerberus and might be suggested by the words ἀδάματον φύλακα παρ' Ἀΐδα. But the address to Death, as the God of the Eternal Sleep, is a more fitting termination of this ode.
1579. mvp-comment-842-1 One of the companions of Theseus (πρόσπολοι, supra 1553) returning before the rest, reports all that will ever be known, except to Theseus and his successors, of the departure of Oedipus.
1579. mvp-comment-842-2 πολίται Fellow-citizens. By the ξυνοικισμός under Theseus the Coloniatae were already citizens of Athens.
1579. mvp-comment-842-3 ξυντομωτάτως .. ὀλωλότα I might best succeed in brevity by saying Oedipus is gone.' The adverb contains the predicate. Essay on Language § 24. p. 40. The participial construction with λέξας is noticeable; cp. O. T. 465 and note.
1581. mvp-comment-843-1 ἃ δ᾽ ἦν τὰ πραχθέντ' supposes a simple clause, such as οὐ βραχέως φράσαι πάρεστιν, which, by the introduction of the antithesis between μύθος and ἔργον, is expanded into what follows.
1582. mvp-comment-844-1 οὔτε τάργ᾽ ὅσ᾽ ἦν ἐκεῖ Sc.
1582. mvp-comment-844-2 βραχέα ἦν. ἐκεῖ is added to supplement both clauses.
1584. mvp-comment-845-1 τὸν ἀεί The most probable interpretation of these words is that which separates them from βίοτον and supplies χρόνον. The expression is equivalent to ἐς τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον. Cp. supra 1400, οἷον ἆρ᾽ ὁδοῦ τέλος, κ.τ.λ., where τέλος has the force of ἐς τέλος. For the omission of χρόνον, see Essay on Language § 39. p. 74, and cp. infra 1701, El. 1075, Tr. 80, which are best explained by supposing a similar ellipse, which, if in accordance with a vernacular conversational idiom, would not occasion ambiguity, notwithstanding the nearness of βίοτον here and σκότον infr. 1701.
1584. mvp-comment-845-2 The other interpretations: His life, such as it ever was (Herm.), His long-continued life, His lingering age (Schol. Eustath.), are inadmissible.
1585. mvp-comment-846-1 ἆρα = ἢ ἄρα, Was it then? i. e. Was it as he led us to expect?
1586. mvp-comment-847-1 τοῦτ᾽, the reading of Par. A, is preferred to ταῦτ', the reading of L, because the pronoun appears from its position to be the subject of ἐστίν ..
1586. mvp-comment-847-2 πρέπον, and not merely the object of ἀποθαυμάσαι.
1586. mvp-comment-847-3 κἀποθαυμάσαι καί, belonging to the whole clause, emphasizes the manner of the death of Oedipus as distinguished from the fact, which has been already told, and the previous circumstances, which are known to all. Ay, this it is which may well move your wonder.
1587. mvp-comment-848-1 παρών Having witnessed it. Essay on Language § 32. p. 55.
1588. mvp-comment-849-1 ὑφηγητῆρος Sc. ὄντος, Essay on Language § 9. p. 14.
1589. mvp-comment-850-1 ἐξηγούμενος Leading the way. Cp. supra 1520, χώρον.. έξηγησομαι.
1590. mvp-comment-851-1 τὸν καταρράκτην ὀδόν The precipitous threshold, rooted in earth with foundations of brass. The ὀδός (supra 57) is probably the entrance to a cleft in the native rock, and is called καταρράκτης because supposed to lead directly down to Tartarus. The χαλκά βάθρα are probably not a literal staircase, but, like the epithet χαλκόπους, supr. 57, recal the σιδηρεῖαί τε πύλαι καὶ χαλκέος οὐδός of Homer's description. See Introduction. For this meaning of βάθρα in the plural, cp. Eur. Tro. 47, ὦ .. πόλις.. ἦσθ᾽ ἂν ἐν βάθροις ἔτι, and for γῆθεν ἐρριζωμένον, cp. Od. 13. 163. of the ship changed by Poseidon to an islet, λᾶαν ἔθηκε καὶ ἐρρίζωσεν ἔνερθεν.
1592. mvp-comment-852-1 *πολυσχίστων This conjecture of Heath's has been universally accepted. Cp. Plato. Phaed. 168 A. The word was no doubt descriptive of the paths actually converging towards the χαλκοῦς ὀδός, and the language indicates the precision with which the blind Oedipus followed the guidance of the God.
1593. mvp-comment-853-1 κρατῆροs Elmsley is probably right in saying, Crater, de quo nunc agitur, lapideus fuisse videtur, ἀνδρὸς εὔχειρος τέχνη, ut illi, quorum mentio fit v. 472. It may have been fabled that this bowl received the blood of the sacrifice which confirmed the league of Theseus and Pirithous, and some record of their agreement may have been engraven on it. Cp. Eur. Suppl. 1202, ἔγγραψον ὅρκους τρίποδος ἐν κοίλῳ κύτει. Where the compact of Theseus and Pirithous is registered, never to be annulled. The bowl was probably at the entrance to one of the cavities in the rock.
1595. mvp-comment-854-1 6. Midway between this and the fragment of rock from Thoricus, and the hollow pear-tree and the sarcophagus of stone.' The traditional text may mean, Right opposite to this and the Thorician rock, away from the hollow pear-tree and stone tomb. But Brunck's easy correction makes a better context. The object is to define accurately the exact position of Oedipus when last seen, corresponding probably to the place where rites were since performed in his honour. Cp. supr. 1532 and note, and 477.
1600-1601. mvp-comment-855-1 There does not appear to be sufficient reason for construing these words with Hermann, 'The hill which commands a view of the temple of Demeter Chloe. Although the temple near the Acropolis, mentioned by Pausanias and the Scholiast, cannot be meant, there may well have been other places in the neighbourhood sacred to the same Goddess. Transl. The eminence, full in view, of Demeter, who makes the tender blade to grow. The knoll, a quarter of a mile to the east of Colonus, has some remains of buildings, and is plentifully supplied with water at the present day. See Introd. p. 283.
1601. mvp-comment-856-1 τάσδ᾽ ἐπιστολάς Abstract for concrete, Brought these commands,' i.e. The things thus commanded.
1602. mvp-comment-857-1 ταχεῖ .. σὺν χρόνῳ With time that quickly passed, i. e. With despatch. Cp. supr. 7 and note.
1603. mvp-comment-858-1 ᾗ νομίζεται (1) As is customary, sc. in immediate prospect of death. Cp. Eur. Alc. 158. ἐπεὶ γὰρ ᾔσθεθ᾽ ἡμέραν τὴν κυρίαν | ἥκουσαν, ὕδασι ποταμίοις λευκὸν χρόα | ἐλούσατ᾽, ἐκ δ᾽ ἑλοῦσα κεδρίνων δόμων | ἐσθῆτα κόσμον τ᾽ εὐπρεπῶς ἠσκήσατο. Or (2) Such raiment as is customary, viz. at the shrine of the Eumenides. The ἔποικος would supply what was necessary: supra 506.
1604. mvp-comment-859-1 'And when all was doing to his heart's content, and no part of his desire was now neglected.' δρῶντος is a singular instance of the abstract use of the active participle, noticed in the Essay on Language $ 30. p. 51. Cp. supra 1220, τοῦ θέλοντος, etc. This is the only satisfactory explanation of the passage. As often happens, the second line, κοὐκ ἦν, κ.τ.λ., states negatively what is affirmed in the first.
1605. mvp-comment-860-1 For ἀργόν, cp. Ο. Τ. 287 and n.
1606. mvp-comment-861-1 Ζεὺς χθόνιος The rumbling noise beneath the earth accompanying an earthquake is attributed to Hades, as the thunder to Zeus. For this name of Hades, cp. Hom. Il. 9. 457, Ζεύς τε καταχθόνιος καὶ ἐπαινὴ Περσεφόνεια : Hes. Op. 465: Aesch. Suppl. 157. And for χθόνιος βροντή, Aesch. Prom. 993, 4, Eur. Hipp. 1201, Phoen. 1181-1182, ἐκτύπησε δὲ | χθών, ὥστε δεῖσαι πάντας.
1607. mvp-comment-862-1 ῥίγησαν Homeric word: Il. 12.208, Τρώες δ᾽ ἐρρίγησαν, ὅπως ἴδον αἰόλον ὄφιν.
1608. mvp-comment-863-1 οὐδ᾽ ἀνίεσαν And ceased not from. Cp. 1. 1610. Mr. Palmer takes the words differently. In his note on l. 1636, he says, It was unbecoming in a man of any nobleness of spirit to give way to loud lamentation; therefore it is said even of the daughters, οὐδ᾽ ἀνίεσαν, κ.τ.λ. But the moment for silence and reserve is not yet come, and the natural feelings are for the time unchecked (cp. 1620, foll.). Compare Hom. Od. 16. 213, foll. "Ως ἄρα φωνήσας κατ᾿ ἄρ᾽ ἔζετο, Τηλέμαχος δὲ | ἀμφιχυθεὶς πατέρ᾽ ἐσθλὸν ὀδύρετο, δάκρυα λείβων. | ἀμφοτέροισι δὲ τοῖσιν ὑφ᾽ ἵμερος ὥρτο γόοιο. | κλαῖον δὲ λιγέως, ἀδινώτερον ἤ τ' οἰωνοί, | φῆναι ἡ αἰγυπιοὶ γαμψώνυχες, οἷσί τε τέκνα | ἀγροταὶ ἐξείλοντο πάρος πετεηνὰ γενέσθαι. | ὡς ἄρα τοίγ᾽ ἐλεεινὸν ὑπ᾿ ὀφρύσι δάκρυον εἶβον. It is to be remembered, too, that this scene is only reported, not represented on the stage. That οὐδ' ἀνίεσαν has probably a different meaning in O. T. 1277, is no objection to the above rendering.
1609. mvp-comment-864-1 παμμήκεις Long and loud. μακρός has continually the meaning of loud, in connection with sounds. But here there is probably also the further association, Prolonged.'
1610. mvp-comment-865-1 ὡς ἀκούει .. ἐξαίφνης When all at once he hears....' φθόγγον . . πικρόν] • The piteous sound.' Ant. 423-424, κἀνακωκύει πικρᾶς | ὄρνιθος ὀξὺν φθόγγον.
1611. mvp-comment-866-1 πτύξας ἐπ᾿ αὐταῖς χεῖρας Folding his arms about them. For χεῖρες in this sense, cp. El. 1226.
1613. mvp-comment-867-1 All that was mine is at an end,' and therefore also my dependence on your filial care.
1614. mvp-comment-868-1 τὴν δυσπόνητον τροφήν] The sad laborious nursing ye have spent on me.' τροφή is here used actively, as in Εl. 1143, οἴμοι τάλαινα τῆς ἐμῆς πάλαι τροφῆς | ἀνωφελήτου, τὴν ἐγὼ θάμ᾿ ἀμφὶ σοὶ | πόνῳ γλυκεῖ παρέσχον.
1615. mvp-comment-869-1 σκληρὰν μέν σκληράν is added in apposition, and is then opposed with μέν to what follows. It has been troublesome, that I know well, my daughters: but then the one word "love" has power to cancel all this trouble. And love ye have had from none in greater measure than from me, of whom bereft ye will pass what now remains to you of life.
1620-1621. mvp-comment-870-1 τοιαῦτ᾽ .. ἔκλαιον i. e. τοιαῦτα .. κλαίοντες ἔλεγον.
1622. mvp-comment-871-1 ὠρώρει βοή Homeric expression. Il. 18. 498, ἔνθα δὲ νεῖκος | ὠρώρει.
1624. mvp-comment-872-1 θώϋξεν Urged him with shouting. The omission of the augment in this case with a consonant preceding makes it probable that in the other cases in this speech, e. g. 1606, κτύπησε, 1607, ῥίγησαν, 1608, κλαῖον, the augment is dropped Epicè and not elided after the preceding vowel. The MSS. omit the augments very frequently. Cp. supr. 438 and v. rr. For the construction, cp. supra 1598, ἀΰσας παῖδας.
1624-1625. mvp-comment-873-1 ὥστε .. τρίχας So that the hair of all stood up in the alarm of sudden fear. ἐξαίφνης belongs both to the participle and the verb, and the dative φόβῳ is in construction with both. Cp. Tr. 175-176, ἐκπηδᾷν ἐμὲ φόβῳ ταρβοῦσαν.
1625. mvp-comment-874-1 στῆσαι.. τρίχας is said, as in φῦσαι ὀδύντας and the like language, at- tributing to the subject, as the ἀρχή of his actions, even mechanical and unconscious processes. Cp. supr. 149, and note. Essay on Language § 30. p. 52.
1626. mvp-comment-875-1 πολλὰ πολλαχή Shak. Ham. 1.5, Hic et ubique? then we ll shift our ground. 1627, foll. Cp. Eur. Alc. 253, Χάρων μ᾽ ἤδη καλεῖ· τί μέλλεις; ἐπείγου· σὺ κατείργεις τάδε. τοῖα σπερχόμενος ταχύνει : Ar. Lys. 606, ὁ Χάρων σε καλεῖ, σὺ δὲ κωλύεις ἀνάγεσθαι. In the present case not Charon but Hermes, cp. supr. 1548, or the δαίμων of Oedipus, is probably meant. The absence of any name, as in several of the concludiug passages of this play, adds to the solemnity of the effect.
1628.
mvp-comment-876-1
πάλαι.. βραδύνεται • You are already much to blame for our delay.' 1632. δός μοι χερὸς σῆς πίστιν ἀρχαίαν τέκνοις]
I pray thee give to my children thy right hand, that time-honoured pledge. Various meanings have been given to ἀρχαίαν.
1633. mvp-comment-877-1 ὑμεῖς τε, παῖδες, τῷδε Haec verba διὰ μέσου esse ostendunt imperativi δóς et καταίνεσον, quae ad eandem personam spectant. (Herm.) Cp. Thuc. 5.17, ὤμοσαν, ἐκεῖνοί τε πρὸς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους, τάδε.
1634-1635. mvp-comment-878-1 τελεῖν.. ἀεί ‘But that in all that it lies in you to do, you will act with kindly care for their best good." Cp. infr. 1773.
1636. mvp-comment-879-1 οὐκ οἴκτου μέτα Without giving way to grief; i. e. With no weak expression of feeling, which would have been of evil omen for Athens. Aesch. S. c. Τ. 51, οἶκτος δ᾽ οὔτις ἦν διὰ στόμα· σιδηρόφρων γὰρ θυμὸς ἀνδρείᾳ φλέγων ἔπνει, λεόντων ὡς Ἄρη δεδορκότων. Οἱ the conjectures (which are quite unnecessary) ὄγκου (Musgr.) is preferable to ὄκνου.
1640. mvp-comment-880-1 Cp. the action of Socrates in Plat. Phaedo, 116 Β, τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας καὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἀπιέναι ἐκέλευσεν, αὐτὸς δὲ ἦκε παρ᾿ ἡμᾶς.
1640.
mvp-comment-880-2
1642. mvp-comment-881-1 μηδὲ φωνούντων κλύειν Sc. ἃ μὴ θέμις ἐστὶ κλύειν. For μή, see Essay on Language § 29. p. 48, and cp. Ant. 546, μηδ' ἃ μὴ θιγες, κ.τ.λ.
1643. mvp-comment-882-1 ὁ κύριος κύριος here. as in l. 288 supra, has the general sense of sovereign, and also a particular reference to the case in point = Whose right herein is perfect.'
1644. mvp-comment-883-1 μανθάνων Being cognisant of.
1646. mvp-comment-884-1 ἀστακτί i. e. ἀστακτὶ λείβοντες δάκρυα For this condensation, see Essay on Language § 43. p. 82.
1648. mvp-comment-885-1 στραφέντες i. e. 'Returning towards the spot.'
1648. mvp-comment-885-2 ἐξαπείδομεν "We saw, as from afar off.' Schol. ἴδιον αὐτοῦ τὸ πολλαῖς κεχρῆσθαι προθέσεσι· παραφυλακτέον δὲ πῶς καὶ τὰ ἄρρητα ὑπ᾿ ὄψιν ἤγαγεν ὁ ἄγγελος ἐκ τῶν σχημάτων μηνύων.
1649. mvp-comment-886-1 τὸν ἄνδρα, κ.τ.λ. The anacoluthon helps to mark the suddenness of the disappearance. The messenger begins as if he were speaking of Oedipus, he then corrects himself to say that Oedipus was no more seen, but Theseus only, who was holding his hand before his eyes. For a similar turn of sentence, cp Hom. Od. 5. 265, fol., ἐν δὲ οἱ ἀσκὸν ἔθηκε θεὰ μέλανος οἴνοιο | τὸν ἕτερον, ἕτερον δ᾽ ὕδατος μέγαν.
1653. mvp-comment-887-1 ἔπειτα.. βαιόν A little afterwards, like βαιὸν. ἔνερθεν, Phil. 20. 1654-1655. Shak. Ham. 1. 5, O all ye host of heaven! O earth! what else? And shall I couple hell?'
1655. mvp-comment-888-1 τὸν θεῶν Ὄλυμπον Cp. О. Т. 867, and note.
1659. mvp-comment-889-1 So the prayer of the chorus is fulfilled: supra 1561.
1659. mvp-comment-889-2 ἐξέπραξεν Eur. Hec. 515, πῶς καί νιν ἐξεπράξατ'; 1661-1662. But either a guardian from the gods, or the lower part of earth that holds the dead, opening kindly for him, where there is no more pain.
1659. mvp-comment-889-3 ἀλύπητον has been generally taken causatively to mean Without giving him pain; but even if this meaning were admissible, which is doubtful, there would be an awkwardness in having two secondary predicates, εὔνουν and ἀλύπητον. The position of the word indicates that it is to be taken as attributive. ἀλάμπετον, unillumined, the marginal reading of L, may possibly be right. Elmsley, who was doubtful on this point, gives the above meaning, Free from pain,' to ἀλύπητον, ὅπου μὴ λυπεῖταί Cp. supra 955, θανόντων δ᾽ οὐδὲν ἄλγος ἅπτεται.
1662-1663. mvp-comment-890-1 στενακτός and ἀλγεινός have been explained to mean Groaning and Suffering pain. But the more usual meaning gives a better and more consistent sense. An object of mourning. Giving pain to others. Cp. O.Τ. 1237, 8, τῶν δὲ πραχθέντων τὰ μὲν | ἄλγιστ᾽ ἄπεστιν. His departure was not accompanied with mourning, nor with sickness, so as to be a spectacle of pain, but it was a spectacle of admiration, unsurpassed. Cp. Plato, Phaedo, 59 Α, οὐδὲν πάνυ μοι ἐλεεινὸν εἰσῄει, ὡς εἰκὸς ἂν δόξειεν εἶναι παρόντι πένθει ..
1662-1663. mvp-comment-890-2 ἀλλ᾽ ἀτέχνως ἄτοπόν τί μοι πάθος παμῆν.
1666. mvp-comment-891-1 οὐκ ἂν παρείμην I do not care to gain the assent of those who think me unwise in this; i. e. I am contented to hold my own opinion. Cp. Aj. 1038-1039, ὅτῳ δὲ μὴ τάδ᾽ ἐστὶν ἐν γνώμῃ φίλα, | κεῖνος τ᾽ ἐκεῖνα στεργέτω, κἀγὼ τάδε. And for παρίεμαι, with accusative, meaning To obtain the consent of,' cp. Plat. Legg. 742 Β, παρέμενος τοὺς ἄρχοντας : 951 Α, τοὺς νομοφυλάκας παρέμενος.
1667. mvp-comment-892-1 χοί προπέμψαντες φίλων; Sc. αὐτόν. The plural might refer to Theseus alone (supra 1087, and note), but probably includes his attendants, with the exception of the Ἄγγελος.
1667. mvp-comment-892-2 1670, foll. The metres of the following lament are rendered difficult by the corruptions, which in this, as in other Greek plays. are more frequent toward the end, whether from the weariness of the scribe, the rubbing of the outside leaf, or, in a case like the present, from one or both of these causes combined with the obscurity of style and metre. 1670 This commos, like that in supr. 117-253, consists of two principal parts, of which the latter is wilder and more broken. In the former of these dactylic measures resembling supr. 229 ff. are combined with trochaic. iambic, and cretic rhythms; the latter is trochaic and iambic. α'. (1) 1670 6=1696-1703. 10 5 5 D T しかし ✓ トー IC ں α'. (2) 1677-1678 = 1704,5. α'. (3) 1679-1691 = 1706-1719. C トー α΄. (4) ἐπῷδος. (x). (y). cctca CCCIしトー D10100110101010 5ーー JCCICCICトー トーートCla トリートー おいしーしー D 1CCICI 2. 3, Ionic 1, [5], 6, 7, trochaic.
1667. mvp-comment-892-3 ἀνακλώμενα. 4, 5, 8, logaoedic. 1, 2, 3, 5, trochaic. 4, 6, logaoedic. : β΄. 1724-1736-1737-1750. 5 10 103 CCCICICI しかしICICI しかし 1010 기 1670, foll. Ah me! it is ours, unhappy! on all accounts to mourn our father's fatal blood running in our veins. For him we had erewhile that long incessant toil, and at the last we have to tell of things beyond the reach of thought, which we have seen and suffered.' For οὐ τὸ μέν, ἄλλο δὲ μή, cp. Eur. Phoen. 1641, ΑΝ. οὐ γὰρ τὸ μέν σοι βαρὺ κακῶν, τὸ δ᾽ οὐ βαρύ, | ἀλλ᾽ εἰς ἅπαντα δυστυχὴς ἔφυς, πάτερ.
1672. mvp-comment-893-1 αἷμα is here primarily Bloodrelationship, with perhaps a secondary association (pointed by the word ἄλαστον) from the other meaning of Blood-guiltiness.' Cp. O. Τ. 1400, αἱ τοὐμὸν αἷμα τῶν ἐμῶν χειρῶν ἄπο | ἐπίετε πατρός.
1673. mvp-comment-894-1 The form ᾧτινι (= ὅτῳ) is rare, and Badham has conjectured ὥτινε. But the dative properly expresses the connection between the two parts of the sentence. Essay on Language § 12. p. 18. And Elmsley has quoted Eur. Hipp. 903, τὸ μέντοι πρᾶγμ᾽, ἐφ᾽ ᾧτινι στένεις | οὐκ οἶδα: Arist. Pax 1278, σὺ γὰρ εἰπέ μοι VOL. I. οἷστισι χαίρεις.
1675. mvp-comment-895-1 For παροίσομεν, cp. Hdt. 9. 26, καινὰ καὶ παλαιὰ παραφέροντες ἔργα,
1676. mvp-comment-896-1 παθούσα Το avoid the discrepancy of terminations several critics read παθόντε. But there does not seem to be sufficient ground for deserting the MSS. Hermann rightly says, 'Nesciebat Brunckius harum formarum usum ad sonorum suavitatem attemperari, quum putavit Sophoclem scripsisse ἰδόντε καὶ πάθοντε.
1677. mvp-comment-897-1 Although οὐκ ἔστιν (see v. rr.) may be explained with reference to the manner of the end, which was inconceivable, it is more natural that Antigone should say here, You may guess what has happened, i. e. the main fact that he is gone. By merely omitting οὐκ with Hermann, we obtain a line like Aj. 951 (which conveys a similar feeling), ἄγαν ὑπερβριθὲς ἄχθος ἤνυσαν, CICL|卜(ICICI. L. 1704 in the antistrophe, as it appears in the Ff MSS. may be so scanned (see v. rr. on p. 436): but not without too great a stress upon the augment before πρ in ἔπραξεν. It is on the whole more likely that οὐκ in 1677 is a corruption of if, and that if has dropped out in 1704. Another conjecture, which secures a pure iambic line, is Χ. τί δ' ἔστιν; Α.
1677. mvp-comment-897-2 ἔστιν *εὖ μὲν εἰκάσαι, φίλοι. Cp. also O. T. 1308, foll. 1678 ff. 'Cho. He is gone? Ant. Even as heart could wish. What more could be desired for him, whom neither war nor the sea hath smitten, but viewless regions carried off and rapt in some mysterious doom? While on our helpless eyes a horror of night is fallen. For how shall we maintain our life in misery unendurable? Wandering in some far (or southern) land or (roaming) over ocean's billow?' ὡς .. λάβοις] i. e. ὡς μάλιστ᾽ ἂν λάβοις τὸ βῆναι, εἰ πόθῳ λάβοις. As you would above all choose the mode of your departure if you could choose by desire. For the use of λάβοις, cp. Αj. 265, πότερα δ' ἄν, εἰ νέμοι τις αἵρεσιν, λάβοις ; For πόθῳ, cp. supra 1106, σὺν πόθῳ γὰρ ἡ χάρις. Canter's conjecture ἐν πόθῳ is very plausible, but not necessary.
1680. mvp-comment-898-1 πόντος Cp. 1659, οὔτε ποντία θύελλα κινηθεῖσα τῷ τότ᾽ ἐν χρόνῳ. Allusions to the elements are characteristic of the language of this period. Essay on Language § 52. p. 98.
1682. mvp-comment-899-1 *φερόμεναι Carrying him away, is adopted as the simplest alteration of the text which satisfies the metre, while giving a recognized form. The middle voice, for which see Essay on Language § 31, b. p. 53, is better than the passive φερόμενον.
1685. mvp-comment-900-1 ἀπίαν Either (1) Distant, the word being here used in a different sense from that in l. 1303, γῆς ὅσοιπερ Απίας | πρῶτοι καλοῦνται, although the quantity is the same, whereas it is short in Hom. Od. 7. 25, τηλόθεν ἐξ ἀπίης γαίης. Οι (2) τιν᾿ Ἀπίαν γᾶν may mean somewhere in the Peloponnese, Antigone thinking of Argos as a possible refuge.
1686. mvp-comment-901-1 κλυδώνα Accusative of the space travelled over. Essay on Language § 16, P. 23. 1687,8. βίου.. τροφάνisa periphrasis for βίον. Cp. 1736, αἰῶνα τλάμον᾿ ἕξω: Εl. 1183, φεῦ τῆς ἀνύμφου δυσμόρου τε σῆς τροφῆς. 1689 ff. Modern editors rightly give these, and also the corresponding verses, 1715 ff. to Ismene, with whose character they agree. Cp. Ant. 544-545, 548. A new movement commences, which serves as ἐπῳδός to the preceding. The same doubt occurs here as in supr. 182 ff., 197 ff., whether the two sets of lines, 1689-1695, 1715-1722, like those which precede and follow them, are to be regarded as strictly antistrophic. That the doubt occurs in two places so nearly similar, is of itself a ground for caution. And both rὸ φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ in 1693 and ἄγαν οὕτω in 1694 are idiomatic Greek.
1690. mvp-comment-902-1 πατρὶ ξυνθανεῖν γεραίῳ Το lie in death with my aged father.' Cp. Phil. 1443, ἡ γὰρ εὐσέβεια συνθνήσκει βροτοῖς. By changing ἕλοι τo ἕλοιτο (cp. О. Т. 887, Aj. 397), we obtain an Ionic rhythm, not unsuited to the person of Ismene.
1692. mvp-comment-903-1 Tricl. and several editors read διδύμα . . ἀρίστα. This is the slightest of at least six changes which have been made in 11. 1689-1695, 1715-1722, to secure a metrical correspondence which remains defective.
1693. mvp-comment-904-1 τὸ φέρον ἐκ θεοῦ καλῶς φέρειν χρή] You must bear with fortitude the lot whose direction is from heaven. φέρειν, as in the frequent φέρειν εἰς, expresses tendency or intention. φέρειν ἐκ occurs only here; but cp. Eur. Ι. Α. 69, ὅτου πνοαὶ φέροιεν Ἀφροδίτης φίλα: Hdt. 1. 159, φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ ἀδύτου γενέσθαι φέρουσαν πρὸς τὸν Ἀριστόδικον. For the rare form of verse, troch. trim. brachycat., cp. Aesch. 977, 790, supr. 1240, and Eur. Hel. 243, H. F. 120, where the 1st arsis is resolved, as here.
1695. mvp-comment-905-1 οὗ τοι κατάμεμπτ᾽ ἔβητον You have no cause to complain of your lot. More literally, The point at which you have arrived is not to be found fault with. The chorus mean to say, You, and your father's memory, are safe in the hands of Theseus. Cp. infr. 1737-1740. For the transference of the verb of motion, more frequent, however, with the adjective than the adverb, see Essay on Language p. 97, and cp. El. 979, εὖ βεβηκόσιν.
1697. mvp-comment-906-1 Ant. Then' (if to be thus is well) there is such a thing as longing for that which is not well;' i.e. Then it is possible to wish evil back again, for even what in itself was nowise loveable, was yet beloved, whilst I held him too in my arms.' For this use of ἦν in inference, see Essay on Language §. 32. p. 55, and cp. supra 117, τίς ἄρ᾽ ἦν; ποῦ ναίει;
1698. mvp-comment-907-1 τὸ φίλον That which is dear' (in the abstract). See Essay on Language § 21. p. 34, and Simon. fr. εἰ δὲ τοὶ δεινὸν τὸ γε δεινὸν ἦν.
1699. mvp-comment-908-1 Cp. infr. 1714, Il. 22.426, ὡς ὄφελεν θανέειν ἐν χερσὶν ἐμῇσιν. Ff2
1701. mvp-comment-909-1 τὸν ἀεί (sc. χρόνον). For evermore. This explanation, which is justified by the note on 1584, gives a better rhythm to this line.
1702.
mvp-comment-910-1
οὐδὲ γέρων, κ.τ.λ.
Even old as thou wert (or art) thou shalt never be forgotten by our love. Cp. supra 1600, πατρὶ συνθανεῖν γεραίῳ. It has been observed (on l. 1371 of the O. T.) that the soul in Hades was imagined as having all the characteristics of the person at the time of death and nothing can be more natural than that Antigone in the first moment of her sorrow should speak of her father as if he still needed tendance and care. This touch of nature extends to modern life and poetry. Shak. King John, 3.4,
1704. mvp-comment-911-1 Elmsley's ἔπραξεν ; ΑΝ. *ἐξέπραξεν is preferable to ΧΟ. ἔπραξεν οὖν ; ΑΝ. ἔπραξεν (the emendation of Triclinius), (1) because preserving an exact correspondence to l. 1677 in the division of the line between the persons: (2) because introducing no unnecessary word: (3) the additional emphasis in the reply is in keeping with the mood of Antigone. Cp. Aj. 968, ὧν γὰρ ἠράσθη τυχεῖν | ἐκτήσαθ᾽ αὑτῷ, θάνατον ὅνπερ ἤθελεν.
1707. mvp-comment-912-1 εὐσκίαστον With kindly shadow. Cp. supra 406, and note.
1708. mvp-comment-913-1 Schneidewin compares the wish of Solon, Fr. 21, μηδέ μοι ἄκλαυστος θάνατος μόλοι, κ.τ.λ.
1709. mvp-comment-914-1 *ἀνὰ γάρ Hermann's conj. is adopted as the best hitherto.
1712. mvp-comment-915-1 ἀφανίσαι Το quench.
1713. mvp-comment-916-1 †ιώ· μὴ.. μοι The most probable explanation of these words is Hermann's, who, for the sake of metre, reads τῷ for ἰώ. (Quare) utinam ne in peregrina terra cupivisses mori, sed mortuus esses ita mihi desertus. Quoniam enim sentit tanto minus leniri dolorem suum posse, quod ne tumulus quidem patris sibi relictus sit, optat ut ille ne quaesivisset hanc apud exteros mortem, sed obiisset potius ita desertus ignotusque, ut ante cum ipsa per terras vagus errabat, quo saltem sepelire eum et justa facere in tumulo posset.' This interpretation supposes the use of μή with an historical tense of the indicative to express a strong negative wish, as has been already suggested in the note on supra 540-541. Ср. Aesch. Cho. 363 ff. This uncommon use would be here softened by exppses, suggesting ἐχρῆν σε, ας ἐπωφέλησα in 541 was suggestive of ὤφελες. On the other hand, the words in 1714, especially when compared with 1717, Plat. Phaedo, 58 C, ἀλλ' ἐρῆμος ἐτελεύτα φίλων, may very naturally mean, As it is, thou diedst unattended by me, while the positive expression of a wish by the past tense is more doubtful than the negative. And Mr. Palmer, reading lú μοι, γῆς ἐπὶ ξένας, κ.τ.λ., gives this turn to the sentence: Ah me! thou didst desire to die in a foreign land; yet thou hast thus died deserted by me. So also Schneidewin, omitting μή. But such a resumption of the beginning of the speech is too inartistic and abrupt for Sophocles. It is therefore better to follow Hermann and render, Would that thou hadst not cared to die in a strange land, but hadst died as thou wert, all alone upon my hands.'
1716-1719. mvp-comment-917-1 See v. rr. These three lines, which are defaced by the evident interpolation from 1735 infra (first struck out by Lachmann, cp. supr. 769 v. rr.), have been given by the editors to Ismene. The MSS. often mix the persons in this play.
1719. mvp-comment-918-1 For the metre of this and of 1736 in the epode of a commos, cp. Ant. 880, θέμις ὁρᾶν ταλαίνᾳ.
1720. mvp-comment-919-1 ἔλυσεν τὸ τέλος βίου is a condensed expression for κατέλυσε καὶ ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον. Cp. τὸν τελευταῖον βίον | κρύψων, supra 1551.